Attached files

file filename
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - MAVENIR SYSTEMS INCd439361dex231.htm
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2013

Registration No. 333–191563

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO

FORM S–1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3576   61-1489105

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

1700 International Parkway, Suite 200, Richardson, TX 75081

(469) 916-4393

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Pardeep Kohli

President and Chief Executive Officer

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

1700 International Parkway, Suite 200, Richardson, TX 75081

(469) 916-4393

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alan Bickerstaff

Ted Gilman

Andrews Kurth LLP

111 Congress, Suite 1700

Austin, TX 78701

(512) 320-9200

 

Sam Garrett

General Counsel and Secretary

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

1700 International Parkway, Suite 200 Richardson, TX 75081

(469) 916-4393

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one)

 

Large Accelerated filer  ¨      Accelerated filer                    ¨
Non-accelerated filer     x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount to be
Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price
per Share(2)

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share

  5,520,000   $17.00   $93,840,000   $12,087(3)

 

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price of 720,000 additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) $11,109 previously paid on October 4, 2013 and $978 previously paid on October 24, 2013.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant files a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to completion)

Issued November 5, 2013

4,800,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Mavenir Systems, Inc. is offering 4,670,292 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are offering 129,708 shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $15 and $17 per share.

 

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MVNR.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

 

 

Price $             Per Share

 

 

 

       Price to
Public
       Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
       Proceeds to
Mavenir
       Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders
 

Per share

       $                        $                          $                          $                  

Total

       $                             $                                 $                               $                       

 

(1) See “Underwriters” for information regarding additional compensation to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 720,000 shares of common stock.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities commissions have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley

  BofA Merrill Lynch   Deutsche Bank Securities

Needham & Company

                    , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used in jurisdictions where it is legal to sell these securities. The information contained in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

 

 

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold share allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is a brief overview of the key aspects of the offering. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. Before investing in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors,” Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. Please read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information. For a description of some key mobile communications industry terms used in this summary and elsewhere in this prospectus, please read “Description of Key Terms Used in Our Industry” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Mavenir Systems,” “Mavenir,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and the “company” refer to Mavenir Systems, Inc. together with its subsidiaries.

MAVENIR SYSTEMS, INC.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-based telecommunications networking solutions that enable mobile service providers to deliver internet protocol (IP)-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services to their subscribers globally. Our solutions deliver Rich Communication Services (RCS), which enable enhanced mobile communications, such as group text messaging, multi-party voice or video calling and live video streaming as well as the exchange of files or images, over existing 2G and 3G networks as well as next generation 4G Long Term Evolution (LTE) networks. Our solutions also deliver voice services over LTE technology and wireless (Wi-Fi) networks, known respectively as Voice over LTE (VoLTE) and Voice over Wi-Fi (VoWi-Fi). We enable mobile service providers to offer services that generate increased revenue and improve subscriber satisfaction and retention, while allowing them to improve time-to-market of new services and reduce network costs. Our mOne® Convergence Platform has enabled MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile), a leading mobile service provider, to introduce the industry’s first live network deployment of VoLTE and the industry’s first live deployment of next-generation RCS 5.

The capabilities of smartphones and tablets have caused consumers to shift their communication preferences from traditional voice service to a combination of voice, video and messaging services, which are offered by rich communication services. Additionally, many consumers are using their mobile devices to browse the internet, run software applications, access cloud-based services and consume, create and share rich multimedia and user-generated content. These trends have placed substantial capacity constraints on the existing networks of mobile service providers. According to the February 2013 Cisco Visual Networking Index report, the average smartphone and tablet generate 50 and 120 times more data traffic, respectively, than the average basic-feature cell phone. As a result, mobile data traffic is projected to continue to increase exponentially, driven by the rapid adoption of smartphones and tablets and the demand for enhanced and high-bandwidth mobile services such as video. In order to alleviate the resulting spectrum and network capacity challenges, mobile service providers are making significant investments to transition their networks to the 4G LTE standard for voice and data transmission over mobile networks, as that standard enables higher data speeds and allows more efficient use of the frequency spectrum. In a September 2013 report, Gartner estimated that worldwide annual spending on 4G LTE mobile infrastructure would grow from $5.9 billion in 2012 to $33.9 billion by 2017, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 42%. (Source: Gartner, Forecast: Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2010–2017 3Q13 Update, September 2013.)

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Because our solutions are interoperable across network generations, we enable mobile service providers to leverage their existing investments in 2G and 3G networks while offering a seamless, cost-effective migration path to 4G LTE networks. We provide our solutions to over 120 mobile networks globally, including three of the top five mobile service providers in the United States and four of the top five pan-European mobile service providers in Western Europe, as measured by number of mobile device connections as of December 2012. Our end customers include AT&T, MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile), T-Mobile USA, Vodafone, Tele2, Deutsche Telekom AK and Telstra. Our customers include the first mobile service provider to deploy VoLTE and RCS 5 services to its subscribers, MetroPCS, which deployed these services utilizing our technology. Our solutions can be deployed on-premise within the mobile service provider’s network or hosted in a mobile cloud environment. Our solutions enable mobile service providers to generate additional revenues by providing their subscribers with rich communications and cloud-based services, including:

 

   

carrier-grade (at least 99.999% reliable), integrated communications services, including voice calling, video calling and messaging;

 

   

a rich communications experience, with integrated one-to-one and group voice chat, video chat, messaging and sharing of content such as videos, images, links or locations;

 

   

a single identity across multiple devices and services, based on a subscriber’s mobile phone number, that allows seamless delivery of mobile services and applications globally;

 

   

interworking with legacy short message service (SMS), which is an older technology used to convey short text messages, multimedia messaging service (MMS), which is an existing technology allowing delivery of images in a relatively low-resolution format, and social networks; and

 

   

cloud-based delivery of next generation mobile communications, including voice, video, enhanced messaging, which includes voice and video mail and interworking with social media platforms, and storage of mobile subscriber content and media.

We commenced operations in 2005 and began product sales in 2007. Our unaudited pro forma 2011 revenue, which assumes a full-year contribution from Airwide Solutions, Inc. (Airwide Solutions), a business we acquired in May 2011, was $66.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our reported revenue was $73.8 million, compared with $49.5 million and $8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, our operating loss was $(14.6) million, $(19.2) million and $(10.2) million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, our reported revenue was $48.2 million and $39.9 million, respectively, and operating loss was $(2.6) million and $(4.5) million, respectively. We are headquartered in Richardson, Texas and had approximately 670 full-time employees worldwide as of June 30, 2013.

Industry Background

The market for mobile communications services is evolving rapidly, characterized by the following trends:

Proliferation of Smartphones and Tablets. Global adoption of smartphones and tablets is in its early stages, and future growth is expected to accelerate as mobile subscribers increasingly rely on these powerful devices. Despite increased usage of smartphones, a June 2013 Ericsson publication estimated that smartphones accounted for only 19% of total global mobile subscriptions, highlighting the potential for growth in smartphone usage.

Increased Use of Mobile Applications, Mobile Media and Cloud-Based Services. Powerful smartphones and tablets are rapidly replacing desktop computers and laptops as the primary computing platform used for browsing the internet, running software applications, accessing cloud-based services, and consuming media content such as streaming video and internet radio. Also, many consumers are increasingly creating, sharing and accessing user-generated content, such as photos and videos, on their mobile devices through online services such as Facebook and YouTube. In addition, cloud-based storage is growing significantly as consumers purchase content from

 

 

2


Table of Contents

media services, such as Amazon, Apple and Google, and utilize online storage services to access their purchased content from multiple mobile device types. Furthermore, mobile subscribers are increasingly seeking more rich communication services, such as video chat, to enhance the communications experience on their mobile devices. These trends in consumer behavior related to mobile device usage are driving a substantial increase in the amount of mobile data traffic.

Mobile Service Provider Challenges

Proliferation of smartphones and tablets as well as increased use of mobile applications and cloud-based services by subscribers present the following challenges for mobile service providers:

 

   

Strain on Existing Network Resources. Faced with increased subscriber demand for bandwidth-consuming mobile applications and cloud-based services, mobile service providers are facing spectrum and capacity constraints.

 

   

Competition from Over-The-Top / Web Services. Over-The-Top (OTT) applications compete with services that are, or could be, offered by mobile service providers, reducing revenue sources that traditionally have gone to mobile service providers. For example, OTT services such as Skype, Apple Facetime, Facebook Chat and Blackberry Messenger, allow consumers to engage in rich communications experiences in a simple, easy-to-use interface. These OTT services provide free and feature-rich alternatives that compete with traditional voice and SMS services offered by mobile service providers.

 

   

Need to Offer Subscribers Enhanced Services. As mobile voice service access has become commoditized and average voice revenue per subscriber has decreased, mobile service providers are seeking to offer their subscribers new, differentiated services that increase revenue per subscriber, enhance customer satisfaction and reduce subscriber turnover.

 

   

Migration Path to 4G LTE. As mobile service providers migrate to 4G LTE, they will look to minimize capital expenditures and operational costs, while maximizing subscriber usage of their network. Mobile service providers are seeking a common solution platform that can address existing 2G and 3G network requirements without requiring additional investments and that can also be utilized for next-generation 4G LTE network introductions.

Benefits of 4G LTE

The next generation of mobile technology, broadly defined as 4G, includes Long Term Evolution (LTE), Worldwide Interoperability Microwave Access (WiMAX) and Evolved High Speed Packet Access (HSPA+) and can be extended to include Wi-Fi. 4G LTE has been developed to handle mobile data more efficiently and allows for faster, more reliable and more secure mobile service than existing 2G and 3G networks. The faster data transfer capabilities of 4G LTE networks enable mobile subscribers to use a wide variety of bandwidth-intensive software applications and cloud-based services with a rich mobile computing experience. In addition to the benefits for mobile subscribers, 4G LTE technology is inherently more efficient and cost-effective, resulting in a better network infrastructure for mobile service providers.

4G LTE offers the opportunity to fundamentally lower the cost of network operational centers by leveraging technologies widely used in the IT industry, such as Network Functions Virtualization (NFV), which refers to the deployment of telecommunications application software on virtualized hardware platforms often referred to as “private clouds,” and Software-Defined Networking (SDN), which simplifies network administration through the use of software. Both of these technologies drive down network cost and complexity and increase network flexibility and responsiveness.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

4G LTE is a new architecture that enables mobile service providers to offer a wide range of new services across their networks. Mobile service providers can deliver device independent services over 4G LTE networks and offer a cloud-based subscriber experience that is comparable to communication services providers such as Apple, Google and Skype. Mobile service providers will be able to offer a platform that third-party application developers can leverage to integrate new services through open network standards.

Market Opportunity

The development of 4G LTE is a generational change in technology for the mobile industry, a level of change that occurs approximately every ten years on average. Every generational change spurs a new investment cycle as mobile service providers seek to invest in equipment upgrades to support new standards. In the transition of communication services from 2G and 3G to 4G LTE, a complete change of infrastructure to deliver new services is required. Unlike 3G, migration to the next-generation 4G LTE standard is no longer an option, but rather a time-critical business priority for many mobile service providers.

Many mobile service providers are currently making the needed infrastructure investments to accommodate the growing subscriber demand for next-generation mobile communication services. A September 2013 Gartner report estimated that next-generation 4G LTE mobile infrastructure spending worldwide was $5.9 billion in 2012 and is forecast to reach $33.9 billion by 2017, representing a 42% CAGR. (Source: Gartner, Forecast: Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2010-2017 3Q13 Update, September 2013.) We believe 4G LTE network investments will accelerate as mobile service providers seek to meet growing subscriber demand.

Our Solutions

Our solutions, based on our mOne® Convergence Platform, enable mobile service providers to deliver IP-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services over their existing 2G and 3G networks and next-generation 4G LTE networks. IP-based communication services, which involve the transmission of voice and text data using the more efficient internet protocol that underlies the internet, rather than through traditional and less efficient circuit-switched phone networks, are being developed and deployed today. These services are faster, more efficient and demand less spectrum than the circuit-based communication methods employed by existing 2G and 3G networks.

Our solutions are focused on delivering a seamless and intuitive communications experience to mobile subscribers and an integrated, flexible, differentiated platform for mobile service providers. We enable mobile service providers to capitalize on their IP-based network investments by efficiently and cost-effectively offering a broad range of services.

Our mOne® Convergence Platform offers our customers the following key benefits:

Comprehensive, Highly Configurable and Converged Communication Solution. The mOne® Convergence Platform enables mobile service providers to deploy any or all of a wide range of services. Some of these services include:

 

   

carrier-grade, integrated communication services, including voice calling, video calling and messaging;

 

   

a rich communications experience, with integrated one-to-one and group voice chat, video chat, messaging and sharing of content such as videos, images, links or locations;

 

   

a single identity across multiple devices and services, based on a subscriber’s mobile phone number, that allows seamless delivery of mobile services and applications globally; and

 

   

interworking with legacy SMS/MMS and social networks.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Cloud-Based Implementation. The design of our software products enables mobile service providers to use private cloud implementations to deliver next generation mobile communications, including voice, video, enhanced messaging and storage of mobile subscriber content and media. These solutions allow our customers to share capacity in a cloud deployment with commercial off-the-shelf servers for all services rather than deploying dedicated, proprietary hardware for each service. The key benefits of utilizing private clouds include more agile use of the network infrastructure, the ability to deploy and prove-in new services rapidly using commercially available off-the-shelf hardware available from major manufacturers, combined with our software, without large up-front infrastructure costs and avoiding the network upgrade costs associated with obsolescence of proprietary hardware. For example, Deutsche Telekom, one of the largest pan-European mobile service providers, has commercially launched our virtualized Rich Communication Services (RCS) to provide joyn® — an industry initiative that enables one-on-one and group chat services and the enhancement of voice calls through the sharing of multi-media content such as videos, pictures and music — on its own single common hardware platform for nine different national networks across the continent, thereby deploying its own mobile cloud environment. Although we offer to host our solutions in our own cloud-computing center for mobile service providers, we do not currently have any contracts to provide cloud-based hosting services.

Seamless Migration Path to 4G LTE. Our solutions offer mobile service providers a cost-effective migration path to 4G LTE by supporting existing 2G and 3G networks and next-generation 4G LTE networks, eliminating the need to prematurely retire existing investments. Our platform features a comprehensive, standards-based set of interfaces to ensure a seamless integration into existing, multi-vendor infrastructure and can be deployed over a wide range of network types including 2G, 3G, LTE, WiMAX, HSPA+ and Wi-Fi.

Ability to Improve Subscriber Experience and Deliver Revenue-Generating Services. Mobile service provider competition continues to exert downward pressure on the prices and profits associated with traditional voice, SMS and data services. When a mobile service provider offers a rich communications platform with multiple high-value services, its subscribers will be more likely to pay for these services, either by direct subscription or through increased data revenue, and less likely to switch providers.

Scalable Architecture and Carrier-Grade Reliability. Our solutions form a highly scalable carrier-grade platform that provides subscribers with high-quality service, as measured by the breadth of services offered and reliability, or lack of downtime. Our platform is fully compatible with the mobile industry’s standards and interoperability framework, allowing full compatibility across mobile service providers and geographies. Unlike OTT service providers, who cannot control quality or reliability of service because they do not own or control underlying access networks, mobile service providers using our solutions over their networks can deliver high-quality and consistent service to all subscribers.

Open Platform and Social Interworking. Our standards-based open solution architecture and APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) allow mobile service providers to develop or incorporate third-party enhanced application services (social or otherwise), for example, by embedding messaging or voice calling capabilities within consumer applications such as shopping or banking applications. We enable mobile service providers to interconnect various OTT applications and social networking services so that a subscriber can engage in voice, video and rich messaging communications with anyone, anywhere, on any device or in any communications ecosystem. A subscriber can communicate with another subscriber through one central identity based on the subscriber’s mobile phone number, rather than having to worry about what specific application to use to connect with that other subscriber. Mobile service providers can leverage this neutral position and technology to bring more users into their networks.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are a leading provider of software-based telecommunications networking solutions that enable mobile service providers to deliver carrier-grade integrated communications services to their subscribers because we

 

 

5


Table of Contents

have been first to market with solutions that enable many enhanced subscriber services, we have a broad customer base and we have a history of successfully competing for business with some of the largest solutions providers in the mobile industry. Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

   

First-Mover Advantage. Since our inception, we have developed significant expertise around solving the key challenges that mobile service providers face as they deploy next-generation networks and we have been first to market with solutions that enable many enhanced subscriber services.

 

   

Singular Focus on Next-Generation Communication Solutions. We are focused on developing and selling next-generation IP-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services to mobile service providers. Unlike many of our competitors, we are not encumbered by a product portfolio full of legacy solutions and an installed customer base that generates significant revenue and cash flow streams from legacy solutions.

 

   

Modular Platform for Next-Generation Communication Solutions. Our mOne® Convergence Platform is based on a flexible software architecture that enables mobile service providers to provide IP-based voice, video, rich communications and advanced messaging applications to their subscribers. We have worked closely with many of our mobile service provider customers to understand their unique requirements and have developed a platform with the specific product features that are most relevant to help them achieve their strategic priorities. Our modular platform approach allows mobile service providers to selectively deploy the services they want for their subscribers, with the ability to add additional services and scale as needed. We believe that our ability to provide mobile service providers with customized deployment strategies gives us a significant competitive advantage.

 

   

Interoperability across Network Generations. Seamless and cost-effective migration of subscribers and services from 2G and 3G networks to 4G LTE networks can be achieved by bridging disparate technologies, while preserving existing investments, through intelligent gateways and interworking software. Our industry standards-based products support fully-integrated legacy interfaces that enable mobile service providers to continue to use much of their existing core network infrastructure, which is the centralized network of switches, routers and application services that deliver consumer services and includes elements such as subscriber databases, billing systems and intelligent network systems, without costly upgrades or replacements. Our ability to interoperate across traditional network boundaries mitigates the cost and complexity of deploying 4G LTE networks and accelerates time-to-market.

 

   

Technology Team. We believe our management team and the depth and diversity of our engineering and operations talent provide us with a competitive advantage. The extensive domain expertise of our engineering team is derived from its members’ combined experience in different areas of technology, including voice technology, software development, cellular/mobility applications, internet protocol networking, social networking and communications networks.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to establish our position as the leading global provider of 4G LTE solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Leverage First-Mover Advantage to Increase Sales to Existing Customers and Grow Our Customer Base. We have the advantage of being a first-mover with our innovative solutions that enable operators to efficiently address network challenges. For example, in August 2012, our VoLTE solution allowed MetroPCS to become the first in the world to launch a commercial VoLTE service. Additionally, with our mOne® Convergence Platform deployed for VoLTE, MetroPCS was positioned to quickly launch new value-added RCS 5 services over 4G LTE, which it did less than three months later in October 2012, becoming the first mobile service provider in the world to launch RCS 5, which is an advanced

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

set of standards enabling the delivery of mobile communications services such as group text messaging, multi-party voice or video calling and live video sharing as well as the exchanging of files or images. We believe that the experience and detailed technical knowledge that our employees obtained during the course of enabling MetroPCS to launch these first-to-market services will be directly applicable to expanding existing customer networks, as well as new customer networks, with our next-generation solutions. We intend to further capitalize on our early market success in deploying next-generation 4G LTE solutions and the strong customer relationships we have to supply our existing customers with new product offerings and gain new customers.

 

   

Extend our Technology Advantage Through Continued Innovation. We will utilize the valuable insight into product and performance requirements that we have gained in our early market achievements in the transition from 2G and 3G to 4G LTE to continue to deliver market-leading solutions focused on 4G LTE services, including a full suite of integrated mobile communications that can be deployed through a cloud-based implementation.

 

   

Simplify Mobile Service Providers’ Transition to 4G LTE. Our solutions give mobile service providers the ability to deliver next-generation services over existing networks, which positions them to cost-effectively optimize the useful lives of their existing networks. Mobile service providers can then focus their investments on a seamless, cost-effective path from existing 2G and 3G networks to next-generation 4G LTE networks. We intend to continue delivering solutions that use existing 2G and 3G networks today, and then cost-effectively transition mobile service providers to 4G LTE networks in the future.

 

   

Leverage Virtualization Technology to Enable Cloud Computing and Service Deployment Flexibility. We believe that virtualization technology can be leveraged to build 4G LTE core networks on standard cloud computing platforms, significantly lowering the cost for network infrastructure equipment. As many of the largest mobile service providers pursue strategies to implement their own private cloud infrastructures, we intend to continue pioneering solutions for virtualized cloud-based environments. Virtualization also enables an ideal approach to providing hosted services, which we can deliver for both small and large mobile service providers.

 

   

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We intend to continue to expand our product portfolio through opportunistic business acquisitions and intellectual property transactions. For example, we acquired Airwide Solutions in May 2011 to strengthen our mobile messaging solutions portfolio and expand our global market presence with additional locations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and the Asia-Pacific region, in addition to significantly expanding our employee and talent base.

 

   

Expand into Adjacent Market Segments. As access networks converge towards all-IP, mobile service providers with solutions across wireless, wireline and enterprise see an opportunity for significant savings by consolidating infrastructure equipment into a single converged 4G LTE network. With our expertise and first-mover advantage in VoLTE and RCS, we intend to provide converged solutions for adjacent market segments such as residential wireline, mobile center office exchange service (centrex) and enterprise.

Recent Developments

Although our financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2013 are not yet finalized, the following information reflects our preliminary expectations with respect to such results based on information currently available to management:

 

   

We expect to report total revenues between $25.4 million and $26.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to total revenues of $25.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing a decrease of 2% to an increase of 1%. This expected change in revenues was attributable to lower revenues in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region offset by higher revenues in the Americas and Asia regions. The year-over-year change in

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

expected revenue represents an increase of 49% to 52% compared to total revenues of $17.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. The increase in our expected year-over-year revenues reflects strong year-over-year growth in both the Americas and EMEA regions.

 

   

We expect to report total gross profit between $12.0 million and $12.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to our gross profit of $13.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing a decrease of 7% to 11%. This expected decrease in gross profit was mainly driven by a number of sales to customers who are in the early stages of their network deployments, which leads to a greater proportion of hardware in the initial customer sale versus later-stage deployments where software is a larger percentage of the overall customer sale. The year-over-year change in gross profit represents an expected increase of 32% to 37% compared to our gross profit of $9.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. We expect to report a gross profit margin of 47.2% to 48.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to a gross profit margin of 52.3% for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and gross profit margin of 53.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2012. The expected decrease in our gross profit margin resulted primarily from a number of sales to customers who are in the early stages of their network deployments, which as noted above leads to a greater proportion of hardware in the initial customer sale versus later-stage deployments where software is a larger percentage of the overall customer sale.

 

   

We expect to report an operating loss of $(3.9) million to $(3.4) million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to our operating loss of $(0.9) million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing an increase in the loss of 278% to 333%. This expected increase in operating loss was due to lower gross profit and greater operating expenses (consisting of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses) attributable to increased staffing to meet customer demand and internal control requirements. The year-over-year operating loss is expected to improve 11% to 23% compared to our operating loss of $(4.4) million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. The expected year-over-year improvement resulted primarily from greater gross profit stemming from higher period revenue and was partially offset by the greater operating expenses described above.

 

   

We expect to report adjusted EBITDA between $(2.2) million and $(1.6) million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to our adjusted EBITDA of $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing an increase in the adjusted EBITDA loss of 900% to 1,200% primarily due to lower gross profit and greater operating expenses (consisting of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses) attributable to increased staffing to meet customer demand and internal control requirements. On a year-over-year basis, we anticipate an improvement in adjusted EBITDA of 46% to 61% compared to our adjusted EBITDA loss of $(4.1) million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. The expected improvement in our year-over-year adjusted EBITDA resulted primarily from higher gross profit, partially offset by greater operating expenses described above.

The following table reconciles our expected adjusted EBITDA to our expected operating loss for the three months ended September 30, 2013, and provides a comparison to the results from the three months ended June 30, 2013 as well as the three months ended September 30, 2012. The information presented in the following table is preliminary and unaudited.

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended
September 30, 2013
    Three Months
Ended June 30,
2013
    Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2012
 
     Low     High      
     (unaudited, in millions)  

Revenue

   $ 25.4      $ 26.0      $ 25.8      $ 17.1   

Gross Profit

     12.0        12.5        13.5        9.1   

Gross Profit %

     47.2     48.1     52.3     53.2

Operating Loss

   $ (3.9   $ (3.4   $ (0.9   $ (4.4

Stock-based compensation expense

     0.8        0.9        0.1        —     

Depreciation/Amortization

     0.9        0.9        1.0        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (2.2   $ (1.6   $ 0.2      $ (4.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have provided ranges for the preliminary estimated financial results described above because our financial closing procedures for the three months ended September 30, 2013 are not complete. The preliminary estimated financial results presented above are subject to the completion of our quarter-end financial closing procedures. Our closing procedures for the three months ended September 30, 2013 will not be complete, and our financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2013 will not be publicly available, until after the completion of this offering. The information presented above should not be considered a substitute for such full unaudited quarterly financial statements once they become available.

The preliminary information presented in this “Recent Developments” section is the responsibility of management, reflects management’s estimates based solely upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2013. Our actual results may differ materially from these estimated ranges. For example, during the course of the preparation of the respective financial statements and related notes, additional items that would require material adjustments to be made to the preliminary estimated financial information presented above may be identified. Our independent registered public accounting firm, BDO USA, LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures on this preliminary information. Accordingly, BDO USA, LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary estimates. These preliminary results should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in particular “— Components of Operating Results” and “— Quarterly Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this prospectus. For additional information, please see “Risk Factors.”

Risks Affecting Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

we have incurred significant losses in each year since inception, we expect to continue to incur significant product development, sales and marketing, administrative and other expenses, and we cannot assure you that we will become or remain profitable;

 

   

our future operating results are substantially dependent on the speed of adoption of 4G LTE technology and mobile service providers’ investment in rich communications solutions, and our operating results could be adversely affected if the market for our solutions does not develop as we anticipate;

 

   

a number of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger product and customer bases and significantly greater resources than we do and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

our operating results may fluctuate materially from quarter to quarter due to the long, variable and unpredictable sales and deployment cycles for our products, due to revenue recognition policies or due to other factors that are outside of our control;

 

   

intellectual property infringement claims are common in our industry and third parties, including competitors, could assert infringement claims against us or we may be obligated to indemnify our customers for expenses and liabilities resulting from infringement claims related to our solutions;

 

   

we may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could harm our competitive position; and

 

   

we depend upon a limited number of customers and a limited number of products for a substantial portion of our revenues.

Corporate Information

Our company was originally formed as a Texas limited liability company in April 2005. We converted to a corporation in August 2005, and we changed our jurisdiction of incorporation to Delaware in March 2006. Our principal executive office is located at 1700 International Parkway, Suite 200, Richardson, TX 75081 and our telephone number is (469) 916-4393. Our website address is http://www.mavenir.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

The “Mavenir Systems®” name, the “mOne®” name, the “Airwide®” name, the “AirMessenger®” name, the “Mavenir” name, the “mStore” name, the “mCloud” name, “Transforming Mobile Networks” and related images, logos and symbols appearing in this prospectus are our properties, trademarks and service marks. Other marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

4,670,292 shares.

 

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders

129,708 shares.

 

Shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering

22,464,265 shares (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 720,000 additional shares of our common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us, will be approximately $64.5 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), or approximately $75.2 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include financing growth (including payment of increased levels of expenditures), developing new products and funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement currently restrict our ability to pay dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NYSE ticker symbol

“MVNR”

 

Risk Factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 17,793,973 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013, which number reflects the conversion of all of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 16,452,467 shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering excludes the following:

 

   

2,897,534 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at June 30, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.32 per share;

 

   

507,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted effective upon the pricing of this offering, at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

 

11


Table of Contents
   

909,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion and subsequent exercise of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.6794 per share;

 

   

131,427 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.11 per share;

 

   

194,694 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share;

 

   

1,671,146 shares of common stock reserved as of June 30, 2013 for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Equity Incentive Plan”; and

 

   

482,143 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to adjustment as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.”

Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

gives effect to a 7-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on November 1, 2013, with an automatic adjustment to the conversion ratio of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to reflect the same reverse stock split ratio upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock. Accordingly, unless otherwise stated, all stock and per-share information have been retroactively restated in this prospectus to reflect the reverse stock split;

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

gives effect to the automatic conversion upon the completion of this offering of all of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 16,452,467 shares of common stock; and

 

   

assumes the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables summarize the consolidated financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The summary consolidated financial information reflects a 7-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on November 1, 2013.

The summary financial information below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
           2010                 2011                 2012                 2012                 2013        
    

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
                       (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Total revenue

   $ 8,251      $ 49,504      $ 73,840      $ 39,949      $ 48,190   

Cost of revenue

     5,103        30,784        30,459        15,091        20,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,148        18,720        43,381        24,858        27,949   

Total operating expenses

     13,324        37,905        57,944        29,401        30,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (10,176     (19,185     (14,563     (4,543     (2,566

Net interest expense

     108        61        383        25        1,107   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (21     1,182        (529     871        2,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (10,263     (20,428     (14,417     (5,439     (6,317

Income tax expense

     131        1,330        1,152        211        1,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (basic and diluted)

   $ (9.42   $ (18.82   $ (12.09   $ (4.52   $ (5.92

Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     1,104        1,156        1,288        1,250        1,339   

As adjusted net loss per share(1)

   $ (0.80   $ (1.24   $ (0.88   $ (0.32   $ (0.45

As adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share(1)

     13,001        17,608        17,740        17,703        17,792   

Non-GAAP Financial Measure:

          

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ (9,298   $ (14,938   $ (10,224   $ (2,753   $ (472

 

(1) As adjusted amounts give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 16,452,467 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
(2) We include adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and certain other expenses, or adjusted EBITDA, because it is a measure that our management uses to evaluate our operating results. We calculate adjusted EBITDA as our net loss, adding back net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain acquisition-related expenses. We present adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because our management believes that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting net interest expense), tax positions (such as the impact on periods of changes in effective tax rates), the depreciation of assets (affecting depreciation expense), the amortization of intangibles (affecting amortization expense), stock-based compensation expenses and certain acquisition-related expenses. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operations as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. We understand that although adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in our effective tax rate;

 

   

although depreciation is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table reconciles net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
           2010                 2011                 2012                 2012                 2013        
                       (unaudited)  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935

Net interest expense

     108        61        383        25        1,107   

Income tax expense

     131        1,330        1,152        211        1,618   

Depreciation and amortization

     807        2,933        4,048        1,685        1,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (9,348     (17,434     (9,986     (3,729     (3,416

Stock-based compensation expense

     71        138        291        105        300   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (21     1,182        (529     871        2,644   

Other acquisition-related expenses including:

          

Acquisition-related restructuring costs

     —          514        —          —          —     

Transaction costs

     —          662        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (9,298   $ (14,938   $ (10,224   $ (2,753   $ (472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
          As  Further
Adjusted(2)
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     As  Adjusted(1)    
                      (unaudited)  
   

(in thousands)

 
                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,425      $ 19,466      $ 7,402      $ 20,453      $ 20,453        $84,947   

Working capital

    5,812        15,728        13,228        31,420        31,420        95,914   

Total assets

    16,797        60,387        60,481        79,999        79,999        144,493   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    —          —          14,700        38,153        38,153        38,153   

Total liabilities

    9,682        34,131        48,718        74,328        74,328        74,328   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    64,558        104,558        104,558        104,558        —          —     

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    (57,443     (78,302     (92,795     (98,887     5,671        70,165   

 

(1) The as adjusted column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 16,452,467 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) The as further adjusted column reflects the conversion described in footnote (1) above, as well as the estimated net proceeds of $64.5 million from our sale of 4,670,292 shares of common stock that we are offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Any investment in our common stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before you decide whether to purchase our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects would likely suffer, possibly materially. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks or uncertainties, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have incurred net losses in the past and may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred significant losses in each year since inception, including net losses of $(10.4) million, $(21.8) million and $(15.6) million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and net losses of $(7.9) million in the six months ended June 30, 2013. As a result of ongoing net losses, we had accumulated deficits of $(95.6) million at December 31, 2012 and $(103.5) million at June 30, 2013. We expect to continue to incur significant product development, sales and marketing, administrative and other expenses. We have only a limited operating history on which you can base your evaluation of our business and our ability to increase our revenue. We commenced operations in 2005 and began product sales in 2007. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and maintain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. To the extent we are unable to become or remain profitable, the market price of our common stock will probably decline.

Our future revenue growth is substantially dependent upon the speed of adoption of 4G LTE technology by mobile service providers.

While we derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue from our messaging solutions, we expect our future revenue growth to be driven largely by sales of our internet protocol (IP)-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services, which collectively represent our 4G LTE solutions. IP-based communication services and 4G LTE technology represent new, data-packet-based mobile communications technologies, and their deployment is still in its early stages. Our 4G LTE solutions are dependent upon the use of 4G LTE technology because these solutions are high-bandwidth data applications that require the high-bandwidth access networking provided by 4G LTE technology.

Mobile service providers may delay implementation of 4G LTE technology for one or a number of reasons, including that they may not perceive an immediate need for improved quality, they may not know about the potential benefits that 4G LTE technology may provide or their subscribers may not be willing or able to pay for any increased costs that result from the implementation of 4G LTE technology. As a result, if 4G LTE technology is adopted more slowly than we expect, our future revenue growth will be materially and adversely affected.

Our revenue growth will be limited if mobile service providers choose the 4G LTE solutions of our competitors over ours, or if 4G LTE products and solutions do not achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance.

Our future revenue growth depends on mobile service providers choosing our 4G LTE solutions over those of our competitors. Additionally, the market for 4G LTE products and solutions is relatively new and still evolving, and it is uncertain whether these products and solutions will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Even if mobile service providers perceive the benefits of 4G LTE products and solutions, they may not select our 4G LTE solutions for implementation and may instead choose our competitors’ solutions or wait for the introduction of other solutions and technologies that might serve as a replacement or substitute for, or represent an improvement over, our 4G LTE solutions, which would significantly and adversely affect our operating results. We began selling our 4G LTE solutions in the fourth quarter of 2007 and have generated $114.2 million of revenue from such solutions through June 30, 2013.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our future success depends significantly on our ability to sell our solutions to mobile service providers operating wireless networks that serve large numbers of subscribers.

Our future success depends significantly on our ability to sell our solutions to mobile service providers operating wireless networks that serve large numbers of subscribers and transport high volumes of traffic. The mobile communications services industry historically has been concentrated among a relatively small number of providers. For example, as of June 2013, the largest twenty mobile service providers in the world, as measured by number of mobile device connections, accounted for approximately 57% of total mobile device connections globally. Nine of these largest twenty mobile service providers are already our customers. Because the twenty largest mobile service providers continue to constitute a significant portion of the market for mobile communications equipment, our success depends significantly on our ability to sell solutions to them. Additionally, if we fail to expand our customer base to include additional customers that deploy our solutions in large-scale networks serving significant numbers of subscribers, our revenue growth will be limited.

Our future software products and maintenance revenue and our revenue growth depend significantly on the success of our efforts to sell additional solutions and maintenance services to our existing mobile service provider customers.

Our business strategy and our plan to achieve profitability depend significantly on our sales of additional solutions to our existing mobile service provider customers. In addition, our solutions are generally accompanied by right-to-use licenses under which we receive periodic payments based upon the numbers of subscribers to such services from time to time. Therefore, our growth will also depend on our customers’ expanded use of our solutions over greater numbers of subscribers over time. Mobile service providers may choose not to purchase additional solutions from us or may choose not to expand their use of, or not to purchase continued maintenance and support for, our solutions, or might delay additional purchases that we may expect. These events could occur for a number of reasons, including because our mobile service provider customers are not experiencing sufficient subscriber demand for the services that our solutions enable, or because mobile service providers choose solutions other than ours. If we are not successful in selling new and additional solutions to our existing mobile service provider customers or if those customers do not elect to expand their use of our solutions over additional subscribers in their networks, our revenue could grow at a slow rate or decrease and we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

Our success depends in large part on mobile service providers’ continued deployment of, and investment in, modern telephony equipment and rich communications solutions.

A significant portion of our product and solution suite is dedicated to enabling mobile service providers to deliver voice and multimedia services over newer and faster IP-based broadband networks. As a result, our success depends significantly on these mobile service providers’ continued deployment of, and investment in, their IP-based networks. Mobile service providers’ deployment of IP-based networks and their migration of communications services from existing circuit-based 2G and 3G networks to IP-based networks is still in its early stages. These mobile service providers’ continued deployment of, and investment in, IP-based networks and rich communications solutions depends on a number of factors outside of our control. These factors include capital constraints, the presence of available capacity on legacy networks, perceived subscriber demand for rich communications solutions, competitive conditions within the telecommunications industry and regulatory issues. If mobile service providers do not continue deploying and investing in their IP-based networks, for these or other reasons, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected.

Most of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger product and customer bases and significantly greater resources (financial, technical, sales, marketing and other) than we do, and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position.

Our principal competitors include major network infrastructure providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, Ericsson, Huawei, Nokia Siemens Networks, Samsung Electronics and ZTE Corporation as well as specialty solutions

 

17


Table of Contents

providers such as Acision, Acme Packet (recently acquired by Oracle), Broadsoft, Comverse, Metaswitch and Sonus Networks. Our brand is not currently as well-known as those of our larger and more established competitors. In addition, many of our competitors have significantly broader product bases and intellectual property portfolios, as well as significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. They therefore may be better positioned to acquire and offer complementary solutions and technologies. As a result, potential customers may prefer to purchase products or solutions from their existing suppliers or one of our larger competitors. In addition, larger competitors may have more flexibility to agree to financial terms that we are unable to agree to by virtue of our more limited financial resources. We expect increased competition from other established and emerging companies if our market continues to develop and expand. As we enter new markets, we expect to face competition from incumbent and new market participants.

In addition, some of our competitors have made acquisitions or entered into partnerships or other strategic relationships with one another to offer a more comprehensive solution than they had offered individually. This consolidation may continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies enter into partnerships or are acquired. The competitors resulting from these possible consolidations may develop more compelling product or solution offerings and be able to offer greater pricing flexibility, making it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs, technology, support capacity or product functionality. Industry consolidation may adversely impact perceptions of the viability of smaller and even medium-sized technology companies and, consequently, willingness of mobile service providers to purchase from such companies. These pricing pressures and competition from more comprehensive solutions could impair our ability to sell our solutions, which could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of mobile service provider customers for a substantial portion of our revenue in any fiscal period, and the loss of, or a significant shortfall in orders from, key customers could significantly reduce our revenue.

We derive a substantial portion of our total revenue in any fiscal period from a limited number of mobile service provider customers as a result of the relatively concentrated nature of our target market and the relatively early stage of our development. During any given fiscal period, a small number of customers may account for a significant percentage of our revenue. For example, two of our end customers (T-Mobile USA and MetroPCS, now part of T-Mobile) together accounted for approximately 97% of our total revenue in 2010, three of our end customers (T-Mobile USA, AT&T and Vodafone) together accounted for approximately 49% of our total revenue in 2011, four of our end customers (AT&T, MetroPCS, now part of T-Mobile, T-Mobile USA and Vodafone) together accounted for approximately 55% of our total revenue in 2012 and four of our end customers (T-Mobile USA, Vodafone, AT&T, and Deutsche Telekom) together accounted for approximately 62% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Generally, we do not have and we do not enter into multi-year purchase contracts with our customers, nor do we have contractual arrangements to ensure future sales of our solutions to our existing customers. Our inability to generate anticipated revenue from our key existing or targeted customers, or a significant shortfall in sales to them, would significantly reduce our revenue and adversely affect our business. Our operating results in the foreseeable future will continue to depend on our ability to effect sales to existing and other large mobile service provider customers. For more information about our existing customer base, please see “Our Business — Customers.”

Our large mobile service provider customers have substantial negotiating leverage, which may require that we agree to terms and conditions that could result in increased cost of sales, decreased revenues or delayed recognition of revenues and could adversely affect our operating results.

Many of our customers are large mobile service providers that have substantial purchasing power and leverage in negotiating contractual arrangements with us, including pricing terms. These large mobile service provider customers may require us to develop additional features and impose penalties related to performance issues, such as delivery, outages and response time. As we seek to sell more solutions to large mobile service providers, we may be required to agree to additional performance-based terms and conditions, which may affect the timing of revenue recognition and may adversely affect our operating results.

 

18


Table of Contents

We rely significantly on channel partners to sell our solutions in domestic and international markets, and if we are unable to maintain successful relationships with them, our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition could be harmed.

We sell our solutions to mobile service providers both directly and, particularly in international markets, indirectly through channel partners such as telecommunications equipment vendors, value-added resellers and other resellers. We believe that establishing and maintaining successful relationships with these channel partners contributes, and will continue to contribute, to our success, but there can be no guarantee that any such relationships will continue. For example, our contract with Cisco Systems, currently our most significant channel partner in terms of revenue, may be terminated by Cisco with advance notice prior to the end of each automatically renewable one-year term, and we cannot be certain that Cisco will choose not to terminate this contract. Notwithstanding any such decision by Cisco, under our contract with Cisco we would have continuing fulfillment, maintenance and support obligations with respect to any ongoing end-user projects, and we must offer maintenance and support services to Cisco for all of our products already deployed by Cisco at the time of expiration or termination for at least five years from the last commercial sale of our products by Cisco prior to such expiration or termination. For more information about our contract with Cisco Systems, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco Systems” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners and training them in our technology and solutions offerings require significant time and resources. To develop and expand our channels, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our channels, including investment in systems and training.

In addition, existing and future channel partners will only partner with us if we are able to provide them with competitive solutions on terms that are acceptable to them. If we fail to maintain the quality of our solutions or to update and enhance them, existing and future channel partners may elect to partner with one or more of our competitors. If we are unable to reach agreements that are beneficial to both parties, then our channel partner relationships will not succeed.

The reduction in or loss of sales by these channel partners could materially reduce our revenue, either temporarily or permanently. For example, our reseller agreement with Cisco Systems, our most significant sales channel by revenue, accounted for approximately 70%, 47% and 35% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and 37% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013. We cannot assure you that our channel partners will continue to cooperate with us when our reseller agreements expire or are up for renewal. If we fail to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, fail to develop new relationships with other channel partners in new markets, fail to manage, train or incentivize existing channel partners effectively, fail to provide channel partners with competitive solutions on terms acceptable to them, or if these partners are not successful in their sales efforts, our revenue may decrease and our operating results could suffer.

Our channel partners may offer their customers the products of several different companies, including those of our competitors. Our channel partners generally do not have an exclusive relationship with us; thus, we cannot be certain that they will prioritize or provide adequate resources for selling our solutions. Divergence in strategy or contract defaults by any of these channel partners may harm our ability to develop, market, sell or support our solutions. Furthermore, some of our competitors may have stronger relationships with our channel partners than we do, and we have limited control, if any, as to whether those partners resell our solutions, rather than our competitors’ products or solutions, or whether they devote resources to market and support our products or solutions rather than those of our competitors. Our failure to establish and maintain successful relationships with channel partners could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition.

The long and variable sales and deployment cycles for our solutions may cause our operating results to vary materially from quarter to quarter, which may negatively affect our operating results, and potentially our stock price, for any given quarter.

Our solutions have lengthy sales cycles, which typically extend from six to eighteen months. A mobile service provider’s decision to purchase our solutions often involves a significant commitment of its resources

 

19


Table of Contents

after an evaluation, qualification and competitive bid process with an unpredictable length. The length of our sales cycles also varies depending on the type of mobile service provider to which we are selling, the solution being sold and the type of network in which our product will be utilized. We may incur substantial sales, marketing and technical expenses and expend significant management effort during this time, regardless of whether we make a sale.

Even after making the decision to purchase our products, our mobile service provider customers may deploy our products slowly. Timing of deployment can vary widely among mobile service providers. The length of a mobile service provider’s deployment period may directly affect the timing of any subsequent purchase of additional solutions by that mobile service provider. In addition, in some situations we recognize revenue only upon the final acceptance of our solution by a customer, so the timing of purchase and deployment by our customers can significantly affect our operating results for a fiscal period.

As a result of the lengthy and uncertain sales and deployment cycles for our solutions, it is difficult for us to predict the quarter in which our mobile service provider customers may purchase additional solutions or features from us or in which we may recognize revenues. Therefore, our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, which may negatively affect our operating results, and potentially our stock price, for any given quarter.

As a further result of these lengthy sales cycles, we may accept terms or conditions that negatively affect pricing or payment in order to consummate a sale. Doing so can negatively affect our gross margin and results of operations. Alternatively, if mobile service providers ultimately insist upon terms and conditions that we deem too onerous or not to be commercially prudent, we may decline, and thus incur substantial expenses and devote time and resources to potential relationships that never result in completed sales or revenue. If this were to happen often, it would have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our quarterly revenue and operating results are unpredictable and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to factors outside our control, which could adversely affect our business, consolidated financial statements and the trading price of our common stock.

Our revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Generally, purchases by mobile service providers of telecommunications solutions from software-based network solutions providers have been unpredictable and clustered, rather than steady, as the various mobile service providers build out their networks according to their own timing, resources and surrounding circumstances. The primary factors that may affect our revenues and operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for our 4G LTE solutions, our messaging solutions or our services, and the timing and size of customer orders;

 

   

length and variability of the sales cycle for our solutions;

 

   

competitive conditions in our markets, including the effects of new entrants, consolidation, technological innovation and substantial price discounting;

 

   

new solution announcements, introductions and enhancements by us or our competitors, which could result in deferrals of customer orders;

 

   

market acceptance of new solutions and solution enhancements that we offer and our services;

 

   

the mix of solution configurations sold;

 

   

the quality and degree of execution of our business strategy and operating plan, and the effectiveness of our sales and marketing programs;

 

   

our ability to develop, introduce, ship and successfully deliver new solutions and solution enhancements that meet customer requirements in a timely manner;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

our ability to provide customer support solutions in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to meet mobile service providers’ solution installation and acceptance deadlines;

 

   

our ability to attain and maintain production volumes and quality levels for our solutions;

 

   

cancellation or deferral of existing customer orders or the renegotiation of existing contractual commitments;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors and the prices of the components of our solutions;

 

   

timing of revenue recognition and the application of complex revenue recognition accounting rules to our customer arrangements, including rules requiring that we estimate percentage of completion of a contract, the amount of time required to complete a contract and whether or not we expect to incur a loss on a contract;

 

   

consolidation within the telecommunications industry, including acquisitions of or by our mobile service provider customers;

 

   

general economic conditions in our markets, both domestic and international, as well as the level and pace of discretionary IT spending by businesses and of service choices by individual consumers;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;

 

   

variability and unpredictability in the rate of growth in the markets in which we compete;

 

   

costs related to acquisitions; and

 

   

corporate restructurings.

As with other software-based network solutions providers, we typically recognize a portion of our revenue in a given quarter from sales booked and shipped in the last weeks of that quarter. As a result, delays in customer orders may result in delays in shipments and recognition of revenue beyond the end of a given quarter. Additionally, as discussed elsewhere in this section, it can be difficult for us to predict the timing of receipt of major customer orders, and we are unable to control timing decisions made by our customers. As a result, our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict even in the near term and a delay in an anticipated sale past the end of a particular quarter may negatively impact our results of operations for that quarter, or in some cases, that year. Therefore, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are a poor indication of our future performance. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or below any guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could also occur when we have met our publicly stated revenue or operating results guidance.

A significant portion of our operating expenses is fixed in the short term. If revenues for a particular quarter are below expectations, we would likely be unable to reduce costs and expenses proportionally for that quarter. Any such revenue shortfall would, therefore, have a significant effect on our operating results for that quarter.

Consolidation in the communications industry can reduce the number of mobile service provider customers and adversely affect our business.

Historically, the communications industry has experienced, and it may continue to experience, consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among mobile service providers and between mobile service providers and other entities. For instance, in May 2013, two mobile service provider customers that have been significant customers of ours at certain times in the past, MetroPCS and T-Mobile USA, completed a merger transaction. MetroPCS and T-Mobile USA collectively accounted for approximately 24% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a result of the merger of T-Mobile USA and MetroPCS, or should one of our other significant mobile service provider customers consolidate or enter into an alliance with another customer, it is

 

21


Table of Contents

possible that the combined entity could reduce capital expenditures on technology that requires our solutions. It is also possible that such combined entity could decide to either use a different supplier or to renegotiate its supply and service arrangements with us. These consolidations or alliances may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may not be able to expand our customer base to make up any revenue declines if we lose customers or business.

The quality of our support and services offerings is important to our mobile service provider customers, and if we fail to offer high quality support and services, mobile service providers may not buy our solutions and our revenue may decline.

Once our solutions are deployed within our mobile service provider customers’ networks, the customers generally depend on our support organization to resolve issues relating to those solutions. A high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions. If we are unable to provide the necessary level of support and service to our customers, we could experience:

 

   

a loss of customers and market share;

 

   

a failure to attract new customers, including in new geographic regions;

 

   

increased service, support and warranty costs and a diversion of development resources; and

 

   

network performance penalties, including liquidated damages for periods of time that our customers’ networks are inoperable.

Any of the above results would likely have a material adverse impact on our business, revenue, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and reputation.

Our business is dependent on our ability to maintain and scale our resources, and any significant disruption in our service and support could damage our reputation, result in a potential loss of customers and adversely affect our financial results.

Our reputation and ability to attract, retain and serve our mobile service provider customers is dependent upon the reliable performance of our service and support and our underlying technical infrastructure. Our systems may not be adequately designed with the necessary reliability and redundancy to avoid performance delays or outages that could be harmful to our business. If our services and/or support are unavailable when our customers attempt to access them, mobile service providers may not continue to purchase our services and support or our solutions as often in the future, or at all. In addition, customers of ours may seek a refund for solutions purchased under warranty.

As our customer base continues to grow, we will need an increasing amount of technical infrastructure, including human resources, to continue to satisfy the needs of our mobile service provider customers. It is possible that we may fail to effectively scale and grow our technical infrastructure to accommodate these increased demands. In addition, our business is subject to interruptions, delays or failures resulting from earthquakes, other natural disasters, terrorism or other catastrophic events.

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new solutions or enhance our existing solutions and platform, upgrade our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders

 

22


Table of Contents

could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future would likely be senior to our common stock, would likely cause us to incur interest expenses and could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may increase our expenses, make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may also be required to secure any such debt obligations with some or all of our assets. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. It is also possible that we may allocate significant amounts of capital toward solutions or technologies for which market demand is lower than anticipated and, as a result, abandon such efforts. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on projects that are not successful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, or we may be required to reduce the scale of our operations. Any of these negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, liquidity, financial condition and common stock price.

If we lose members of our senior management or development team or are unable to recruit and retain key employees on a cost-effective basis, we may not be able to successfully grow our business.

Our success is substantially dependent upon the performance of our senior management and other key technical and development personnel. The loss of the services of one or more of these members of our team may significantly delay or prevent our development of successful solutions and the achievement of our business objectives. Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate skilled personnel in the United States and internationally. Experienced management and technical, sales, marketing and support personnel in the telecom industry are in high demand, and competition for their talents is intense. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at all. The loss of, or the inability to recruit and retain, such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively and develop and implement appropriate control systems, our business and financial performance may suffer.

We have substantially expanded our overall business, number of customers, headcount and operations in recent periods. We increased our number of full-time equivalent employees from approximately 150 as of January 1, 2010 to approximately 670 as of June 30, 2013. In particular, many members of our senior management and technical teams joined us recently. During this same period, we made investments in our information systems and significantly expanded our operations outside the United States through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions in May 2011. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Our business model reflects our operation with limited infrastructure, support and administrative headcount, so risks related to managing our growth are particularly salient and we may not have sufficient internal resources to adapt or respond to unexpected challenges. Although we have put certain policies and procedures in place, certain of these policies have recently been adopted or recently changed and we have limited staff responsible for their implementation and enforcement. If we are unable to manage our growth successfully, or if our control systems do not operate effectively, our ability to provide high quality solutions and services could be harmed, which would damage our reputation and brand, and our business and operating results would suffer.

Prolonged negative economic conditions in domestic and global markets may adversely affect us, our suppliers, counterparties and consumers, which could harm our financial position.

As has been widely reported, global credit and financial markets have been experiencing extreme disruptions over the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and availability of credit, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. Credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions might deteriorate further.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by the recent economic downturn, the volatile business environment and continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current mobile service providers, suppliers or other partners may not continue to operate, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget. Any lender that is obligated to provide funding to us under any now existing or future credit agreement may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it. The cost of, or lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability to develop sufficient liquidity to maintain or grow our company, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition. We also manage cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments through various institutions. There may be a risk of loss on investments based on the volatility of the underlying instruments that will prevent us from recovering the full principal of our investments. These negative changes in domestic and global economic conditions or additional disruptions of either or both of the financial and credit markets may also affect third-party payors and may have a material adverse effect on our stock price, business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

If we undertake business combinations and acquisitions, they may be difficult to close or integrate, or they could disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or divert management’s attention.

We have completed one business acquisition to date, when we acquired Airwide Solutions in May 2011 for a purchase price of $16.9 million. The primary purpose of the acquisition was to gain access to Airwide Solutions’s international customer base and infrastructure. In the future, we may continue to support our growth through acquisitions of businesses, services or technologies that we perceive to be complementary or otherwise beneficial to us. Future acquisitions involve risks, such as:

 

   

misjudgment with respect to the value, return on investment or strategic fit of any acquired operations or assets;

 

   

challenges associated with integrating acquired technologies, operations, financial reporting systems and cultures of acquired companies;

 

   

exposure to unforeseen liabilities;

 

   

diversion of management and other resources from day-to-day operations;

 

   

possible loss of key employees, clients, suppliers and partners;

 

   

higher than expected transaction costs;

 

   

potential loss of commercial relationships and customers based on their concerns regarding the acquired business or technologies; and

 

   

additional dilution to our existing stockholders if we use our common stock as consideration for such acquisitions.

As a result of these risks, we may not be able to achieve the expected benefits of any acquisition. If we are unsuccessful in completing or integrating acquisitions, we may be required to reevaluate our growth strategy and we may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources in seeking to complete and integrate the acquisitions.

Future business combinations could involve the acquisition of significant intangible assets. We may need to record write-downs from future impairments of identified intangible assets and goodwill. These accounting charges would reduce any future reported earnings or increase a reported loss. In addition, we could use substantial portions of our available cash, including some or substantially all of the proceeds of this offering, to acquire companies or assets. Subject to the provisions of our existing indebtedness, it is possible that we could incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities as consideration for these acquisitions, which could cause our stockholders to suffer significant dilution.

 

24


Table of Contents

During the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the preparation of our financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, we determined we have material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting, and we may experience additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, and may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be detected or prevented on a timely basis.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private entity with limited accounting personnel and other supervisory resources to execute accounting processes and address internal controls over financial reporting. In particular, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, our management and its independent registered public auditors identified a material weakness relating to the failure to record certain entries and adjustments during the year-end closing process. The material weakness resulted in several audit adjustments to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012. Additionally, during the preparation of our financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, management, along with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified a material weakness in our processes and procedures over system implementations. Specifically, our implementation of a revenue application during the first half of 2013 was not properly documented or tested, resulting in numerous adjustments to our financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, but not to prior periods, and additional time needed to close.

Any material weakness, including those described above, could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim combined financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses described above or avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We are further enhancing the computer systems processes and related documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If we are unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would likely cause the price of our common stock to decline.

After we cease to be an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws, our independent registered auditors will be required to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Until that time, it is possible that a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting could remain undetected as a result of our exemption from these auditor attestation requirements under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. See “Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering — We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors” elsewhere in this section. If we are unable to confirm that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our

 

25


Table of Contents

internal controls over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We expect to incur significant additional costs as a result of being a public company, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We expect to incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC and the national stock exchanges. These rules and regulations are expected to increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and we expect those costs to increase in the future. For example, we will be required to devote significant resources to complete the assessment and documentation of our internal control system and financial process under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including an assessment of the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of our information systems associated with our internal controls over financial reporting. We will incur significant costs to remediate any material weaknesses we identify through these efforts. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

New laws and regulations, as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and rules adopted by the SEC and the national stock exchanges, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Changes in effective income tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examinations of our tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

any earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates;

 

   

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

expiration of, or lapses in, the research and development tax credit laws;

 

   

expiration or non-utilization of net operating losses;

 

   

foreign withholding taxes for which no benefit is realizable;

 

   

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

 

   

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

 

   

changes in transfer pricing studies; or

 

   

changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business we are subject to routine examinations of our income tax returns by federal, state and non-U.S. tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. An unfavorable outcome from one of these examinations may result in additional tax liabilities or other adjustments to our historical results.

 

26


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we may determine that it is advisable from time to time to repatriate earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries under circumstances that could give rise to the imposition of potentially significant withholding taxes by the jurisdictions in which such amounts were earned and substantial tax liabilities in the United States. In addition, we may not receive the benefit of any offsetting tax credits, which also could adversely impact our effective tax rate. As of June 30, 2013, we held $2.5 million of our $20.5 million of cash and cash equivalents in accounts of our subsidiaries outside of the United States and we may incur significant tax liabilities if we repatriate those amounts.

Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, our ultimate tax liabilities may materially differ from the tax amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our income tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

We may be unable to utilize our net operating loss and/or our research tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our operating results.

As of June 30, 2013, we had total net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $82.5 million, $73.0 million and $9.5 million on a global, U.S. and non-U.S. basis, respectively, after consideration of limitations of approximately $53.5 million, $12.5 million and $41.0 million on a global, U.S. and non-U.S. basis, respectively, placed on losses of the Airwide group of companies acquired by us during 2011. The tax effect of these remaining net operating loss carryforwards is approximately $27.8 million, $25.6 million and $2.2 million on a global, U.S. and non-U.S. basis, respectively. The U.S. net operating loss carryforwards will expire beginning in 2024. Of the tax-affected foreign net operating loss carryforwards, $1.2 million are carried forward indefinitely and the remainder begin to expire in 2013. As of June 30, 2013, we also had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million that will begin to expire in 2016. Due to our history of operating losses, we have established full valuation allowances against all of our deferred tax assets which include the tax effect of our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits.

Realization of these net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards depends on many factors, including our future income. There is a risk that, due to regulatory changes or unforeseen reasons, our existing carryforwards could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which would adversely affect our operating results. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards or other pre-change tax attributes to offset United States federal and state taxable income may be subject to limitations.

Public scrutiny of data privacy issues, worldwide or in particular countries or markets, may result in increased regulation and different industry standards, which could require us to incur significant expenses in order to comply or support compliance with such regulations or deter or prevent us from providing our solutions or services to our mobile service provider customers, thereby harming our business.

As part of our business, we supply and support telecommunications equipment as part of mobile service provider networks that collect and store personal information. We expect that collection and storage of personal information to increase, primarily in connection with increased use of mobile data access. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is currently uncertain and is likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. We or our mobile service provider customers may also face additional privacy issues as we or they expand in international markets, as many nations have privacy protections more stringent than those in the United States. For example, the European Union is in the process of proposing reforms to its existing data protection legal framework, which may result in a greater compliance burden for mobile service providers with subscribers in Europe. Various government and consumer agencies have also called for new regulation and changes in industry practices.

 

27


Table of Contents

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations. Increased domestic or international regulation of data utilization and distribution practices, including self-regulation, could require us to modify our operations and incur significant expense, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our business, including our ability to operate and expand internationally, could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are adopted, interpreted or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent with our current or planned business practices and that require changes to these practices, the design of our solutions or our customers’ or our privacy policies.

Compliance with worker health and safety laws and environmental laws could be costly, and noncompliance with these laws could cause us to be subject to material fines and result in substantial additional expenses.

Our hardware suppliers manufacture the standard servers and other hardware necessary to operate our solutions using substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations governing worker health and safety and the environment. If we and our contract manufacturers do not comply with these laws and regulations, we may suffer a loss of revenues, be unable to sell our solutions in certain markets and/or countries, be subject to penalties and enforced fees and/or suffer a competitive disadvantage. Costs to comply with current laws and regulations and/or similar future laws and regulations, if applicable, could include costs associated with modifying our solutions, recycling and other waste processing costs, legal and regulatory costs and insurance costs. We have recorded and may also be required to record additional expenses for costs associated with compliance with these regulations. We cannot assure you that the costs to comply with these new laws, or with current and future worker health and safety laws and environmental laws will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Our Technology

Infringement claims are common in our industry and third parties, including competitors, have and could in the future assert infringement claims against us or our customers that we are obligated to indemnify.

The communications industry is highly competitive and its technologies are complex. Companies file patent applications and obtain patents covering these technologies frequently and maintain programs to protect their intellectual property portfolios. In addition, patent holding companies regularly bring claims against communications companies. These patent holding companies and some communications companies actively search for, and routinely bring claims against, alleged infringers. For example, we were previously a defendant, along with a number of other communications companies, in a suit brought by a non-operating patent holding company alleging that each of the defendants had infringed upon one of its patents, which suit has been settled with respect to Mavenir.

Our solutions are technically complex and compete with the products and solutions of significantly larger companies. The likelihood of our being subject to infringement claims may increase as a result of our real or perceived success in selling solutions to mobile service providers, as the number of competitors in our industry grows and as we add functionality to our solutions. We may in the future receive communications from third parties alleging that we may be infringing their intellectual property rights. The visibility we receive from being a public company may result in a greater number of such allegations.

We have also agreed, and expect to continue to agree, to indemnify our customers for certain expenses or liabilities resulting from claimed infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties with respect to our solutions and software. As a result, in the case of infringement claims against these customers, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund license fees they have paid to us. If a customer asserts a claim for indemnification against us, we could incur significant costs and reputational harm disputing it. If we do not succeed in disputing it, we could face substantial liability.

 

28


Table of Contents

Regardless of the merit of third-party claims that we or our customers infringe their rights, these claims could:

 

   

be time-consuming and costly to defend;

 

   

divert our management’s attention and resources;

 

   

cause shipment and installation delays;

 

   

require us to redesign our solutions, which may not be feasible or cost-effective;

 

   

cause us to cease producing, licensing or using software or solutions that incorporate challenged intellectual property;

 

   

damage our reputation and cause customer reluctance to license our solutions; or

 

   

require us to pay amounts for past infringement, potentially including treble damages, or enter into royalty or licensing agreements to obtain the right to use a necessary product or component, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

It is possible that other companies hold patents covering technologies similar to one or more of the technologies that we incorporate into our solutions. In addition, new patents may be issued covering these technologies. Unless and until the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office issues a patent to an applicant, there is no reliable way to assess the scope of the potential patent. We may face claims of infringement from both holders of issued patents and, depending upon the timing, scope and content of patents that have not yet been issued, patents issued in the future. The application of patent law to the software technologies in the communications industry is particularly uncertain because the time that it takes for a software-related patent to issue is lengthy, which increases the likelihood of pending patent applications claiming inventions that may pre-date development of our own proprietary software. This uncertainty, coupled with litigation or the potential threat of litigation related to our intellectual property, could adversely affect our business, revenue, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights, particularly our 4G LTE solutions. In addition to patents, we rely on trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. Our confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information or provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure. Others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information, in which case we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Furthermore, the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, the reverse engineering of our solutions or other circumvention, invalidation or challenge of our intellectual property.

Additionally, patent and other intellectual property protection outside the United States is generally not as comprehensive as in the United States and may not protect our intellectual property in some countries where our solutions are sold or may be sold in the future. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available. Many companies have encountered substantial intellectual property infringement in countries where we sell, or intend to sell, our solutions. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad.

Policing the unauthorized use of our solutions, trademarks and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of

 

29


Table of Contents

others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could harm our business. Moreover, such litigation could provoke our opponents to assert counterclaims that we infringe their own intellectual property. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

Our patent applications may not result in issued patents, which may allow competitors to more easily exploit technology similar to ours.

Our business depends in part on our ability to maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property for our technologies and solutions and potential solutions in the United States and other countries. We have adopted a strategy of seeking patent protection in the United States and in other countries with respect to certain of the technologies used in or relating to our solutions and processes. As of June 30, 2013, we had a total of ten patent applications pending in the United States, and 19 pending non-U.S. patent applications, many of which are counterparts to our U.S. patents or patent applications. These patent applications are directed to aspects of our technology and/or to our methods and solutions that support our business. However, the issuance and enforcement of patents involve complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that the patent applications that we file will result in patents being issued, or that our patents and any patents that may be issued to us will cover our technology or the methods or products that support our business, or afford protection against competitors with similar technology. Moreover, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity, scope or enforceability, and competitors or other third parties might successfully challenge the validity, scope or enforceability of any issued patents should we try to enforce them. In addition, patent applications filed in other countries are subject to laws, rules and procedures that differ from those of the United States, and thus we cannot be certain that non-U.S. patent applications will be granted even if corresponding U.S. patents are issued.

If new industry standards emerge or if we are unable to respond to rapid technological advances in a timely manner, mobile service providers may not buy our solutions and our revenue may decline.

The market for telecommunications products and solutions is characterized by rapid technological advances, frequent introductions of new products, evolving industry standards and recurring or unanticipated changes in customer requirements. To succeed, we must effectively anticipate, and adapt in a timely manner to, customer requirements and continue to develop or acquire new solutions and features that meet market demands, technology and architectural trends and new industry standards. This requires us to identify and gain access to or develop new technologies. The introduction of new or enhanced solutions also requires that we carefully manage the transition from older products to minimize disruption in customer ordering practices and ensure that new solutions can be timely delivered to meet demand.

Developing our solutions is expensive, complex and involves uncertainties and requires significant research and development expenditures. We may not have sufficient resources to successfully manage lengthy development cycles. In 2010, 2011, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, our research and development expenses were $6.5 million, or 79% of our total revenue, $15.0 million, or 30% of our total revenue, $23.3 million, or 32% of our total revenue, and $11.5 million, or 24% of our total revenue, respectively. We believe we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to remain competitive. These investments may take several years to generate positive returns or they may never do so. In addition, we may experience design, manufacturing, marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of new solutions and enhancements. If we fail to meet our development targets, demand for our solutions will decline. Even if we introduce new solutions and enhancements, we may experience a decline in demand for, or revenue from, our existing solutions that is not fully matched by the revenue from new solutions. For example, customers may delay making purchases of a new solution to make a more thorough evaluation of such solution, or until industry reviews become widely available. In addition, we may lose existing customers who choose a competitor’s solution rather than migrate to our new solution. This could result in a temporary or permanent revenue shortfall and harm our business.

 

30


Table of Contents

Furthermore, because our solutions are based on complex technology, we can experience unanticipated delays in developing, improving or deploying them. Each phase in the development of our solutions presents serious risks of failure, rework or delay, any one of which could impact the timing and cost effective development of such solution and could jeopardize customer acceptance of the solution. Intensive software testing and validation are critical to the timely introduction of enhancements to several of our solutions and schedule delays sometimes occur in the final validation phase. Unexpected intellectual property disputes, failure of critical design elements and a variety of other execution risks may also delay or even prevent the introduction of these solutions. In addition, the introduction of new solutions by competitors, the emergence of new industry standards or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing product offerings could render our existing or future solutions obsolete. If our solutions become technologically obsolete, mobile service providers may purchase solutions from our competitors and we may be unable to sell our solutions in the marketplace and generate revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We may not be able to detect errors or defects in our solutions until after full deployment and product liability claims by customers could result in substantial costs.

Our solutions are sophisticated and are designed to be deployed in large and complex telecommunications networks that require a very high degree of reliability. Because of the nature of our solutions, they can only be fully tested when substantially deployed in very large networks with high volumes of telecommunications traffic. Some of our mobile service provider customers have only recently begun to commercially deploy our solutions and they may discover errors or defects in the software, or the solutions may not operate as expected. Because we may not be able to detect these problems until full deployment, any errors or defects in our solutions could affect the functionality of the networks in which they are deployed, given the use of our solutions in business-critical applications. As a result, the time it may take us to rectify errors can be critical to our mobile service provider customers. Because of the complexity of our solutions, it may take a material amount of time and resources for us to resolve errors or defects, if we can resolve them at all. The likelihood of such errors or defects is heightened as we acquire new products and solutions from third parties, whether as a result of acquisitions or otherwise.

Because our mobile service provider customers’ telecommunications networks into which they deploy our solutions require a very high degree of reliability, the consequences of an adverse effect on their networks, including any type of communications outage, can be very significant and costly. If any network problems were caused, or perceived to be caused, by errors or defects in our solutions, our reputation and the reputation of our solutions could be significantly damaged with respect to that customer and other customers. Such problems could lead to a loss of that customer or other customers.

If one of our solutions fails, we could also experience:

 

   

payment of liquidated damages for performance failures;

 

   

loss of, or delay in, revenue recognition;

 

   

increased service, support, warranty, product replacement and product liability insurance costs, as well as a diversion of development resources; and

 

   

costly and time-consuming legal actions by our customers, which could result in significant damages awards against us.

Any of the above events would likely have a material adverse impact on our business, revenue, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

 

31


Table of Contents

We currently use a limited number of standard hardware suppliers, and in the event any such supplier ceases to supply us timely, qualifying a replacement hardware supplier could require thirty to sixty days, during which time there could be some delay in our scheduled delivery to one or more of our mobile service provider customers, potentially damaging that customer relationship.

We currently use a limited number of suppliers for the standard servers and other standard hardware necessary to operate our solutions and to fulfill our customers’ orders on a timely basis. Although we have not experienced any significant supplier delay in the past, purchasing from third-party hardware suppliers exposes us to a limited risk of short-term unavailability of adequate supply because we do not have hardware manufacturing capabilities. In the event any such supplier ceases to supply us timely, qualifying a replacement hardware supplier could require thirty to sixty days, during which time there could be some delay in our scheduled delivery to one or more of our customers, potentially damaging that customer relationship.

Man-made problems such as computer viruses or terrorism may disrupt our operations and could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Despite our implementation of network security measures, our servers are vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Efforts to limit the ability of third parties to disrupt the operations of the Internet or undermine our own security efforts may be ineffective. In addition, the continued threat of terrorism and heightened security and military action in response to this threat, or any future acts of terrorism, may cause further disruptions to the economies of the United States and other countries and create further uncertainties or otherwise materially harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Likewise, events such as widespread electrical blackouts could have similar negative impacts. To the extent that such disruptions or uncertainties result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or the development or shipment of our solutions, our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation could be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to obtain necessary licenses of third-party technology on acceptable terms, or at all, which could delay sales and development and adversely impact the quality of our solutions.

We have incorporated third-party licensed technology into our current solutions. We anticipate that we are also likely to need to license additional technology from third parties to develop new solutions or enhancements in the future. Third-party licenses may not be available or continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The inability to retain any third-party licenses required in our current solutions or to obtain any new third-party licenses to develop new solutions and enhancements could require us to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at greater cost, and delay or prevent us from making these solutions or enhancements, any of which could seriously harm the competitive position of our solutions.

We use some open source software in developing our solutions, which could in certain circumstances subject us to claims or judgments that some of our proprietary code is subject to general release or could require us to re-engineer our solutions and the firmware contained therein, which could materially harm our business and operating results.

We use open source software in developing our solutions, including in connection with our proprietary software, and we may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims against companies that use open source software in their products challenging the ownership of such open source software or the terms and conditions upon which those companies make such products available to end users. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming that we have failed to comply with applicable licensing terms. Some open source licenses contain requirements that the licensee make available source code for modifications or derivative works created

 

32


Table of Contents

based upon the open source software and that the licensee license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. If we combine our proprietary firmware or other software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release our proprietary source code publicly or license such source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Although we take steps to protect against our using any open source software that may subject our firmware to general release or require us to re-engineer our solutions and the firmware contained therein, we cannot guarantee that they will be effective, nor that we will not be subject to claims asserting or judgments holding that some of our proprietary source code is subject to general release or that we are required to re-engineer our solutions and firmware. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. Open source license terms relating to the disclosure of source code in modifications or derivative works to the open source software are often ambiguous, and few if any courts in jurisdictions applicable to us have interpreted such terms. As a result, many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

We are exposed to risks related to our international operations and failure to manage these risks may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We market, license and service our solutions globally and have a number of offices around the world. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, 1%, 49%, 54% and 59% of our revenue, respectively, was attributable to our customers outside of the United States. As of June 30, 2013, approximately 82% of our employees were located outside of the United States. We expect that our international activities will be dynamic over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in international markets. Therefore, we are subject to risks associated with having worldwide operations. These international operations will require significant management attention and financial resources.

International operations are subject to inherent risks and our future results could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

requirements or preferences for domestic products or solutions, which could reduce demand for our solutions;

 

   

differing technical standards, existing or future regulatory and certification requirements and required features and functionality;

 

   

management communication and integration problems related to entering new markets with different languages, cultures and political systems;

 

   

greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and longer collection periods;

 

   

difficulties in enforcing contracts;

 

   

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations outside of the United States;

 

   

the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, including regulatory requirements regarding our ability to repatriate profits to the United States;

 

   

tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations and other regulatory and contractual limitations on our ability to sell our solutions in certain non-U.S. markets; and

 

   

political and economic instability and terrorism.

 

33


Table of Contents

Additionally, our international operations expose us to risks of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. In certain circumstances and depending on the currencies in which certain sales are denominated and the countries in which we are profitable or not profitable, a significant decrease or increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the value of other local currencies could have a material adverse effect on the gross margins and profitability of our international operations. To date, we have not used risk management techniques to hedge the risks associated with these fluctuations. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies, not every exposure can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign currency exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts that may vary or that may later prove to have been inaccurate. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or our failure to successfully hedge against these fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Failure to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar laws associated with our activities outside the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

As a substantial portion of our revenues is, and we expect will continue to be, from jurisdictions outside of the United States, we face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payment to governments and their officials and political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In many countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, some of which represent significant markets for us, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. Although we have implemented a company policy requiring our employees and consultants to comply with the FCPA and similar laws, such policy may not be effective at preventing all potential FCPA or other violations. We also cannot guarantee the compliance by our channel partners, resellers, suppliers and agents with applicable U.S. laws, including the FCPA, or applicable non-U.S. laws. Therefore there can be no assurance that none of our employees and agents, or those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will take actions in violation of our policies or of applicable laws, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As a result of our focus on managing our growth, our development of infrastructure designed to identify FCPA matters and monitor compliance is at an early stage. Any violation of the FCPA and related policies could result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, which could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.

We may become subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

Our solutions may become subject to United States export controls under which they would be permitted to be exported outside the United States only with the required level of export license, through an available export license exception or if designated EAR 99 (no license required), if certain of our solutions in the future contain certain levels of encryption technology. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute certain of our solutions or could limit our mobile service provider customers’ ability to implement these solutions in those countries. Changes in our solutions or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solutions in non-U.S. markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions throughout their networks or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shifts in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solutions would likely adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

34


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

No public market for our common stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value or the trading price of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid.

The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market following the offering. Our stock price after the completion of this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and others such as:

 

   

a slowdown in the telecommunications industry or the general economy;

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly or annual variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

fluctuations in the values of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services, significant contracts, commercial relationships, capital commitments or acquisitions;

 

   

competition from existing technologies and products or new technologies and products that may emerge;

 

   

the entry into, modification or termination of customer contracts;

 

   

developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

   

sales, or the anticipation of sales, of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders, including upon the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

 

   

our ability to develop and market new and enhanced solutions on a timely basis;

 

   

our commencement of, or involvement in, litigation;

 

   

additions or departures of key management or technical personnel; and

 

   

changes in governmental regulations applicable to our solutions.

In addition, in recent years, the stock markets generally, and the market for technology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of

 

35


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock after this offering does not ever exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In addition, in the past, class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in our stock price, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would hurt our financial condition and operating results and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Securities analysts may not publish favorable research or reports about our business or may publish no information at all, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced to some extent by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock will have had relatively little experience with our company, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports covering us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the completion of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current five percent or greater stockholders and affiliated entities will together beneficially own approximately 75% of our common stock outstanding after this offering, or 73% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. These stockholders may in some instances exercise their influence in ways that you do not believe are in your best interests as a stockholder. In particular, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because some investors perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated equity ownership.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, while we are an emerging growth company (i) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements, (iii) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and (iv) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may remain an emerging growth company until as late as December 31, 2018 (the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary

 

36


Table of Contents

of the completion of this initial public offering), though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances, including (i) if the market value of our common stock that is held by nonaffiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30, in which case we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31 or (ii) if our gross revenues exceed $1 billion in any fiscal year.

The exact implications of the JOBS Act are still subject to interpretation and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act. In addition, investors may find our common stock less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile and we may face difficulties raising capital from the public equity markets in the future.

Our management might apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that do not increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds of this offering and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We might apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways with which you do not agree, or in ways that do not yield a favorable return. If our management applies these proceeds in a manner that does not yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds, it would adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For more information on our management’s planned use of proceeds, please read “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock based on our total tangible assets, which consist of our total assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, goodwill and intangible assets immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $13.16 per share in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (based upon an offering price of $16.00, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), the difference between the price you pay for our common stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after completion of this offering. Please read “Dilution” for more information on this calculation. Furthermore, any issuance of shares in connection with acquisitions by us, the exercise of stock options or warrants or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is operating successfully.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of June 30, 2013, entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners, entities affiliated with Austin Ventures, entities affiliated with Alloy Ventures, entities affiliated with August Capital and Cisco Systems, Inc. beneficially owned, collectively, approximately 92% of our outstanding common stock. If one or more of them were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause our stock price to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013, upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately 22.5 million outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. As of the date of this prospectus, approximately 17.7 million shares of outstanding common stock (all of our outstanding shares other than those offered hereby) will be subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up with the underwriters or us. The underwriters

 

37


Table of Contents

may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from these lock-up arrangements, and the lock-up agreements are subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriters” for more information.

After this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately 16.5 million shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

In addition, as of June 30, 2013, there were 2,897,534 shares subject to outstanding options granted under the Mavenir Systems, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan and our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and in August and October 2013 an aggregate of 507,142 options were approved for grant effective upon the pricing of this offering, all of which will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the lock-up agreements described above and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933. We intend to register the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of these options. We also intend to register all 1,671,146 shares of common stock that, as of June 30, 2013, we may issue under the Mavenir Systems, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and all 482,143 additional shares of common stock that, as of June 30, 2013, we may issue under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to the 180-day lock-up periods under the lock-up agreements described above and in the “Underwriters” section of this prospectus.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank currently restrict our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

   

providing for a classified Board of Directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

   

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

providing that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

   

authorizing the Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock;

 

   

authorizing the Board of Directors to change the authorized number of directors and to fill board vacancies until the next annual meeting of the stockholders;

 

   

requiring the approval of our Board of Directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

   

requiring stockholders that seek to present proposals before, or to nominate candidates for election of directors at, a meeting of stockholders to provide advance written notice of such proposals or nominations;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

   

prohibiting our stockholders from calling a special stockholder meeting;

 

   

requiring an advance notification procedure for stockholder nominations and proposals; and

 

   

providing that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action, actions asserting a breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions against us or any directors or executive officers.

As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock, for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. For more information, please read “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation Amended and Restated Bylaws” and “Description of Capital Stock — Choice of Forum.”

 

39


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Our Business.” All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “believe,” “will,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “predict,” “could,” “potentially” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses, sales, operations and profitability;

 

   

commercial acceptance of 4G LTE technology;

 

   

the development of markets for our products and solutions;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

   

future purchases of our solutions and support and maintenance services by existing customers;

 

   

the potential loss of or reductions in orders from our significant customers;

 

   

our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

   

our ability to anticipate market needs or develop new or enhanced solutions to meet those needs;

 

   

our ability to successfully identify, manage and integrate any potential acquisitions;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our solutions;

 

   

our ability to hire and retain key personnel;

 

   

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements.

These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results of operation, financial condition, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are reasonable, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which projections we cannot be certain. Moreover, we operate in a competitive and rapidly-changing industry in which new risks may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risks.

You should refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important risks that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors and new risks that may emerge in the future, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We do not undertake to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus, except to the extent required by law.

 

40


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, information and data concerning the telecommunications industry — including estimates and forecasts of market share, size and growth rates — that are based on industry publications and reports, including those generated by the Cisco Visual Networking Index, Ericsson, Gartner, IDC, Informa Telecoms and Media, Infonetics and Ovum. Although we have not independently verified the data contained in these industry publications and reports, we believe based on our industry experience that these publications are reliable and that the conclusions they contain are reasonable. However, you should not give undue weight to the information contained in these reports because such information involves a number of assumptions and limitations and if any of these assumptions turn out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. The markets described in these reports may not grow at the rates projected or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and on the market price of our common stock.

The Gartner report described herein, Forecast: Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2010–2017 3Q13 Update,” September 2013, represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner, Inc., and are not representations of fact. The Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner report are subject to change without notice.

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the publishers of these industry publications and reports and by us.

DESCRIPTION OF KEY TERMS USED IN OUR INDUSTRY

In this prospectus, we discuss a number of terms specific to the mobile communications industry.

 

   

IP-based communication refers to the transmission of voice and text data utilizing the more efficient packet-based internet protocol that underlies the internet, rather than through traditional and less efficient circuit-switched phone networks.

 

   

Voice-Over-LTE, or VoLTE, refers to the ability to deliver voice services over next-generation Long Term Evolution (LTE) networks by treating voice as data.

 

   

Voice-Over-Wi-Fi, or VoWi-Fi, refers to the ability to deliver voice services over wireless internet (Wi-Fi) networks by treating voice as data.

 

   

Enhanced messaging includes, in addition to the communication methods offered by rich communication services, voice and video mail and interworking with social media platforms.

 

   

Rich Communication Services, or RCS, refers to a set of standards set forth by the GSM Association (GSMA), a worldwide association of mobile service providers, that define an integrated set of mobile communication methods that includes instant messaging, voice or video calling, multimedia file transfer and live video streaming from one user to another over mobile networks.

 

   

Cloud-based refers to the delivery of communication services from a single, consolidated services network to a single subscriber identity shared across multiple devices reachable across different access networks, all of which share common stored data and synchronized services.

 

41


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering of 4,670,292 shares of our common stock, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us, will be approximately $64.5 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), or approximately $75.2 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate future access to public equity markets, increase awareness of our company among potential customers and improve our competitive position.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include financing growth (including payment of increased levels of expenditures), developing new products and funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. We have not yet determined the manner in which we will allocate the net proceeds, and management will retain broad discretion in the allocation and use of the net proceeds, including the possibility of restructuring or repaying debt. The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including the amount of any cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Until we use the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term and immediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

 

42


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 16,452,467 shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering; and

 

   

on an as further adjusted basis to reflect (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 16,452,467 shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering, (2) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the consummation of this offering, (3) the issuance by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (4) the application of our estimated net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us, as if this offering had occurred on June 30, 2013.

The following table also reflects a 7-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on November 1, 2013.

 

43


Table of Contents

You should read the information below in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Actual     As Adjusted     As Further
Adjusted(1)
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,453      $ 20,453      $ 84,947   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of debt discount of $1,847

   $ 38,153      $ 38,153      $ 38,153   

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,733,963 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 3,733,963 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as further adjusted

     13,005        —          —     

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,818,210 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 3,818,210 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as further adjusted

     20,500        —          —     

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,526,218 shares authorized and 2,616,704 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 3,526,218 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as further adjusted

     17,478        —          —     

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 1,728,569 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 1,728,569 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma as further adjusted

     13,575        —          —     

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 4,590,744 shares authorized, 4,555,021 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 4,590,744 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as further adjusted

     40,000        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 104,558      $ —        $         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 22,171,986 shares authorized, 2,090,881 shares issued and 1,341,506 shares outstanding, actual; 22,171,986 shares authorized, 17,793,973 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 22,464,265 shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted

     1        18        22   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     —          —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     3,160        107,701        172,191   

Accumulated (deficit)

    
(103,512

    (103,512     (103,512)   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,464        1,464        1,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     (98,887     5,671        70,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 5,671      $ 5,671      $ 70,165   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and

 

44


Table of Contents
  cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total shareholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us.

The table above excludes the following:

 

   

2,897,534 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at June 30, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.32 per share;

 

   

507,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted effective upon the pricing of this offering, at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

909,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion and subsequent exercise of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.6794 per share;

 

   

131,427 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.11 per share;

 

   

194,694 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share;

 

   

1,671,146 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Equity Incentive Plan”; and

 

   

482,143 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to adjustment as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.”

 

45


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our net tangible book value, which we have defined as our total tangible assets less total liabilities, as of June 30, 2013 was $(0.6) million, or $(0.46) per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share, as of June 30, 2013, was $(0.03). Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, including shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering as if that conversion had occurred on June 30, 2013. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of 4,670,292 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been $63.9 million, or $2.84 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.87 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $13.16 per share to new investors, or approximately 82.3% of the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis, after giving effect to a 7-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on November 1, 2013:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

       16.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013, before giving effect to this offering

   $ (0.03  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     2.87     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

       2.84   
    

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $ 13.16   
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.19 per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors by $0.81 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2013 and after giving effect to the offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average  Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount     Percent    

Existing stockholders

    17,664,265         78.6   $ 104,813,420        57.7   $ 5.93   

New investors

    4,800,000         21.4        76,800,000        42.3        16.00   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

    22,464,265         100.0   $ 181,613,420        100.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

46


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to 17,664,265, or approximately 78.6% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 4,800,000, or approximately 21.4% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, our existing stockholders would own 76.1% and our new investors would own 23.9% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The discussion and tables in this section are based on 17,793,973 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013, which number reflects the conversion of all of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 16,452,467 shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering excludes the following:

 

   

2,897,534 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at June 30, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.32 per share;

 

   

507,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted effective upon the pricing of this offering, at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

909,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion and subsequent exercise of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.6794 per share;

 

   

131,427 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.11 per share;

 

   

194,694 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share;

 

   

1,671,146 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Equity Incentive Plan”; and

 

   

482,143 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subject to adjustment as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.”

To the extent any of these options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors.

 

47


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The consolidated financial information reflects a 7-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on November 1, 2013.

The summary financial information below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
           2010                 2011                 2012                 2012                 2013        
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)   
           (unaudited)   

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Software product revenue

   $ 7,009      $ 38,264      $ 52,409      $ 29,333      $ 37,264   

Maintenance revenue

     1,242        11,240        21,431        10,616        10,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,251        49,504        73,840        39,949        48,190   

Cost of software product revenue

     4,537        26,200        23,891        11,247        17,414   

Cost of maintenance revenue

     566        4,584        6,568        3,844        2,827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     5,103        30,784        30,459        15,091        20,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,148        18,720        43,381        24,858        27,949   

Research and development expenses

     6,487        14,970        23,312        12,848        11,498   

Sales and marketing expenses

     3,813        12,332        20,580        8,607        9,656   

General and administrative expenses

     3,024        10,603        14,052        7,946        9,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,324        37,905        57,944        29,401        30,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (10,176     (19,185     (14,563     (4,543     (2,566

Net interest expense

     108        61        383        25        1,107   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (21     1,182        (529     871        2,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

     (10,263     (20,428     (14,417     (5,439     (6,317

Income tax expense

     131        1,330        1,152        211        1,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common shareholders (basic and diluted)

   $ (9.42   $ (18.82   $ (12.09   $ (4.52   $ (5.92

Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

     1,104        1,156        1,288        1,250        1,339   

As adjusted net loss per share(1)

   $ (0.80   $ (1.24   $ (0.88   $ (0.32   $ (0.45

As adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share(1)

     13,001        17,608        17,740        17,703        17,792   

Non-GAAP Financial Measure:

          

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ (9,298   $ (14,938   $ (10,224   $ (2,753   $ (472

 

48


Table of Contents

 

(1) As adjusted amounts give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 16,452,467 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) We include adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and certain other expenses, or adjusted EBITDA, because it is a measure that our management uses to evaluate our operating results. We calculate adjusted EBITDA as our net loss, adding back net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain acquisition-related expenses. We present adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because our management believes that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting net interest expense), the amortization of intangibles (affecting amortization expense), tax positions (such as the impact on periods of changes in effective tax rates), the depreciation of assets (affecting depreciation expense), stock-based compensation expenses and acquisition-related expenses. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operations as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. We understand that although adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in our effective tax rates;

 

   

although depreciation is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table reconciles net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012         2012             2013      
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  
                          

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935

Net interest expense

     108        61        383        25        1,107   

Income tax expense

     131        1,330        1,152        211        1,618   

Depreciation and amortization

     807        2,933        4,048        1,685        1,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (9,348     (17,434     (9,986     (3,729     (3,416

Stock-based compensation expense

     71        138        291        105        300   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (21     1,182        (529     871        2,644   

Other acquisition-related expenses including:

          

Acquisition-related restructuring costs

     —          514        —          —          —     

Transaction costs

     —          662        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (9,298   $ (14,938   $ (10,224   $ (2,753   $ (472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
          As  Further
Adjusted(2)
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     As Adjusted(1)    
                (in thousands)     (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,425      $ 19,466      $ 7,402      $ 20,453      $ 20,453        84,947   

Working capital

    5,812        15,728        13,228        31,420        31,420        95,914   

Total assets

    16,797        60,387        60,481        79,999        79,999        144,493   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    —          —          14,700        38,153        38,153        38,153   

Total liabilities

    9,682        34,131        48,718        74,328        74,328        74,328   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    64,558        104,558        104,558        104,558        —          —     

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    (57,443     (78,302     (92,795     (98,887     5,671        70,165   

 

(1) The as adjusted column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 16,452,467 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) The as further adjusted column reflects the conversion described in footnote (1) above, as well as the estimated net proceeds of $64.5 million from our sale of 4,670,292 shares of common stock that we are offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering costs payable by us.

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-based telecommunications networking solutions that enable mobile service providers to deliver internet protocol (IP)-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services to their subscribers globally. Our solutions deliver Rich Communication Services (RCS), which enable enhanced mobile communications, such as group text messaging, multi-party voice or video calling and live video streaming as well as the exchange of files or images, over existing 2G and 3G networks and next generation 4G Long Term Evolution (LTE) networks. Our solutions also deliver voice services over LTE technology and wireless (Wi-Fi) networks, known respectively as Voice over LTE (VoLTE) and Voice over Wi-Fi (VoWi-Fi). We enable mobile service providers to offer services that generate increased revenue and improve subscriber satisfaction and retention, while allowing them to improve time-to-market of new services and reduce network costs. Our mOne® Convergence Platform has enabled MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile), a leading mobile service provider, to introduce the industry’s first live network deployment of VoLTE and the industry’s first live deployment of next-generation RCS 5.

We sell our solutions principally to wireless mobile service providers globally through our direct sales force or strategic third-party reseller partners. In 2012 and 2011, approximately 54% and 49%, respectively, of our revenue came from outside of the United States, whereas only 1% of revenue in 2010 came from outside of the United States. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, 59% of our revenue came from outside of the United States.

Revenue from our solutions is generated from the sale of software products and maintenance and support. Software products revenues consist of software licenses, hardware and professional services fees from software customizations, feature development and training for customers. Maintenance revenue includes support, annual software maintenance agreements and extended hardware warranty arrangements.

We were founded in 2005 and began generating revenue in 2007. Since inception, we have raised approximately $105 million in proceeds through the issuance of preferred stock. With the funds raised from these offerings and other loan arrangements, we have invested significantly in product and market development activities. Partially as a result of these ongoing investments, our operating income, net income and cash flows have been negative to date.

In our competitive industry, it is critical that we provide high-quality solutions at pricing levels that are attractive to our customers. This is especially true for new customers, given that we are less well-established than some of our larger competitors. When we acquire a new customer, we generally initiate our relationship with the customer by providing our solutions on off-the-shelf, industry-standard third-party hardware. The hardware we sell initially serves as a high-capacity platform to enable highly scalable implementation of additional Mavenir solutions.

Since the solutions we sell represent innovative technology, in some cases the first of its kind installed in the marketplace, it is also important that we provide considerable on-site support to the initial deployments of our solutions by our mobile service provider customers as they test, trial and implement our solutions. As a result, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur over the near-term, significant costs to provide support for our initial solution deployments.

 

51


Table of Contents

As our existing mobile service provider customers experience that our products reliably deliver the solutions purchased, we expect those customers to deploy our solutions across broader portions of their subscriber bases. We also anticipate that mobile service provider customers who purchase certain solutions of ours will purchase additional solutions from us for deployment in their networks. As our customers’ networks mature, we also expect that they will purchase ongoing support and maintenance services from us. We expect that our cost to provide these incremental expansions will be lower than the cost of our initial deployments to these customers. Additionally, as our customer relationships deepen, we expect that our customer base will become more heavily-weighted toward existing customers as compared to new customers. We believe that a combination of these factors will improve our profitability.

As our sales grow, it will be critical that we attract highly-qualified employees and successfully develop and streamline business processes in order to support our global customer base and grow profitably. It will also be critical that we accurately foresee the direction of mobile technology deployments and develop solutions that address the demands of mobile service providers. In addition, in order to be successful we will have to compete effectively for customers with incumbent providers of core network solutions. Many of these incumbents have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and also have, in many cases, pre-existing relationships with our customers and potential customers.

We have included the results of operations of Airwide Solutions from the date of acquisition, May 27, 2011. Our revenue increased 500% from $8.3 million in 2010 to $49.5 million in 2011. The increase was driven primarily by the addition of revenues from Airwide Solutions in 2011 that were not present in 2010 before the acquisition. Excluding revenue attributable to Airwide Solutions, our revenue increased 227% from $8.3 million in 2010 to $27.1 million in 2011. Our revenue increased 49% from $49.5 million in 2011 to $73.8 million in 2012. Part of this increase is attributable to the fact that we owned Airwide Solutions for seven months in 2011 compared to owning Airwide Solutions for all of 2012. By the end of 2011, we had fully integrated the Airwide Solutions business and as such, the financial results for 2012 include, and do not present separately, the full impact of the Airwide Solutions business. Our revenues increased 21% from $39.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $48.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

We had net losses of $(10.4) million, $(21.8) million, $(15.6) million, $(5.7) million and $(7.9) million in 2010, 2011, 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The results of operations below describe the impact of our acquisition of Airwide Solutions on revenue, cost of revenue and gross profit.

Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics

As part of the management of the company, we monitor and evaluate the key operating and financial performance metrics noted below to help us establish our budgets, measure our business operating performance, assess trends and evaluate our performance as compared to that of our competitors. We discuss revenue, gross profit margin and operating results below under “— Components of Operating Results.” We discuss cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations below under “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
         2010             2011             2012             2012             2013      
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 8,251      $ 49,504      $ 73,840      $ 39,949      $ 48,190   

Gross Profit Margin

     38.2     37.8     58.8     62.2     58.0

Operating Loss

     (10,176     (19,185     (14,563     (4,543     (2,566

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     5,425        19,466        7,402        12,182        20,453   

Cash used in Operations

     (5,322     (8,097     (22,387     (8,268     (10,175

 

52


Table of Contents

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Revenue from our solutions is generated from the sale of software products and maintenance and support. Software products revenues consist of software licenses, hardware and professional services fees from software customizations, feature development and training for customers. Maintenance revenue includes support, annual software maintenance agreements and extended hardware warranty arrangements.

We report two classifications of revenue:

 

   

Software products revenue includes revenue arrangements that consist of tangible products with essential software elements, perpetual right-to-use (RTU) software licenses and sales of industry standard hardware. Software products revenue is supported by customer contracts that generally outline terms and conditions, including those that relate to acceptance of the product. Software products revenue also includes software customizations and feature development for individual customers and training of customers.

 

   

Maintenance revenue includes support, annual software maintenance agreements and extended hardware warranty arrangements. Revenue from these services is recognized ratably over the service delivery period.

Revenue is recognized as outlined in “Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates — Revenue Recognition” elsewhere in this section.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of software products revenue consists of payroll-related costs of service personnel, third-party hardware and third-party software licenses and the shipping and installation costs to any of our customers. The costs associated with our RTU software licenses are expensed as incurred in operating costs under research and development.

Our cost of maintenance revenue includes salaries, employee benefits, stock-based compensation and other related expenses. Additionally, hardware and third-party software licenses and services are included. Amortization of certain intangible assets related to the Airwide Solutions acquisition is also included.

Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

Gross profit is the calculation of total revenue minus total cost of revenue. Our gross profit margin is our gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. Our gross profit margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the mix of customers and types of revenue, cost fluctuations and reduction activities, including technological changes. Additionally, changes in foreign exchange rates may impact gross profit and gross profit margin.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries and personnel costs for research and development employees, including stock-based compensation and bonuses. Additional expenses include costs related to development, quality assurance and testing of new software and enhancement of existing software, consulting, travel and other related overhead such as facility costs.

Additionally, we supplement our own research and development resources with third-party international and domestic subcontractors for software development, documentation, quality assurance and software support. We

 

53


Table of Contents

believe continuing to invest in research and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position. We expect research and development expenses to increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to broaden our product portfolio.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel costs for our sales and marketing employees, including stock-based compensation, commissions and bonuses. Additional expenses include attendance at trade shows, marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of our sales and marketing professionals as we continue our geographic expansion and continue to grow our business.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salary and personnel costs for administration, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources employees, including stock-based compensation and bonuses. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, travel, insurance and other corporate expenses and gain or loss on disposal of assets. Expenses related to the acquisition of Airwide Solutions, including the amortization of intangible assets relating to customer relationships and technology, are included.

Operating Results

Operating results are the result of subtracting our total operating expenses from our gross profits. We use operating results to analyze the profitability of our operations without the effects of non-operating income and expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

We include stock-based compensation as part of cost of revenue and operating expenses in connection with the grant or modification of stock options and other equity awards to our independent directors, employees and consultants. We apply the fair value method in accordance with authoritative guidance for determining the cost of stock-based compensation. The total cost of the grant or modification is measured based on the estimated fair value of the award at the date of grant. The fair value is then recognized as stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period of the award. We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, we recorded $0.1 million and $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense.

At June 30, 2013, there was $1.2 million of total unrecognized cost related to stock options granted under our amended and restated 2013 Stock Plan, which cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense consists of the difference between interest income and interest expense. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense is due to commercial loans. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” elsewhere in this section.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense consists of U.S. federal, state and non-U.S. income taxes. As of June 30, 2013, we had U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $73.0 million ($25.6 million tax-affected), which are scheduled to begin expiring in 2024. We acquired approximately $0.8 million (tax-affected and after consideration of limitations under relevant U.S. tax rules) of these net operating loss carryforwards in 2011 as a result of the acquisition of

 

54


Table of Contents

Airwide Solution’s U.S. operations. Our net deferred tax asset is offset by a valuation allowance since such amounts are not considered realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis. We have not accrued a provision for income taxes on undistributed earnings of approximately $10.3 million of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, as of June 30, 2013 since such earnings are likely to be reinvested indefinitely. If the earnings were distributed, we would be subject to U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes. Determination of an unrecognized deferred income tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable.

Results of Operations — Summary

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

          

Software products

   $ 7,009      $ 38,264      $ 52,409      $ 29,333      $ 37,264   

Maintenance

     1,242        11,240        21,431        10,616        10,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

     8,251        49,504        73,840        39,949        48,190   

Gross profit

     3,148        18,720        43,381        24,858        27,949   

Gross Profit Margin

     38.2     37.8     58.8     62.2     58.0

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     6,487        14,970        23,312        12,848        11,498   

Sales and marketing

     3,813        12,332        20,580        8,607        9,656   

General and administrative

     3,024        10,603        14,052        7,946        9,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,324        37,905        57,944        29,401        30,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (10,176     (19,185     (14,563     (4,543     (2,566

Other expense (income):

          

Net Interest Expense

     108        61        383        25        1,107   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (21     1,182        (529     871        2,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense (income), net

     87        1,243        (146     896        3,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (10,263     (20,428     (14,417     (5,439     (6,317

Income tax expense

     131        1,330        1,152        211        1,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Comparison For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
     2012      % of
Revenue
    2013      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Revenue by type:

               

Software products

   $ 29,333         73.4   $ 37,264         77.3   $ 7,931         27.0

Maintenance

     10,616         26.6     10,926         22.7     310         2.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 39,949         100.0   $ 48,190         100.0   $ 8,241         20.6

Revenue by Geographic Area:

               

Americas

   $ 20,284         50.8   $ 21,363         44.3   $ 1,079         5.3

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     12,485         31.2     17,669         36.7     5,184         41.5

Asia-Pacific

     7,180         18.0     9,158         19.0     1,978         27.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 39,949         100.0   $ 48,190         100.0   $ 8,241         20.6

Revenue by Product Group:

               

Enhanced Messaging

   $ 28,265         70.8   $ 32,847         68.2   $ 4,582         16.2

Voice & Video

     11,684         29.2     15,343         31.8     3,659         31.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 39,949         100.0   $ 48,190         100.0   $ 8,241         20.6

Revenue increased $8.2 million, or 20.6%, from $39.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $48.2 million for the same period in 2013. Our revenue growth was driven primarily by our expansion of existing customer relationships, in particular additional sales opportunities for our solutions generated by successful product launches. Most of this growth consisted of growth in software products revenue, which grew $7.9 million, or 27.0%, from $29.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $37.3 million for the same period in 2013. The increased revenues did not reflect any increases in the pricing of our solutions. Maintenance revenues remained consistent from period to period, as growth in this revenue type lags behind the increase in software revenues.

Total revenue from the Americas region grew by $1.1 million, or 5.3%, from $20.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $21.4 million for same period in 2013. Revenues in the EMEA region increased $5.2 million, or 41.5%, from $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $17.7 million for same period in 2013. Revenues in the Asia-Pacific region increased $2.0 million, or 27.5%, from $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $9.2 million for same period in 2013. Revenues in EMEA and APAC increased at a greater percentage than the Americas due to increased overall acceptance of our products, resulting in additional sales in these areas.

Revenues from Enhanced Messaging products increased by $4.6 million, or 16.2%, from $28.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $32.8 million for same period in 2013. Revenue from the Voice and Video product group grew by $3.7 million, or 31.3%, from $11.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $15.3 million for same period in 2013. Revenues in both product groups increased, as we generated additional sales opportunities for our next-generation solutions through successful product launches with existing customers and our existing customers rolled out our solutions to larger numbers of subscribers.

 

56


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
     2012      % of
Related
Revenue
    2013      % of
Related
Revenue
    Amount     %  
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Cost of Revenue

              

Software products

   $ 11,247         38.3   $ 17,414         46.7   $ 6,167        54.8

Maintenance

     3,844         36.2     2,827         25.9     (1,017     (26.5 )% 
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

   $ 15,091         37.8   $ 20,241         42.0   $ 5,150        34.1

Gross Profit

              

Software products

   $ 18,086         61.7   $ 19,850         53.3   $ 1,764        9.8

Maintenance

     6,772         63.8     8,099         74.1     1,327        19.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

   $ 24,858         62.2   $ 27,949         58.0   $ 3,091        12.4

Our cost of revenue increased $5.2 million, or 34.1%, from $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $20.2 million for the same period in 2013. Cost of revenue increased due to an increase in our sales volumes, offset by a decrease in costs primarily due to our strategic move to relocate certain functions to lower-cost regions.

Total gross profit increased $3.1 million, or 12.4%, from $24.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $27.9 million for same period in 2013. Gross profit margin decreased from 62.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 58.0% for same period in 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the mix of revenue projects recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2013 versus the same period in 2012.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
     2012      % of
Revenue
    2013      % of
Revenue
    Amount     %  
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Research and Development

   $ 12,848         32.2   $ 11,498         23.9   $ (1,350     (10.5 )% 

Sales and Marketing

     8,607         21.5     9,656         20.0     1,049        12.2

General and Administrative

     7,946         19.9     9,361         19.4     1,415        17.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ 29,401         73.6   $ 30,515         63.3   $ 1,114        3.7

Operating expenses increased by $1.1 million, or 3.7%, from $29.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $30.5 million for the same period in 2013 as sales growth drove direct and operational expenses higher. Research and development expenses decreased by $1.4 million, or 10.5%, from $12.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $11.5 million for the same period in 2013 as we shifted this function to lower-cost regions. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 12.2%, from $8.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $9.6 million for the same period in 2013, as we hired additional sales executives to further enhance direct selling opportunities and to support sales growth into additional geographic areas. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 17.8%, from $7.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $9.3 million for same period in 2013 as we expanded headcount to support current and future sales growth and implement increased controls.

Operating Loss

Our operating loss decreased by $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, which was primarily the result of a increased gross profit, offset by an increase in operating expenses.

 

57


Table of Contents

Net Interest Expense

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
     2012     % of
Revenue
    2013     % of
Revenue
    Amount     %  
     (in thousands)  
     (unaudited)  

Interest Income

   $ (4     0.0   $ (8     0.0   $ (4     100.0

Interest Expense

     29        0.1     1,115        2.3     1,086        3,744.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ 25        0.1   $ 1,107        2.3   $ 1,082        4,328.0

Net interest expense increased by $1.1 million, from $0.03 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $1.1 million for the same period in 2013. The change was primarily attributable to an increase in interest expense due to an increase in our outstanding debt in the second half of 2012 and during 2013.

Foreign exchange

Foreign exchange loss increased by $1.8 million, or 203.6%, from $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $2.6 million for the same period in 2013. This is due to changes in transactional currencies compared to the functional currencies during the respective periods.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $0.2 million and $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The income tax expense is comprised of approximately $0.7 million of taxes related to non-US income producing entities and approximately $0.9 million of non-U.S. withholding taxes.

Net Loss

The net loss of $(5.7) million for six months ended June 30, 2012 increased by $2.3 million, or 40.4%, to a $(7.9) million net loss in the same period in 2013. This was primarily due to higher interest expense and foreign exchange loss.

 

58


Table of Contents

Comparison For the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Years  Ended
December 31, 2011
and 2012
 
     2011     2012         Amount              %      
     Amount      %  of
Total

Revenue
    Amount      %  of
Total

Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Revenue by type:

               

Software Products

   $ 38,264         77.3   $ 52,409         71.0   $ 14,145         37.0

Maintenance

     11,240         22.7     21,431         29.0     10,191         90.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 49,504         100.0   $ 73,840         100.0   $ 24,336         49.2

Revenue by Geographic Area:

               

Americas

   $ 26,820         54.2   $ 37,314         50.5   $ 10,494         39.1

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     13,665         27.6     20,547         27.8     6,882         50.4

Asia-Pacific

     9,019         18.2     15,979         21.7     6,960         77.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 49,504         100.0   $ 73,840         100.0   $ 24,336         49.2

Revenue by Product Group

               

Enhanced Messaging

   $ 32,674         66.0   $ 50,834         68.8   $ 18,160         55.6

Voice & Video

     16,830         34.0     23,006         31.2     6,176         36.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 49,504         100.0   $ 73,840         100.0   $ 24,336         49.2

We completed the acquisition of Airwide Solutions on May 27, 2011. The impact of the acquisition is not included in the financial results before that date.

Revenue increased $24.3 million, or 49.2%, from $49.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $73.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our revenue growth in 2012 over 2011 resulted from our expansion of existing customer relationships, in particular additional sales opportunities for our solutions generated by successful product launches, which represented $14.4 million, or 59%, of our revenue increase in 2012, as well as our ownership of Airwide Solutions for the full year of 2012 as compared to approximately seven months of the year for 2011, which represented $9.9 million, or 41%, of our revenue increase in 2012. Software products revenue grew $14.1 million, or 37.0%, from $38.3 million in 2011 to $52.4 million in 2012. The increased revenues did not reflect any increases in the pricing of our solutions. Maintenance revenue grew $10.2 million, or 90.7%, from $11.2 million in 2011 to $21.4 million in 2012, reflecting the first full year of our ownership of Airwide Solutions and access to its customer base.

Revenues in each of our geographic areas increased in 2012 from 2011 due to our ownership of Airwide Solutions for the full year of 2012 as well as customer expansion projects. Total revenue from the Americas region grew by $10.5 million, or 39.1%, from $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $37.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Revenues in the EMEA region increased $6.8 million, or 50.4%, from $13.7 million in 2011 to $20.5 million in 2012. Revenues in the Asia-Pacific region increased $7.0 million, or 77.2%, from $9.0 million in 2011 to $16.0 million in 2012.

Revenues from Enhanced Messaging products grew by $18.1 million, or 55.6%, from $32.7 million in 2011 to $50.8 million in 2012, as we generated additional sales opportunities for our next-generation solutions through successful product launches with existing customers and our existing customers rolled out our solutions to larger numbers of subscribers. Revenue from the Voice and Video product group grew by $6.2 million, or 36.7%, from $16.8 million in 2011 to $23.0 million in 2012.

 

59


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Years Ended
December 31, 2011
and 2012
 
     2011     2012       Amount         %    
     Amount      %  of
Related
Revenue
    Amount      %  of
Related
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

              

Software Products

   $ 26,200         68.5   $ 23,891         45.6   $ (2,309     (8.8 )% 

Maintenance

     4,584         40.8     6,568         30.6     1,984        43.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

   $ 30,784         62.2   $ 30,459         41.4   $ (325     (1.1 )% 

Gross Profit

              

Software Products

   $ 12,064         31.5   $ 28,518         54.4   $ 16,454        136.4

Maintenance

     6,656         59.2     14,863         69.4     8,207        123.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total

   $ 18,720         37.8   $ 43,381         58.8   $ 24,661        131.7

Our cost of revenue remained essentially unchanged from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012. Cost of revenue increased due to an increase in our sales volumes, offset by a decrease in costs primarily due to our strategic move to relocate certain functions to lower cost regions.

Total gross profit increased $24.7 million, or 131.7%, from $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Gross profit margin increased from 37.8% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 58.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. Gross profit margin improved by 21 percentage points for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to operational efficiencies and lower costs from vendors.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Years Ended
December 31, 2011
and 2012
 
     2011     2012     Amount      %  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Research and Development

   $ 14,970         30.2   $ 23,312         31.6   $ 8,342         55.7

Sales and Marketing

     12,332         24.9     20,580         27.9     8,248         66.9

General and Administrative

     10,603         21.4     14,052         19.0     3,449         32.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 37,905         76.5   $ 57,944         78.5   $ 20,039         52.9

Operating expenses increased by $20.0 million, or 52.9%, from $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $57.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as sales growth drove direct and operational expenses higher, as well as increased expenses from our first full year of ownership of Airwide Solutions. Research and development expenses increased by $8.3 million, or 55.7%, from $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as we increased research and development headcount to enhance existing products and develop future product capability and new customer solutions. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $8.2 million, or 66.9%, from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as we hired additional sales executives to further enhance direct selling opportunities and to support sales growth into additional geographic areas. General and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million, or 32.5%, from $10.6 million

 

60


Table of Contents

for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as we expanded headcount to support current and future sales growth and implement increased controls.

Operating Loss

We incurred operating losses of $(19.2) million and $(14.6) million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Our operating loss decreased by $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was primarily the result of a $24.7 million increase in gross profit partially offset by the $20.0 million increase in total operating expenses described above.

Net Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
and 2012
 
     2011     2012     Amount      %  
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Interest Income

   $ (246     (0.5 )%    $ (10     —     $ 236         (95.9 )% 

Interest Expense

     307        0.6     393        0.5     86         28.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Net Interest Expense

   $ 61        0.1   $ 383        0.5   $ 322         527.9

Net interest expense increased by $0.3 million, or 527.9%, from $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change was primarily attributable to lower cash balances generating lower interest income and an increase in interest expense. Interest expense increased due to an increase in our average outstanding debt in 2012.

Foreign exchange

Foreign exchange (gain) loss decreased by $1.7 million, or 144.8%, from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $(0.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change was attributable to foreign currency exchange movements.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The income tax expense relates primarily to non-U.S. taxes.

Net Loss

The net loss of $(21.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2011 improved by $6.2 million, or 28.4%, to a $(15.6) million net loss in the corresponding period in 2012. This was primarily due to expanding gross margins from higher software expansions that generated stronger gross profits, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses.

 

61


Table of Contents

Comparison For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  Between
Years Ended
December 31, 2010
and 2011
 
     2010     2011    
     Amount      % of
Total
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Total
Revenue
      Amount          %    
     (in thousands)  

Revenue by Type:

               

Software Products

   $ 7,009         84.9   $ 38,264         77.3   $ 31,255         445.9

Maintenance

     1,242         15.1     11,240         22.7     9,998         805.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 8,251         100.0   $ 49,504         100.0   $ 41,253         500.0

Revenue by Geographic Area:

               

Americas

   $ 8,142         98.7   $ 26,820         54.2   $ 18,678         229.4

Europe, Middle East and Africa

                    13,665         27.6     13,665         N/A   

Asia-Pacific

     109         1.3     9,019         18.2     8,910         8,174.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 8,251         100.0   $ 49,504         100.0   $ 41,253         500.0

Revenue by Product Groups:

               

Enhanced Messaging

   $ 4,652         56.4   $ 32,674         66.0   $ 28,022         602.4

Voice & Video

     3,599         43.6     16,830         34.0     13,231         367.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total Revenue

   $ 8,251         100.0   $ 49,504         100.0   $ 41,253         500.0

We completed the acquisition of Airwide Solutions on May 27, 2011. The impact of the acquisition is not included in the financial results before that date.

Our revenue increased $41.2 million, or 500.0%, from $8.3 million in 2010 to $49.5 million in 2011. Excluding revenue attributable to Airwide Solutions, revenue increased $18.8 million, or 227%, from $8.3 million in 2010 to $27.1 million in 2011, of which $11.2 million resulted from our expansion of existing customer relationships and $7.6 million reflected revenue from new customers. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $22.4 million of our growth in revenue. Software products revenue increased $31.3 million, or 445.9%. The increased revenues did not reflect any increases in pricing of our solutions. Excluding revenue attributable to Airwide Solutions, software products revenue increased $18.7 million, or 267%, from $7.0 million in 2010 to $25.7 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $13.0 million of our growth in software products revenue. Maintenance revenue increased $10.0 million, or 805.0%, primarily due to a larger installed base of customer deployments supported in the acquired Airwide Solutions business, compared to the relatively smaller installed base of customer deployments of the mOne® Convergence Platform. Excluding revenue attributable to Airwide Solutions, maintenance revenue increased $0.2 million, or 17%, from $1.2 million in 2010 to $1.4 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $9.4 million of our growth in maintenance revenue.

Our acquisition of Airwide Solutions in 2011 added approximately 110 customers worldwide to our base of customers, which had previously numbered less than ten customers. Management anticipates that future period deployments of new and existing Enhanced Messaging and Voice and Video products to this larger existing customer base will become a significant contributor to revenue growth.

Revenues in each geographic area also increased in 2011 from 2010 as our customer base grew. Revenues increased significantly across all geographic areas as we won new business from Voice and Video as well as Enhanced Messaging products. Total revenue from the Americas region grew by $18.7 million, or 229.4%, from $8.1 million in 2010 to $26.8 million in 2011. Excluding those sales attributable to the Airwide Solutions business, sales in the Americas region grew by $14.9 million, or 184%, from $8.1 million in 2010 to $23.0 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $3.8 million of our growth in sales in the Americas region. We expanded operations into the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region, with revenues in

 

62


Table of Contents

that region growing from zero in 2010 to $13.7 million in 2011. Excluding revenues from the Airwide Solutions business, revenues in the EMEA region grew from zero in 2010 to $2.4 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $11.3 million of our growth in sales in the EMEA region. Revenues in the Asia-Pacific region increased by $8.9 million, or 8,174.3%, from $0.1 million in 2010 to $9.0 million in 2011. Excluding sales from the Airwide Solutions business, sales in the Asia-Pacific region grew 1,700%, from $0.1 million in 2010 to $1.8 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $7.3 million of our growth in sales in the Asia-Pacific region.

Revenues from sales of Enhanced Messaging products grew by $28.0 million, or 602.4%, as the existing customer base increased subscriber levels and we obtained new customers as well. Excluding the impact from the acquired Airwide Solutions business, Enhanced Messaging revenues increased by 183% from $4.7 million in 2010 to $13.3 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $19.4 million of our growth in Enhanced Messaging revenues. Revenue from the Voice and Video product group grew by $13.2 million, or 367.6%, from $3.6 million in 2010 to $16.8 million in 2011. Excluding revenues attributable to the acquired Airwide Solutions business, Voice and Video revenues increased by $10.2 million, or 283%, growing from $3.6 million in 2010 to $13.8 million in 2011. Customers that we obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions accounted for $3.0 million of our growth in Voice and Video revenues.

Revenues from sales of Enhanced Messaging products grew by 602.4% in 2011 compared to 2010, or almost twice as fast as revenues from sales of Voice and Video products, which grew 367.6% in 2011 compared to 2010. This difference is mainly a result of the Airwide Solutions acquisition. The Airwide Solutions acquisition contributed more revenue from sales of Enhanced Messaging products than revenue from sales of Voice and Video products, and this resulted in more rapid growth in 2011 in revenues from sales of Enhanced Messaging products compared to revenues from sales of Voice and Video products.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Years Ended
December 31, 2010
and  2011
 
     2010     2011    
     Amount      %  of
Related

Revenue
    Amount      %  of
Related

Revenue
      Amount          %    
     (in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

               

Software Products

   $ 4,537         64.7   $ 26,200         68.5   $ 21,663         477.5

Maintenance

     566         45.6     4,584         40.8     4,018         709.9
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,103         61.8   $ 30,784         62.2   $ 25,681         503.3

Gross Profit

               

Software Products

   $ 2,472         35.3   $ 12,064         31.5   $ 9,592         388.0

Maintenance

     676         54.4     6,656         59.2     5,980         884.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 3,148         38.2   $ 18,720         37.8   $ 15,572         494.7

Cost of revenue increased 503.3% from $5.1 million in 2010 to $30.8 million in 2011, which was primarily attributable to growth in revenue and additional costs incurred as a result of the acquisition of Airwide Solutions. Excluding costs of revenue attributable to the acquisition of Airwide Solutions, cost of revenue increased 256% from $5.1 million in 2010 to $18.4 million in 2011, driven primarily by increased success in sales during that period.

Total gross profit increased $15.6 million, or 494.7%, from $3.1 million in 2010 to $18.7 million in 2011. As a result of total gross profit increases and actions taken to improve gross margins, gross profit margin was unchanged at 38% in 2010 and 2011.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Years Ended
December 31, 2010
and  2011
 
     2010     2011    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount       %  
     (in thousands)  

Research and Development

   $ 6,487         78.6   $ 14,970         30.2   $ 8,483         130.8

Sales and Marketing

     3,813         46.2     12,332         24.9     8,519         223.4

General and Administrative

     3,024         36.7     10,603         21.4     7,579         250.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 13,324         161.5   $ 37,905         76.5   $ 24,581         184.5

Operating expenses increased 184.5% from $13.3 million in 2010 to $37.9 million in 2011, in line with expectations and in order to support rising revenue growth. Research and development expenses increased by $8.5 million, or 130.8%, from $6.5 million in 2010 to $15.0 million in 2011 as we increased research and development headcount to enhance existing products and develop future product capability and new customer solutions. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $8.5 million, or 223.4%, from $3.8 million in 2010 to $12.3 million in 2011, as we hired additional sales executives to further enhance direct selling opportunities and to increase regional resources to more effectively engage customers and prospective customers outside of the Americas region. General and administrative expenses increased by $7.6 million, or 250.6%, from $3.0 million in 2010 to $10.6 million in 2011 as we expanded headcount to support current and future sales growth and implement increased controls.

Operating Loss

Our operating loss increased by $9.0 million, or 88.5%, from $(10.2) million in 2010 to $(19.2) million in 2011, which was primarily the result of the $15.6 million increase in gross profit being more than offset by the $24.6 million increase in total operating expenses described above.

Net Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change Between
Years Ended
December 31, 2010
and  2011
 
     2010     2011    
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
      Amount         %    
     (in thousands)  

Interest Income

   $ (4     —        $ (246     (0.5 )%    $ (242     6,050.0

Interest Expense

     112        1.4     307        0.6     195        174.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Net Interest Expense

   $ 108        1.4   $ 61        0.1      $ (47     (43.5 )% 

Net interest expense improved by 43.5% from $0.1 million in 2010 to $0.06 million in 2011, primarily due to higher interest income as a result of higher cash balances, partially offset by higher interest expense associated with a higher average balance outstanding on bank lines in 2011 compared to 2010.

Foreign exchange

Foreign exchange (gain) loss increased by $1.2 million, or 5,728.6%, from a $(0.02) million gain for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1.2 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2011. The change was attributable to the increased exposure to foreign currency exchange movements with the Airwide Solutions acquisition.

 

64


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased from $0.1 million in 2010 to $1.3 million in 2011. The increase in income tax expense relates primarily to our non-U.S. subsidiaries that were acquired on May 27, 2011 as part of the Airwide Solutions acquisition that had net taxable income in seven jurisdictions.

Net Loss

Our net loss in 2010 was $(10.4) million as compared to $(21.8) million in 2011, a difference of 109.3%. The change was primarily due to higher operating expenses in 2011, which outpaced gross profit expansion.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The tables below show our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for each of our eight most recently completed quarters, as well as the percentage of total revenue (or, for cost of revenue line items only, the percentage of the related revenue type) for each line item shown. This information has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sep. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sep. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 
   

(unaudited)

 
   

(in thousands)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues

                   

Software products

  $ 1,940      $ 9,783      $ 7,145      $ 19,396      $ 15,601      $ 13,732      $ 11,848      $ 11,228      $ 17,727      $ 19,537   

Maintenance

    —          1,772        4,727        4,741        5,321        5,295        5,260        5,555        4,711        6,215   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    1,940        11,555        11,872        24,137        20,922        19,027        17,108        16,783        22,438        25,752   

Cost of revenues

                   

Software products

    1,438        5,767        5,039        13,956        6,118        5,129        6,068        6,576        6,651        10,763   

Maintenance

    96        1,360        1,998        1,130        1,722        2,122        1,900        824        1,330        1,497   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of Revenues

    1,534        7,127        7,037        15,086        7,840        7,251        7,968        7,400        7,981        12,260   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    406        4,428        4,835        9,051        13,082        11,776        9,140        9,383        14,457        13,492   

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    1,841        3,508        5,408        4,213        6,987        5,861        5,552        4,912        6,122        5,376   

Sales and marketing

    1,279        2,100        3,445        5,508        4,326        4,281        4,025        7,948        5,041        4,615   

General and administrative

    967        2,501        3,279        3,856        4,182        3,764        3,995        2,111        4,991        4,370   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    4,087        8,109        12,132        13,577        15,495        13,906        13,572        14,971        16,154        14,361   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (3,681     (3,681     (7,297     (4,526     (2,413     (2,130     (4,432     (5,588     (1,697     (869

 

65


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sep. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sep. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 
   

(unaudited)

 
   

(in thousands)

 

Other expense (income):

                   

Interest income

    (1     (40     (104     (96     (2     (2     (6     —          (5     (3

Interest expense

    8        50        119        125        10        19        44        320        450        665   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

    298        (910     703        1,091        (366     1,237        (1,095     (305     1,732        912   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense (income), net

    305        (900     718        1,120        (358     1,254        (1,057     15        2,177        1,574   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income
tax

    (3,986     (2,781     (8,015     (5,646     (2,055     (3,384     (3,375     (5,603     (3,874     (2,443

Income tax expense

    23        181        728        398        78        133        43        898        420        1,198   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,009   $ (2,962   $ (8,743   $ (6,044   $ (2,133   $ (3,517   $ (3,418   $ (6,501   $ (4,294   $ (3,641
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Three Months Ended,  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sep. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sep. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 
   

(unaudited)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues

                   

Software products

    100     85     60     80     75     72     69     67     79     76

Maintenance

    0     15     40     20     25     28     31     33     21     24
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenues

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenues

                   

Software products

    74     50     42     58     29     27     35     39     30     42

Maintenance

    5     12     17     5     8     11     11     5     6     6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of Revenues

    79     62     59     63     37     38     47     44     36     48

Gross profit

    21     38     41     37     63     62     53     56     64     52

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    95     30     46     17     33     31     32     29     27     21

Sales and marketing

    66     18     29     23     21     22     24     47     22     18

General and administrative

    50     22     28     16     20     20     23     13     22     17
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    211     70     102     56     74     73     79     89     72     56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (190 )%      (32 )%      (61 )%      (19 )%      (12 )%      (11 )%      (26 )%      (33 )%      (8 )%      (3 )% 

Other expense (income):

                   

Interest income

    0     0     (1 )%      0     0     0     0     0     0     0

Interest expense

    0     0     1     1     0     0     0     2     2     3

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

    15     (8 )%      6     5     (2 )%      7     (6 )%      (2 )%      8     4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense (income), net

    16     (24 )%      6     5     (2 )%      7     (6 )%      0     10     7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

    (205 )%      (24 )%      (68 )%      (23 )%      (10 )%      (18 )%      (20 )%      (33 )%      (18 )%      (10 )% 

Income tax expense

    1     2     6     2     0     1     0     5     2     5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (207 )%      (26 )%      (74 )%      (25 )%      (10 )%      (18 )%      (20 )%      (39 )%      (20 )%      (15 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Variability in Quarterly Results

Our quarterly results vary significantly as a result of many factors, many of which are outside our control. These factors include customer ordering practices and deployment cycles, the impact of deferred revenue and general economic conditions. Results of operations during the second, third and fourth quarters of 2011 were impacted by the acquisition of Airwide. Our historical results should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We recognize revenue in accordance with either the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended, or with ASC 605-025 Multiple Element Arrangements (MEAs), with consideration to ASC 605-035 Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.

We first determine whether our products consist of tangible products that contain “essential” software elements and as such, are excluded from the software revenue recognition method of accounting.

Our products and services are sold through distribution partners and directly through our sales force. We typically do not offer contractual rights of return, stock balancing or price protection to our distribution partners, however, our Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco Systems does provide for certain price protection, as described in more detail in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco Systems,” actual product returns from them have been insignificant to date. As a result, we do not currently maintain allowances for product returns and related services.

Judgment is required in the determination of company-specific objective evidence of fair value, which may impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized depending on whether company-specific objective evidence of fair value can be demonstrated for the undelivered elements of a software arrangement and the approaches used to demonstrate company-specific objective evidence of fair value.

The percentage-of-completion method requires us to make estimates about total revenue, total cost to complete the project and the stage of completion. The assumptions, estimates and uncertainties inherent in determining the stage of completion affect the timing and amounts of revenue recognized and expenses reported. If we do not have a sufficient basis to measure the progress of completion or to estimate the total contract revenue and costs, revenue recognition is limited to the amount of contract costs incurred. The determination of

 

67


Table of Contents

whether a sufficient basis to measure the progress of completion exists is judgmental. Changes in estimates of progress towards completion and of contract revenue and contract costs are accounted for as cumulative catch-up adjustments to the reported revenue for the applicable contract.

Software Related Revenue Recognition

Certain of our software products are delivered under contracts, which generally require significant integration within a customer’s production and business system environment. As our agreements generally require significant production, modification or customization of the software, we account for these agreements under the percentage-of-completion method on the basis of hours incurred to date compared to total hours expected under the contract. Therefore, management must also make key judgments in areas such as the percentage-of-completion, estimates of project revenue, costs and margin, estimates of total and remaining project hours and liquidated damages assessments. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability, final contract settlements and resolution of claims may result in a revision to job costs and income amount that are different than amounts originally estimated. At the time a loss on a contract is known, the entire amount of the estimated loss is accrued.

In certain situations, we sell software that does not require significant modification of services considered essential to the software’s functionality. Such software, generally consisting of capacity license upgrades, is recognized upon delivery if the other revenue recognition criteria are met.

For multiple element software arrangements (MESs), each element of the arrangement is analyzed and allocated a portion of the total arrangement fee to the elements based on the fair value of the element using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. Fair value is considered the price a customer would be required to pay if the element were sold separately based on our historical experience of stand-alone sales of these elements to third parties. For post contract support such as maintenance (PCS), we use renewal rates for continued support arrangements to determine fair value. For software services, we use the fair value we charge our customers when those services are sold separately. We monitor our transactions at least annually to ensure we maintain and periodically revise VSOE to reflect fair value.

Tangible Product Containing Essential Software

Certain of our software products are delivered under contracts, which generally require hardware, in which we customize and then install software and integrate within a customer’s production and business system environment. The first deliverable is the hardware and software essential to the functionality of the hardware device delivered at the time of sale and the second deliverable is the PCS. Recognition of substantially all of the hardware and software revenue elements occur upon delivery and customer acceptance, with PCS recognized ratably over the service period of generally twelve months. Revenue from arrangements for the sale of tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality requires allocation of the arrangement consideration to the separate deliverables using the relative selling price method (RSP) of each unit of accounting based first on VSOE if it exists, second on third-party evidence (TPE) if it exists, and on estimated selling price (ESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE exist. We use ESP when allocating arrangement consideration to each separate deliverable as we do not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for our various applicable tangible products containing essential software products and services.

The related costs associated with the delivered product which does not yet meet the criteria to be recognized as revenue is deferred. The cost of such products is charged to cost of revenue on a proportionate basis similar to the manner in which the related revenue is recognized. Deferred cost represents the cost of direct and incremental items purchased for contracts not yet delivered to customers. Costs of revenue principally consist of the costs of third-party hardware, payroll-related costs for service personnel and third-party licenses.

 

68


Table of Contents

In cases where final acceptance has occurred but we have not as yet invoiced the customer, we have accounted for the amount to be invoiced as unbilled revenue. Customers are billed in accordance with specific contract terms, which may differ from the rate at which revenue is earned. Amounts received from customers pursuant to the terms specified in contracts, but for which revenue has not yet been recognized, are recorded as deferred revenue.

Our process for determining ESPs involves management’s judgment and considers multiple factors that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable. If the facts and circumstances underlying the factors considered change, our ESPs and the future rate of related maintenance could change.

Maintenance

Maintenance consists of PCS agreements and our customers generally enter into PCS agreements when they purchase our products. Our PCS agreements range from one to three years and are typically renewable on an annual basis, thereafter, at the option of the customer. Revenue allocated to PCS is recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the period the PCS is provided, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition has been met. All significant costs and expenses associated with PCS are expensed as incurred. For our software products, we have established VSOE of fair value for the PCS. Rates for maintenance, including subsequent renewal rates, are typically established based upon a specific percentage of the products provided, as set forth in the arrangement with the customer. For our tangible products (which all contain essential software), our customers generally enter into PCS arrangements when they purchase these tangible products. Fair value for the maintenance and support obligations for tangible products is based upon the ESP.

Software Development Costs

Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are expensed as incurred as research and development expense. Software development costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility, if any, are capitalized until the software is available for general release to customers. For each software release, judgment is required to evaluate when technological feasibility has occurred. Historically, we have determined that technological feasibility has been established at approximately the same time as our general release of such software to customers. Therefore, to date, we have not capitalized any software development costs.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts that is maintained for estimated losses that would result from the inability of some customers to make payments as they become due. The allowance is based on an analysis of past due amounts and ongoing credit evaluations. Customers are generally evaluated for creditworthiness through a credit review process at the time of each order. Our collection experience has been consistent with our estimates.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date in our consolidated financial statements.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Our business acquisitions typically result in the creation of goodwill and other intangible asset balances, and these balances affect the amount and timing of future period amortization expense, as well as expense we could possibly incur as a result of an impairment charge. The cost of acquired companies is allocated to identifiable tangible and intangible assets based on estimated fair value, with the excess allocated to goodwill. Accordingly,

 

69


Table of Contents

we have a significant balance of acquisition date intangible assets, including, customer-related intangibles, technology and goodwill. These intangible assets (other than goodwill) are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We currently have no intangible assets with indefinite lives other than goodwill.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the asset’s implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. The fair values calculated in our impairment tests are determined using discounted cash flow models involving several assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, anticipated operating income growth rates, our long-term anticipated operating income growth rate and the discount rate. Our cash flow forecasts are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. The assumptions that are used are based upon what we believe a hypothetical marketplace participant would use in estimating fair value. Assets, liabilities and goodwill have been assigned to reporting units based on assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition. We evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value calculations of our reporting units by comparing the total of the fair value of all of our reporting units to our total enterprise valuation. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Our annual goodwill impairment analysis, which we performed during the fourth quarter of 2012, did not result in an impairment charge.

All intangible assets with definite lives are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of other intangible assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to estimated undiscounted future cash flows. The assessment of recoverability or of the estimated useful life for amortization purposes will be affected if the timing or the amount of estimated future operating cash flows is not achieved. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and reductions in growth rates. In addition, products, capabilities, or technologies developed by others may render our software products obsolete or non-competitive. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill or other intangible assets. During 2011, we did not identify any triggering events which would require an update to our annual impairment review of intangible assets.

The weighted estimated useful lives used in computing amortization of intangible assets are as follows:

 

Technology

   72 months

Customer Relationships

   72 months

Certification

   36 months

Contractual Backlog

   7 months

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation represents the cost related to stock-based awards granted to employees. We measure stock-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognize the cost as an expense on a straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

Historically, the amount of stock-based compensation expense we have recognized has not been material to our results of operations. We expect that we will make more stock awards following this offering and the amount of stock-based compensation may increase.

 

70


Table of Contents

Determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation grants

We estimate the fair value of stock options without market-based performance conditions using the Black-Scholes valuation model using a number of assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield, expected term and expected volatility.

The expense is recorded in general and administrative in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. We record deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on our income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and our statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which the award will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deductions reported on our income tax returns are recorded as additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Six Months
Ended June 30,
     2010    2011    2012    2013
                    (unaudited)

Expected dividends

   0%    0%    0%    0%

Risk-free interest rate (U.S. Treasury)

   2.8%    2.1%    1.7%    2.0%

Expected term

   6.1 years    6.2 years    6.3 years    6.3 years

Expected volatility

   47.0%    60.0%    62.0%    58.0%

We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the near future, which is consistent with our history of not paying dividends. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the term of our employee stock options. The expected life of a stock option is derived from the average of the vesting period and the expiration period from the date of issue of the award. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable public companies, including public communications software and telecommunications companies. In 2011, as a result of the continued evolution and ongoing development of new solutions, including those obtained through our acquisition of Airwide Solutions in May 2011, we began basing expected volatility on a different peer group of public companies than we had used previously. We have used the same peer group of public companies for the valuation obtained in June 2011 and later valuations. We selected this group of companies because their mix of businesses and financial characteristics are reasonably similar to ours, but there are differences between us and these companies. For example, the public companies included in our peer group have a larger revenue scale than us and have achieved profitability, whereas we have yet to do so. Additionally, some of the public companies in our peer group sell their products to a broader group of customers that includes enterprise customers, wireline service providers and wireless service providers, whereas we only sell to wireless service providers at this time. Finally, some of these companies manufacture their own hardware platforms to accompany their software solutions, whereas we provide our solutions via third-party hardware platforms.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted by our Board of Directors from January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2013, as well as associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date. The exercise prices of options granted from January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2013 are equal to the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date. On August 7, 2013, and October 23, 2013 our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 107,142 shares and 400,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The options approved for grant on August 7, 2013 and October 23, 2013 will not be effective, issued or exercisable until our initial public offering price has been determined.

 

71


Table of Contents

Grant Date

   Number of Shares
Underlying Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Estimated Fair
Value Per Share
 

Jan. 26, 2010 to Apr. 21, 2010

     415,915       $ 0.63       $ 0.63   

Oct. 14, 2010 to Apr. 20, 2011

     311,562       $ 0.77       $ 0.77   

Dec. 13, 2011 to Jan. 25, 2012

     1,012,328       $ 2.10       $ 2.10   

Sept. 11, 2012

     358,589       $ 5.11       $ 5.11   

Oct. 30, 2012

     74,369       $ 5.11       $ 5.11   

January 23, 2013

     109,718       $ 7.77       $ 7.77   

March 19, 2013

     26,030       $ 8.40       $ 8.40   

May 8, 2013

     29,862       $ 8.40       $ 8.40   

June 17, 2013

     87,006       $ 8.40       $ 8.40   

June 25, 2013

     3,571       $ 8.40       $ 8.40   

As described above, we recognize stock-based compensation cost as an expense on a straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 was approximately $39.7 million, of which approximately $24.4 million related to vested options and approximately $15.3 million related to unvested options.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant or Modification Dates

We are a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, in response to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and related regulations issued by the IRS, we have periodically obtained contemporaneous valuations consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” or the Practice Aid, prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in order to assist us in determining the fair value of our common stock. More recently, we obtained valuations from third parties that also based analysis on fair value under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation–Stock Compensation. For the purposes of Section 409A of the Code, such contemporaneous third-party valuations may be used for up to one year so long as no significant business event occurs after the date of the valuation. In conducting these valuations, each unrelated third-party valuation firm considered all objective and subjective factors that it believed to be relevant in each valuation conducted, including management’s best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Our Board of Directors has considered these reports when determining the fair value of our common stock and related exercise prices of option awards on the date such awards were granted. These third-party valuations were also used for purposes of determining the Black-Scholes fair value of our stock option awards and related stock-based compensation expense. When determining the fair market value of our common stock, our Board of Directors gives the greatest consideration to the valuation analyses prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm as described above; however, other factors considered include the following:

 

   

the fact that we are a private technology company lacking an active public market for our common stock and preferred stock;

 

   

our historical operating results;

 

   

our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results;

 

   

valuations of comparable public companies;

 

   

the potential impact on common stock of liquidation preference and participating preference rights of preferred stock for certain valuation scenarios;

 

   

the relative rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to our common stock;

 

   

our stage of development and business strategy;

 

72


Table of Contents
   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock, such as an IPO or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately-held technology companies.

The additional factors considered when determining changes in fair value during the grant periods described above included the prices paid in transactions in which we sold our securities to existing and new third-party investors. While we sold restricted securities in private transactions, we believe our securities were acquired by active, sophisticated investors with experience in valuing and acquiring illiquid securities of private companies. We believe that the prices paid by our investors in these transactions represented the fair value of the securities sold, based on several factors related to the transactions, including the relatively large size of the transactions, our efforts in approaching multiple institutional investors to determine investment interest, the sophistication of our institutional investors and the fact that these transactions were negotiated at arms-length. The transactions that we considered in assessing the fair value of our shares of common stock were our sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock to venture capital and other investors in April 2006, March 2007, October 2008, June 2010, and May and July of 2011.

For grants made from January 26, 2010 to April 21, 2010, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuations of our common stock on May 22, 2009 and December 31, 2009. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered:

 

   

the successful beta testing of our Enhanced Messaging Solutions, Voice Solutions and IMS Solution;

 

   

the then-expectation that we would continue to operate at a loss for several years;

 

   

the conclusion that a liquidity event was unlikely in the short term, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 34.6% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 30.16%; and

 

   

the per share value of $6.65 at which we sold Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in our October 2008 venture capital financing.

For grants made from October 14, 2010 to April 20, 2011, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on July 15, 2010. The July 15, 2010 estimated fair value was higher than the December 31, 2009 estimated fair value due to an increase in business enterprise value to $43.0 million. The business enterprise value was calculated using discounted cash flow projections as of July 15, 2010. To develop the discounted cash flow projections, our Board of Directors utilized our 2010 forecasted financial performance through 2013. Beyond 2013, we assumed sales would grow at a stabilizing rate for two years and then assumed a terminal growth rate beyond 2015. We calculated the discretionary cash flows for each of those years and discounted them using a weighted average cost of capital discount rate that is typical of venture capital return rates. We then applied an exit multiple based on industry data to the discounted cash flows in order to determine a business enterprise value of $43.0 million. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the fact that we had won new customers and additional business from existing customers, which resulted in an increase in projected revenues;

 

   

the fact that we continued, and expected to continue, to operate at a loss in the near term;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 37.5% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be approximately 44%; and

 

   

the per share value of $7.84 at which we sold Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in our June 2010 venture capital financing.

For grants made from December 13, 2011 to January 25, 2012, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on June 1, 2011. We did not experience any significant business events between June 1, 2011 and January 25, 2012.

 

73


Table of Contents

Additionally, our Board of Directors reviewed the business assumptions used in the June 1, 2011 valuation and determined that the actual business results were materially consistent with the business plan in place as of June 1, 2011. As a result, our Board of Directors determined that the June 1, 2011 valuation provided an accurate fair value of our common stock on December 13, 2011 and January 25, 2012. The June 1, 2011 estimated fair value was higher than the July 15, 2010 estimated fair value due to an increase in business enterprise value to $97.0 million. Because the sale of our Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was led by a new outside investor and occurred at the same time as our valuation, we considered such sale as a contemporaneous arms’ length transaction. Accordingly, the sale of our Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock had a significant impact on the determination of our business enterprise value. We used an application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, known as the backsolve method, to infer our business enterprise value. The backsolve method specifically considers the rights and preferences of each class of equity and solves for the total equity value that is consistent with a recent transaction in the company’s own securities, considering the allocation of that total equity value to the specific classes of equity based on their respective rights and preferences. Because the sale of our Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock represented a recent transaction, we were able to solve for the total enterprise value that resulted in a price per share of the Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock equal to the transaction price. Additionally, because the backsolve method is an application of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, it is affected by a number of assumptions, including an expected volatility of options of 60%, a risk-free interest rate of 1.17% and an expected dividend yield of zero. This resulted in a business enterprise value of $97.0 million. This business enterprise value was then allocated among our specific classes of equity using the option pricing method, which utilizes the specific liquidation and participation rights of each class of equity. As a result, $89.8 million was allocated to our redeemable convertible preferred stock (including securities convertible into our redeemable convertible preferred stock) and $7.2 million was allocated to our common stock (including outstanding options exercisable for our common stock). Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the international expansion of our business as a result of the acquisition of Airwide Solutions and continued growth in new customers and of sales to existing customers;

 

   

the fact that we continued, and expected to continue, to operate at a loss in the near term, partially as a result of an increase in investment in new product development;

 

   

prior third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 36.5% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 29%;

 

   

the per share value of $8.75 at which we sold Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in our May/July 2011 venture capital financing; and

 

   

the acquisition of Airwide Solutions in May 2011.

In assigning value to the various classes of stock, commencing in September 2012 we chose the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, one of the three methods described in the AICPA Practice Aid : Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities. Using this method, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values. As part of this analysis, we consider scenarios whereby we remain a private company and whereby we complete an initial public offering. In each scenario, we valued our stock separately and then assigned a probability of each event relative to each other. In the scenario in which we remain a private company, we used an option pricing method that considers the liquidation preferences of each class of stock in allocating enterprise value to the classes of stock. In the scenario in which we complete an initial public offering, we determined the enterprise value of the company using a model based on our core public group market multiples and assumed all classes of equity are converted to common stock and then divided this into the enterprise value of the company.

 

74


Table of Contents

We applied the income approach to calculate a business enterprise value by using our then current internal financial forecasts. We discounted the expected cash flows in our financial forecasts using a weighted average cost of capital discount rate that is typical of venture capital return rates. We then applied an exit multiple based on industry data to the discounted cash flows in order to determine a business enterprise value based on our discounted cash flow projections.

We used a market approach to compare the trading multiples of publicly-traded companies that we deemed to be comparable to us. These multiples are calculated by determining the value of each comparable publicly traded company based on revenue and EBITDA metrics. These multiples are then applied to our corresponding financial metrics in order to produce a business enterprise value.

For grants made September 11, 2012, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on August 24, 2012. The August 24, 2012 estimated fair value was higher than the June 1, 2011 estimated fair value due to an increase in business enterprise value to $157.8 million. The business enterprise value was calculated using discounted cash flow projections as of August 24, 2012. To develop the discounted cash flow projections, our Board of Directors utilized our 2012 forecasted financial performance through 2015. Beyond 2015, we assumed sales would grow at a stabilizing rate for two years and then assumed a terminal growth rate beyond 2017. We then weighted the valuations resulting from the discounted cash flow projections and the market approach, assigning nominal weight to the market approach because of our difference in development stage relative to comparable public companies. This resulted in a determination that our business enterprise value was $157.8 million. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the international expansion of our business, including the fact that we had won new customers and additional business from existing customers which resulted in an increase in projected revenues;

 

   

the fact that we continued to operate at a loss;

 

   

prior third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

our decision to pursue an initial public offering, which we estimated had a 60% probability of being completed within a year;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 30% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 16.2%;

 

   

an exit multiple of 10.5 applied to the discounted cash flows; and

 

   

a trading multiple of 8.3 based on comparable publicly traded companies, which was applied to our forecasted financial results.

For grants made October 30, 2012, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on October 12, 2012. Although the contemporaneous third-party valuation of our common stock on October 12, 2012 was lower due to a decrease in business enterprise value to $122.3 million, the Board determined that the October 30, 2012 grants should have an exercise price of $5.11 per share. This was determined to be equal to the estimated fair value of our common stock. The business enterprise value was calculated using discounted cash flow projections as of October 12, 2012. To develop the discounted cash flow projections, our Board of Directors utilized our 2012 forecasted financial performance through 2015. Beyond 2015, we assumed sales would grow at a declining rate for two years and then assumed a terminal growth rate beyond 2017. We weighted the valuations resulting from the discounted cash flow projections and the market approach, assigning nominal weight to the market approach because of our difference in development stage relative to comparable public companies. This resulted in a

 

75


Table of Contents

determination that our business enterprise value was $122.3 million. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the international expansion of our business, although we experienced a delay in certain expected orders, which had an adverse impact on the rate of our revenue growth;

 

   

the fact that we continued to operate at a loss, partially as a result of our continued investment in new product development and customer support;

 

   

prior third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

our continued progress towards an initial public offering, which we estimated had a 65% probability of being completed within a year;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 30% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 15.6%;

 

   

an exit multiple of 10.8 applied to the discounted cash flows;

 

   

our internal financial forecasts remained consistent with our prior forecasts; and

 

   

a trading multiple of 6.5 based on comparable publicly traded companies, which was applied to our forecasted financial results.

For grants made January 23, 2013, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on December 10, 2012. The December 10, 2012 estimated fair value was higher than the October 12, 2012 estimated fair value due to an increase in business enterprise value to $191.0 million. The business enterprise value was calculated using discounted cash flow projections as of December 10, 2012. To develop the discounted cash flow projections, our Board of Directors utilized our 2012 forecasted financial performance through 2015. Beyond 2015, we assumed sales would grow at a declining rate for two years and then assumed a terminal growth rate beyond 2017. We weighted the valuations resulting from the discounted cash flow projections and the market approach, assigning nominal weight to the market approach because of our difference in development stage relative to comparable public companies. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the international expansion of our business, including the fact that we had won new customers;

 

   

the fact that we continued to operate at a loss;

 

   

prior third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

our continued progress towards an initial public offering, which we estimated had a 75% probability of being completed within a year;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 26.5% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 11.5%;

 

   

an exit multiple of 11.1 applied to the discounted cash flows;

 

   

our internal financial forecasts remained consistent with our prior forecasts; and

 

   

a trading multiple of 3.7 based on comparable publicly traded companies, which was applied to our forecasted financial results.

For grants made March 19, 2013 and May 8, 2013, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on March 8, 2013. The March 8, 2013 estimated fair value was higher than the December 10, 2012 estimated fair value due to an

 

76


Table of Contents

increase in business enterprise value to $198.0 million. The business enterprise value was calculated using discounted cash flow projections as of March 8, 2013. To develop the discounted cash flow projections, our Board of Directors utilized our 2013 forecasted financial performance through 2016. Beyond 2016, we assumed sales would grow at a stabilizing rate for two years and then assumed a terminal growth rate beyond 2018. We weighted the valuations resulting from the discounted cash flow projections and the market approach, assigning nominal weight to the market approach because of our difference in development stage relative to comparable public companies. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the international expansion of our business, although we experienced a delay in certain expected orders, which had an adverse impact on the rate of our revenue growth;

 

   

the fact that we continued to operate at a loss, partially as a result of our continued investment in new product development and customer support;

 

   

prior third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

our continued progress towards an initial public offering, which we estimated had a 75% probability of being completed within a year;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 23% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 10.2%;

 

   

an exit multiple of 11.4 applied to the discounted cash flows;

 

   

our internal financial forecasts remained consistent with our prior forecasts; and

 

   

a trading multiple of 4.5 based on comparable publicly traded companies, which was applied to our forecasted financial results.

For grants made June 17, 2013 and June 25, 2013, our Board of Directors considered objective and subjective factors including the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock on June 7, 2013. The June 7, 2013 estimated fair value was equal to the March 8, 2012 estimated fair value. The business enterprise value decreased to $188.0 million. The business enterprise value was calculated using discounted cash flow projections as of June 7, 2013. To develop the discounted cash flow projections, our Board of Directors utilized our 2013 forecasted financial performance through 2016. Beyond 2016, we assumed sales would grow at a stabilizing rate for two years and then assumed a terminal growth rate beyond 2018. We weighted the valuations resulting from the discounted cash flow projections and the market approach, assigning nominal weight to the market approach because of our difference in development stage relative to comparable public companies. Additionally, our Board of Directors considered the following factors in determining business enterprise value:

 

   

the continued growth of our business and revenues, including the international expansion of our business, although we experienced a delay in certain expected orders, which had an adverse impact on the rate of our revenue growth;

 

   

the fact that we continued to operate at a loss, partially as a result of our continued investment in new product development and customer support;

 

   

prior third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

our continued progress towards an initial public offering, which we estimated had a 75% probability of being completed within a year;

 

   

a discount rate applied of approximately 23% based on the weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount determined to be 10.75%;

 

   

an exit multiple of 11.4 applied to the discounted cash flows;

 

77


Table of Contents
   

our internal financial forecasts remained consistent with our prior forecasts; and

 

   

a trading multiple of 5 based on comparable publicly traded companies, which was applied to our forecasted financial results.

On August 7, 2013, our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 107,142 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Options to purchase 92,857 of these shares were granted to Pardeep Kohli, our President and Chief Executive Officer. These option grants will not be effective, issued or exercisable until our initial public offering price has been determined. These options were granted pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and will be issued using our standard exercise form of stock option agreement. These options are scheduled to vest, subject to each such respective optionee’s continued employment by us, as to 1/48th of the total shares monthly, commencing on August 7, 2013. These options provide for full acceleration of vesting with respect to the grant to Mr. Kohli and limited acceleration of vesting with respect to the grant to the other optionee, if the respective optionee is involuntarily terminated upon or following a change in control of us. Mr. Kohli’s options also provide for 12 months of accelerated vesting upon his termination without cause or resignation for good reason absent a change in control. We expect that the compensation expense related to these options will be approximately $30,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

On October 23, 2013, our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Options to purchase 110,000 of these shares were granted to Pardeep Kohli, our President and Chief Executive Officer, options to purchase 50,000 of these shares were granted to Terry Hungle, our Chief Financial Officer, and options to purchase 25,000 of these shares were granted to Bahram Jalalizadeh, our Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Business Development. These option grants will not be effective, issued or exercisable until our initial public offering price has been determined. These options were granted pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and will be issued using our standard exercise form of stock option agreement. These options are scheduled to vest, subject to each such respective optionee’s continued employment by us, as to 1/48th of the total shares monthly, commencing on the date of this offering. The options granted to Messrs. Kohli, Hungle and Jalalizadeh provide for full acceleration of vesting if a respective executive is involuntarily terminated upon or following a change in control of us, and provide for limited acceleration in the event of termination of the executive’s respective employment under certain other circumstances outside of a change in control. Please see “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control” for more information. We expect that the compensation expense related to these options will be approximately $160,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2013.

Initial Public Offering

In consultation with the underwriters for this offering, we determined the estimated price range for this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The midpoint of the price range is $16.00 per share. In comparison, our estimate of the fair value of our common stock was $8.40 per share (as adjusted for our 7-for-1 reverse stock split) as of the June 25, 2013 valuation. We note that, as is typical in initial public offerings, the estimated price range for this offering was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. We believe the difference between the fair value of our common stock on June 25, 2013, as determined by our board of directors, and the preliminary price range, as recommended by the underwriters, is the result of the following factors:

 

   

the preliminary price range necessarily assumes that the initial public offering will occur and a public market for our common stock has been created, and therefore excludes any marketability or illiquidity discount for our common stock, which was appropriately taken into account in our board of directors’ fair value determination;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

new customer and product awards, which resulted in new purchase orders;

 

   

we had increased bookings for three months ended September 30, 2013 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2013;

 

   

we introduced new products in the three months ended September 30, 2013, which we expect to be used in customer trials in the near future;

 

   

the underwriters evaluated a much broader group of peers including a substantial number of recent initial public offerings, which tended to have higher comparable valuations than the group of peers evaluated for earlier valuations made by our Board of Directors;

 

   

the underwriters increased weighting of certain factors in their valuation, including margins, revenue growth and volatility;

 

   

the underwriters discounted cash flows by a lower weighted average cost of capital that they believed was more comparable to similarly situated public companies. Earlier valuations by our Board of Directors included higher discount factors reflective of private venture capital risk profiles;

 

   

an assumption that there would be a receptive public trading market for software-based telecommunications networking solutions companies such as us; and

 

   

an assumption that there would be sufficient demand for our common stock to support an offering of the size contemplated by this prospectus.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized and represent the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not, that some of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we consider our projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. In the case of our net operating loss carryforwards, we have provided full valuation allowances. If, in the future we determine that we will be able to realize more of the related net deferred tax assets, we will make an adjustment to the allowance, which would increase our income in the period that such a determination is made.

As a result of our operations in many non-U.S. countries, our global tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We intend to indefinitely reinvest non-U.S. undistributed earnings. We base our estimate of an annual effective tax rate at any given point in time on a calculated mix of the tax rates applicable to our company and to estimates of the amount of income to be derived in any given jurisdiction.

We recognize and measure benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions.

We file our tax returns based on our understanding of the appropriate tax rules and regulations. However, complexities in the tax rules and our operations, as well as positions taken publicly by the taxing authorities, may

 

79


Table of Contents

lead us to conclude that accruals for uncertain tax positions are required. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we maintain accruals for uncertain tax positions until examination of the tax year is completed by the taxing authority, available review periods expire or additional facts and circumstances cause us to change our assessment of the appropriate accrual amount. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Changes in facts and circumstances could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and results of operations.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As an emerging growth company, as defined under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act), we will be subject to certain reduced reporting requirements as a public company. For example, until we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the independent registered public accounting firm’s report on financial statements. For more information on these and other exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering — We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.”

Although we are eligible under the JOBS Act to delay adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they are applicable to private companies, we have elected not to avail ourselves of this exclusion. This election by us is irrevocable.

Internal Controls and Procedures

Prior to the completion of this offering, we were a private entity, with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes and limited other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audit of the consolidated financial statements of Mavenir Systems, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, management and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness relating to the failure to record certain entries and adjustments during the year-end closing and consolidation process. Additionally, during the preparation of our financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, management, along with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified a material weakness in our processes and procedures over system implementations. Specifically, our implementation of a revenue application during the first half of 2013 was not properly documented or tested, resulting in numerous adjustments to our financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, but not to prior periods, and additional time needed to close. As such, we have failed to maintain an effective control environment to ensure that the design and execution of our controls have consistently resulted in effective and timely review of our financial statements and supervision by appropriate individuals.

Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, a material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

We have begun taking numerous steps and plan to take additional steps to remediate the underlying causes of the material weaknesses identified and to implement recommendations, primarily through the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel. Additionally, we have introduced a formal close system that identifies specific tasks, as well as the preparer and reviewer. This process will continue to be evaluated and refined, as necessary. We are also exploring the automation of certain functions, specifically our consolidation. The actions that we are taking ultimately will be subject to ongoing review by our senior management and

 

80


Table of Contents

oversight by the audit committee of our Board of Directors. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot, at this time, estimate how long it will take, and our initiatives ultimately may not prove to be successful in remediating the material weaknesses described above.

Since March 2012, we have added several experienced accounting personnel, both full-time employees and contractors, in response to our identification of gaps in our skills base and expertise of the staff required to meet the financial reporting requirements of a public company. However, our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting is not complete and we expect remediation to continue.

While we have begun the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we are in the early phases of our review and cannot predict the completion and outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which represent significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses, in addition to the material weakness previously identified, that require remediation by us. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to remedy or avoid material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Resources

We funded our operations from 2005 through June 30, 2013 primarily with approximately $105 million of net proceeds from issuances of preferred stock and, to a lesser extent, borrowings under credit facilities. Cash continues to be used in operations and we expect that our current loan agreements with Silicon Valley Bank and Silver Lake Waterman Fund and the net proceeds of this offering will provide cash to fund operations for at least the next twelve months.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Working Capital

The following table presents a summary of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and working capital for the periods indicated.

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 19,466       $ 7,402       $ 20,453   

Trade Accounts Receivable (Net)

   $ 16,112       $ 15,159       $ 19,292   

Working Capital

   $ 15,728       $ 13,228       $ 31,420   

Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes and were invested primarily in demand deposit accounts or money market funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

81


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2013, we held $2.5 million of our $20.5 million of cash and cash equivalents in accounts of our subsidiaries outside of the United States. We currently plan to use this cash to fund our ongoing non-U.S. operations. However, if we were to attempt to repatriate those amounts to meet future U.S. cash needs, we may incur tax liabilities that could limit our ability to fund our U.S. operations or obligations using cash and cash equivalents held outside the United States.

Sources and Uses of Funds

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Six Months ended June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      

(unaudited)

 

Cash Provided by (Used in)

          

Operations

   $ (5,322   $ (8,097   $ (22,387   $ (8,268   $ (10,175

Investing

   $ (937   $ (18,526   $ (5,217   $ (1,671   $ (1,413

Financing

   $ 9,626      $ 40,176      $ 14,259      $ 3,053      $ 25,007   

Operating Activities. Cash flows from operating activities are an additional measure of our overall business performance, as it enables us to analyze our financial performance without the effects of certain non-cash items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense.

Cash flow used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily consisted of a net loss of $(7.9) million as well as working capital requirements and other activities of $(2.3) million as business activity accelerated. The increase in cash used from operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 was mainly due to an increase in net loss as adjusted for non-cash items such as depreciation, amortization, and share-based compensation.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, operating activities used $22.4 million in cash, primarily as a result of a net loss of $(15.6) million as well as working capital requirements and other activities of $(6.8) million as business activity accelerated.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, operating activities used $8.1 million in cash, primarily as a result of a net loss of $(21.8) million that was partially offset by a $13.7 million reduction in working capital and other activities. The working capital reduction was primarily due to $10.2 million in deferred revenue from high billings in the fourth quarter of 2011 and increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities from business growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, operating activities used $5.3 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $(10.4) million partially offset by a $5.1 million reduction in working capital and other activities. The working capital reduction was mainly due to a $4.1 million reduction in accounts receivable driven from strong collections.

Investing Activities. Our investing activities have consisted primarily of business combinations as well as purchases of equipment, including software.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net cash used for investing activities was $1.4 million, mainly from capital expenditures.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used for investing activities was $5.2 million, mainly from capital expenditures.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in investing activities was $18.5 million consisting primarily of $14.5 million net cash for the acquisition of Airwide Solutions and $4.0 million for capital expenditures.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash used in investment activities was $0.9 million, consisting primarily of capital expenditures.

 

82


Table of Contents

Financing Activities. Our financing activities have consisted primarily of the issuances of preferred stock and the incurrence and repayment of indebtedness under loan arrangements.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $25.0 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from borrowings on debt. The increase in cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 was mainly due to an increase in borrowings to help fund the working capital requirements of the business.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $14.3 million, consisting primarily of proceeds from borrowings on debt.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $40.1 million, consisting primarily of $40.0 million raised from the sale of 4,555,021 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a price of $8.7815 per share (as adjusted to give effect to our 7-for-1 reverse stock split).

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash provided by financing activities was $9.6 million, consisting primarily $13.6 million raised from the sale of 1,728,569 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a price of $7.8533 per share (as adjusted to give effect to our 7-for-1 reverse stock split) and reduced borrowings under our previous line of credit.

Silicon Valley Bank Loans. On October 18, 2012 we entered into loan agreements with Silicon Valley Bank for loan facilities aggregating $32.5 million. Under the agreements, we have two loans totaling $32.5 million. One loan, the senior loan, is a $22.5 million facility and is secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property. The senior loan has a three-year term at a floating rate of 1% above the U.S. prime rate, subject to a minimum interest rate of 4.25%. Under the terms of the senior loan agreement, we may draw up to 80% of eligible domestic trade receivables and 70% of foreign trade receivables up to $15.0 million, with the remaining $7.5 million generally available for working capital and cash management purposes. A second loan, the subordinated loan, is for a term loan of up to $10.0 million and is also secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, but is subordinated to the senior loan. The subordinated loan has a three-year term at a fixed rate of 11%. Both loans require the payment of interest only on the outstanding balance through the term of the loan with all principal payable in October 2015. Both the senior loan and the subordinated loan may be prepaid at any time without penalty.

The loan agreements contain various restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur liens on our assets or incur additional debt, pay dividends, make investments or engage in acquisitions, and that prevent dissolution, liquidation, merger or a sale of our assets without the prior consent of Silicon Valley Bank. The senior loan agreement also requires us to maintain a minimum tangible net worth at all times.

In February 2013, we amended our senior and subordinated loan agreements with Silicon Valley Bank to join certain of our subsidiaries, including our non-U.S. subsidiaries, as co-borrowers. We also amended our minimum tangible net worth covenant. We had previously been in technical default under this covenant and, as a result of the amendment, we are in compliance with this financial covenant and other covenants applicable to us under the loan agreements. The agreements also contain usual and customary events of default, the occurrence of which may result in all outstanding amounts under the loan agreements becoming due and payable immediately, and they also impose an interest penalty of an additional 5% above the otherwise applicable interest rate at any time when an event of default is continuing.

In connection with these loans, we issued warrants to purchase a total of 128,570 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.11 per share.

Silver Lake Waterman Growth Capital Loan. On June 4, 2013, we entered into a growth capital loan agreement with Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P. for a $15 million subordinated term loan. This term loan is subordinated to our senior and subordinated loans with Silicon Valley Bank described above, and is secured by

 

83


Table of Contents

substantially all of our assets. This subordinated term loan matures on June 30, 2017 and bears interest at 12% annually. The accrued interest on the loan is payable monthly, with the principal amount due and payable on the loan’s maturity on June 30, 2017. The subordinated term loan includes a prepayment penalty of 5% for prepayment in the first year, 4% in the second year, 3% in the third year and 2% thereafter, except that if we choose to repay this subordinated term loan with the proceeds of this offering the prepayment penalty will not apply.

The subordinated term loan agreement with Silver Lake Waterman Fund contains restrictive covenants. One such covenant provides that we must use substantially all of the proceeds of the loan for our United States operations and may not use them for non-U.S. operations. Other covenants limit our ability to, among other things, incur liens on our assets, pay dividends, make investments or engage in acquisitions, and prevent dissolution, liquidation, merger or a sale of our assets outside of the ordinary course of business without the prior consent of the lender. The agreement also contains customary events of default, the occurrence of which may result in all outstanding amounts under the loan agreements with Silver Lake Waterman Fund and Silicon Valley Bank becoming due and payable immediately, and they also impose an interest penalty of an additional 5% above the otherwise applicable interest rate at any time when an event of default is continuing.

In connection with this loan, we issued warrants to purchase a total of 194,694 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with the Silicon Valley Bank and Silver Lake Waterman loans and cash generated from operations, our cash balances and interest income we earn on these balances, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next twelve months. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we increase headcount, expand our business activities, grow our customer base, implement and enhance our information technology and enterprise resource planning system and operate as a public company. As revenues increase, we expect our accounts receivable balance to increase. Any such increase in accounts receivable may not be completely offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, which would likely result in greater working capital requirements.

If our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or convertible debt securities or enter into additional credit facilities. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Our estimates of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations and the costs to support research and development and our sales and marketing activities are forward-looking statements and involve risks and uncertainties and actual results could vary materially and negatively as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed in the section “Risk Factors” of this prospectus. We have based our estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Our short- and long-term capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the following:

 

   

our development of new products;

 

   

market acceptance of our products and our competitive position in the marketplace;

 

   

our ability to generate cash from operations;

 

   

our ability to control our costs;

 

84


Table of Contents
   

the emergence of competing or complementary technological developments;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights or participating in litigation-related activities; and

 

   

the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies.

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations relating to our office lease as well as loans from commercial banks.

The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations and periods in which payments are due as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less Than 1
Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More
Than 5
Years
 

Operating Leases

   $ 6,259       $ 1,701       $ 2,699       $ 1,315       $ 544   

Silicon Valley Bank senior loan (1)

     10,000         —           10,000         —           —     

Silicon Valley Bank subordinated loan (2)

     5,000         —           5,000         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,259       $ 1,701       $ 17,699       $ 1,315       $ 544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Silicon Valley Bank senior loan matures in October 2015. The interest is payable at a floating rate of 1% above the U.S prime rate, subject to a minimum interest rate of 4.25%.
(2) The Silicon Valley Bank subordinated loan matures in October 2015. The interest is payable at a fixed rate of 11%.

On June 4, 2013, we entered into a growth capital loan agreement with Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P., for a $15 million subordinated term loan described above in “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources and Uses of Funds — Silver Lake Waterman Growth Capital Loan.”

Operating leases relate to our office leases for various locations across the globe. We have several office leases expiring at different times through 2019. Our principal office leases are in Richardson, Texas, Reading, UK, and Bangalore, India.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to inflation, changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into interest rate or exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Inflation Risk

We may be exposed to inflation risk in that some of our international operations, particularly in developing countries, may be subject to increased costs as a result of higher inflation. Because we compete with other solutions providers on a global basis, our customers would not expect, and may not be willing, to pay for any cost increases from inflation. Therefore, our future margins could be impacted. Where competitively possible we attempt to offset some of this risk with contracted price adjustments.

 

85


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Cash held in our operating business units is generally available for local operations. Most of our cash is retained by our U.S. business. The majority of these funds are in low to zero interest bank accounts. Our borrowings under our senior loan with Silicon Valley Bank are at variable rates based on the U.S. prime rate and, as a result, increases in interest rates would generally result in increased interest expense on outstanding borrowings. A one-percent increase above the minimum floor calculation would increase our interest expense by as much as $0.2 million if the entire facility were drawn throughout the year.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have significant international operations with subsidiaries and operations in eight countries outside of the U.S. and as such we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. While these exposures may change over time as business practices evolve, adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates may have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Our primary exposures have been related to non-U.S. dollar-denominated net operating income or net operating losses. As a consequence, our results of operations would generally be adversely affected by an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which we are profitable and a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which we are not profitable. However, based on the locations of our international operations and the amount of our operating results denominated in foreign currencies, we would not expect a 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar from rates as of June 30, 2013, to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations. If and when our international business grows substantially, relative to our U.S. business, the net exposure is likely to increase as will the impact of foreign exchange rate movements.

The functional currency for each of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. Assets and liabilities of a non-U.S. subsidiary are translated to U.S. dollars at period end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at the rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The adjustments resulting from translating the financial statements of the non-U.S. subsidiary are reflected in comprehensive income or loss.

Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

We recorded $0.02 million of net translation gains for 2010, $1.2 million of net translation losses for 2011 and $0.5 million of net translation gains for 2012.

We recorded $0.9 million and $2.6 million of net translation losses for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment, allowing entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If the qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no testing is required. This ASU is effective for us in the period beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-04, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2012-04”). These amendments are presented in two sections—Technical Corrections and Improvements (Section A) and Conforming Amendments Related to Fair Value Measurements (Section B). The amendments in this update represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or

 

86


Table of Contents

create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Additionally, the amendments will make the Codification easier to understand and the fair value measurement guidance easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing needed clarifications. This update is not intended to significantly change U.S. GAAP. We do not expect the adoption of this update to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 requires registrants to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) (“AOCL”) by component. In addition, an entity is required to present significant amounts reclassified out of AOCL by the respective line items of net income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. We will reflect the impact of these amendments beginning with our first periodic report required to be filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, following the completion of this offering. As the new standard does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements, our financial position, results of operations or cash flows were not impacted.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity” (“ASU 2013-05”). ASU 2013-05 provides guidance on releasing Cumulative Translation Adjustments when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. In addition, these amendments provide guidance on the release of Cumulative Translation Adjustment in partial sales of equity method investments and in step acquisitions. For public entities, the amendments are effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments must be applied prospectively to derecognition events occurring after the effective date. Prior periods should not be adjusted. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-05 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-07, “Liquidation Basis of Accounting” (“ASU 2013-07”). ASU 2013-07 requires an entity to prepare its financial statements using the liquidation basis of accounting (LBA) when liquidation is imminent. Among the requirements of LBA financial statements is that they present relevant information about an entity’s expected resources in liquidation by measuring and presenting assets at the amount of the expected cash proceeds from liquidation; include in its presentation of assets any items not previously recognized under U.S. GAAP but that it expects to either sell in liquidation or use in settling liabilities; recognize and measure an entity’s liabilities in accordance with U.S. GAAP that otherwise applies to those liabilities; and disclose an entity’s plan for liquidation, the methods and significant assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities, the type and amount of costs and income accrued, and the expected duration of the liquidation process. These amendments are effective for public entities that determine liquidation is imminent during annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, and interim reporting periods therein. Entitles should apply the requirements prospectively from the day that liquidation becomes imminent. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-07 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2013, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) issued Issue 13-C, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward of Tax Credit Carryforward Exists” (“EITF Issue 13-C”), which requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in deferred tax asset for a net operation loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward. However, to the extent that a net operating loss carryforward or tax credit carryforwards at the reporting date is not available under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position, the unrecognized tax benefit is to be presented in the statement of financial position as a liability. The amendment is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and interim periods therein. We are still evaluating the impact this guidance.

 

87


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-based telecommunications networking solutions that enable mobile service providers to deliver internet protocol (IP)-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services to their subscribers globally. Our solutions deliver Rich Communication Services (RCS), which enable enhanced mobile communications, such as group text messaging, multi-party voice or video calling and live video streaming as well as the exchange of files or images, over existing 2G and 3G networks as well as next generation 4G Long Term Evolution (LTE) networks. Our solutions also deliver voice services over LTE technology and wireless (Wi-Fi) networks, known respectively as Voice over LTE (VoLTE) and Voice over Wi-Fi (VoWi-Fi). We enable mobile service providers to offer services that generate increased revenue and improve subscriber satisfaction and retention, while allowing them to improve time-to-market of new services and reduce network costs. Our mOne® Convergence Platform has enabled MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile), a leading mobile service provider, to introduce the industry’s first live network deployment of VoLTE and the industry’s first live deployment of next-generation RCS 5.

The capabilities of smartphones and tablets have caused consumers to shift their communication preferences from traditional voice service to a combination of voice, video and messaging services, which are offered by rich communication services. Additionally, many consumers are using their mobile devices to browse the internet, run software applications, access cloud-based services and consume, create and share rich multimedia and user-generated content. These trends have placed substantial capacity constraints on the existing networks of mobile service providers. According to the February 2013 Cisco Visual Networking Index report, the average smartphone and tablet generate 50 and 120 times more data traffic, respectively, than the average basic-feature cell phone. As a result, mobile data traffic is projected to continue to increase exponentially, driven by the rapid adoption of smartphones and tablets and the demand for enhanced and high-bandwidth mobile services such as video. In order to alleviate the resulting spectrum and network capacity challenges, mobile service providers are making significant investments to transition their networks to the 4G LTE standard for voice and data transmission over mobile networks, as that standard enables higher data speeds and allows more efficient use of the frequency spectrum. In a September 2013 report, Gartner estimated that annual spending on LTE mobile infrastructure would grow from $5.9 billion in 2012 to $33.9 billion by 2017, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 42%. (Source: Gartner, Forecast: Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2010-2017 3Q13 Update, September 2013.)

Because our solutions are interoperable across network generations, we enable mobile service providers to leverage their existing investments in 2G and 3G networks while offering a seamless, cost-effective migration path to 4G LTE networks. We provide our solutions to over 120 mobile networks globally, including three of the top five mobile service providers in the United States and four of the top five pan-European mobile service providers in Western Europe, as measured by number of mobile device connections as of June 2013. Our end customers include AT&T, MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile), T-Mobile USA, Vodafone and Telstra. Our customers include the first mobile service provider to deploy VoLTE and RCS 5 services to its subscribers, MetroPCS, which deployed these services utilizing our technology. Our solutions can be deployed on-premise within the mobile service provider’s network or hosted in a mobile cloud environment. Our solutions enable mobile service providers to generate additional revenues by providing their subscribers with rich communications and cloud-based services, including:

 

   

carrier-grade (at least 99.999% reliable), integrated communication services, including voice calling, video calling and messaging;

 

   

a rich communications experience, which includes integrated one-to-one and group voice chat, video chat, messaging and sharing of content such as videos, images, links or locations;

 

   

a single identity across multiple devices and services, based on a subscriber’s mobile phone number, that allows seamless delivery of mobile services and applications globally;

 

88


Table of Contents
   

interworking with legacy short message service (SMS), which is an older technology used to convey short text messages, multimedia messaging service (MMS), which is an existing technology allowing delivery of images in a relatively low-resolution format, and social networks; and

 

   

cloud-based delivery of next-generation mobile communications, including voice, video, enhanced messaging, which includes voice and video mail and interworking with social media platforms, and storage of mobile subscriber content and media.

We commenced operations in 2005 and began product sales in 2007. Our unaudited pro forma 2011 revenue, which assumes a full-year contribution from Airwide Solutions, a business we acquired in May 2011, was $66.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our reported revenue was $49.5 million, compared with $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our revenue was $73.8 million representing 49% year-over-year growth. In addition, our operating loss was $(14.6) million, $(19.2) million and $(10.2) million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, our reported revenue was $48.2 million and $39.9 million, respectively, and operating loss was $(2.6) million and $(4.5) million, respectively. We are headquartered in Richardson, Texas and had approximately 670 full-time employees worldwide as of June 30, 2013.

Industry Background

The market for mobile communications services is evolving rapidly, characterized by the following trends:

Proliferation of Smartphones and Tablets. Global adoption of smartphones and tablets is in its early stages, and future growth is expected to accelerate as mobile subscribers increasingly rely on these powerful devices. A June 2013 IDC report estimates that there were 723 million smartphones shipped globally in 2012, and forecasts that number to increase to 1.6 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 17%. Furthermore, a May 2013 IDC report estimates that there were 145 million tablets in use globally in 2012, and forecasts that number to increase to 410 million in 2017, representing a CAGR of 23%. Despite the rapid increase in the number of smartphones being shipped, a June 2013 Ericsson publication estimated that smartphones accounted for only 19% of total global mobile subscriptions, highlighting the potential for growth in smartphone usage.

Increased Use of Mobile Applications, Mobile Media and Cloud-Based Services. Powerful smartphones and tablets are rapidly replacing desktop computers and laptops as the primary computing platform used for browsing the internet, running software applications, accessing cloud-based services, and consuming media content such as streaming video and internet radio. IDC estimates that the number of mobile application downloads will grow from 47.2 billion in 2012 to 187.0 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 32%. Many consumers are increasingly creating, sharing and accessing user-generated content, such as photos and videos, on their mobile devices through online services such as Facebook and YouTube. In addition, cloud-based storage is growing significantly as consumers purchase content from media services, such as Amazon, Apple and Google, and utilize online storage services to access their purchased content from multiple mobile device types. Furthermore, mobile subscribers are increasingly seeking more rich communication services, such as video chat, to enhance the communications experience on their mobile devices. These trends in consumer behavior related to mobile device usage are driving a substantial increase in the amount of mobile data traffic. The February 2013 Cisco report projects that monthly global mobile data traffic will increase 13 times between 2012 and 2017, representing a CAGR of 66%.

Mobile Service Provider Challenges

Proliferation of smartphones and tablets as well as increased use of mobile applications and cloud-based services by subscribers present the following challenges for mobile service providers:

Strain on Existing Network Resources. Faced with increased subscriber demand for bandwidth-consuming mobile applications and cloud-based services, mobile service providers are facing spectrum and capacity constraints. During times of peak usage, mobile service providers are often unable to deliver the expected level of service subscribers demand, which results in subscriber dissatisfaction and increased subscriber turnover.

 

89


Table of Contents

Competition from Over-The-Top / Web Services. Over-The-Top (OTT) applications compete with services that are, or could be, offered by mobile service providers, reducing revenue sources that traditionally have gone to mobile service providers. For example, OTT services such as Skype, Apple Facetime, Facebook Chat and Blackberry Messenger, allow consumers to engage in rich communications experiences in a simple, easy-to-use interface. These OTT services provide free and feature-rich alternatives that compete with traditional voice and SMS services offered by mobile service providers. A September 2012 Ovum study estimated that the use of over-the-top services led to a loss of $23.2 billion in revenues for mobile service providers in 2012.

Need to Offer Subscribers Enhanced Services. As mobile voice service access has become commoditized, and average voice revenue per subscriber has decreased, mobile service providers are seeking to offer their subscribers new, differentiated services that increase revenue per subscriber, enhance customer satisfaction and reduce subscriber turnover. According to Infonetics, over the last five years, the average revenue per user for voice services in North America has declined 12% annually, while the average revenue per user for data services has increased nearly 16% annually. The result has been a decline in overall subscriber average revenue per user of 2% annually. To make up for the declining voice and text revenue, and to optimize the transition to data revenue, mobile service providers need to offer new services to provide enhanced communication experiences, including a converged communication experience across multiple mobile devices, to their subscribers, capitalizing on their inherent ability to provide a unique and unified communications experience.

Migration Path to 4G LTE. As mobile service providers migrate to 4G LTE, they will look to minimize capital expenditures and operational costs, while maximizing subscriber usage of their network. Mobile service providers are seeking a common solution platform that can address existing 2G and 3G network requirements without requiring additional investments and that can also be utilized for next-generation 4G LTE network introductions. We believe that mobile service providers want to avoid a complete replacement of their network elements but, at the same time, do not want to invest in disparate systems to support existing and 4G LTE networks. With the growth and adoption of 4G LTE, competition among mobile service providers will continue to intensify as subscribers seek an increasing number of high-quality services.

Benefits of 4G LTE

The next generation of mobile technology, broadly defined as 4G, includes Long Term Evolution (LTE), Worldwide Interoperability Microwave Access (WiMAX) and Evolved High Speed Packet Access (HSPA+) and can be extended to include Wi-Fi. 4G LTE has been developed to handle mobile data more efficiently and allows for faster, more reliable and more secure mobile service than existing 2G and 3G networks. The faster data transfer capabilities of 4G LTE networks enable mobile subscribers to use a wide variety of bandwidth-intensive software applications and cloud-based services with a rich mobile computing experience.

In addition to the benefits for mobile subscribers, 4G LTE technology is inherently more efficient and cost-effective, resulting in a better network infrastructure for mobile service providers. 4G LTE uses wireless spectrum more efficiently than existing 2G and 3G technology, creating more available bandwidth to expand network capacity and enabling mobile service providers to simultaneously offer higher speed data service and enhanced mobile communication services to their subscribers from a single, consolidated next generation network.

4G LTE offers the opportunity to fundamentally lower the cost of network operational centers by leveraging technologies widely used in the IT industry, such as Network Functions Virtualization (NFV), which refers to the deployment of telecommunications application software on virtualized hardware platforms often referred to as “private clouds,” and Software-Defined Networking (SDN), which simplifies network administration through the use of software. Both of these technologies drive down network cost and complexity and increase network flexibility and responsiveness.

4G LTE is a new architecture that enables mobile service providers to offer a wide range of new services across their networks. Mobile service providers can deliver device independent services over 4G LTE networks and

 

90


Table of Contents

offer a cloud-based subscriber experience that is comparable to communication services providers such as Apple, Google and Skype. Mobile service providers will be able to offer a platform that third-party application developers can leverage to integrate new services through open network standards.

Market Opportunity

The development of 4G LTE is a generational change in technology for the mobile industry, a level of change that occurs approximately every ten years on average. Every generational change spurs a new investment cycle as mobile service providers seek to invest in equipment upgrades to support new standards. In the transition of communication services from 2G and 3G to 4G LTE, a complete change of infrastructure to deliver new services is required. Unlike 3G, migration to the next-generation 4G LTE standard is no longer an option, but rather a time-critical business priority for many mobile service providers.

According to May 2013 data from Informa Telecoms and Media, by the end of 2012, 2G subscribers accounted for 75% of global wireless subscribers, but that proportion is projected to decline over the next five years as 3G and 4G LTE subscribers gain share. 4G LTE subscribers are forecasted to grow at a 69% CAGR between 2012 and 2017 according to the same source. As consumer demand for data and next-generation services continues to grow, we expect strong 4G LTE subscriber growth rates to continue beyond 2015.

Many mobile service providers are currently making the needed infrastructure investments to accommodate the growing subscriber demand for next-generation mobile communication services. A September 2013 Gartner report estimates that next-generation 4G LTE mobile infrastructure spending was $5.9 billion in 2012 and is forecast to reach $33.9 billion by 2017, representing a 42% CAGR. (Source: Gartner, Forecast: Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2010–2017 3Q13 Update, September 2013.) We believe 4G LTE network investments will accelerate as mobile service providers seek to meet growing subscriber demand.

Our Solutions

Our solutions, based on our mOne® Convergence Platform, enable mobile service providers to deliver voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services over their existing 2G and 3G networks and next-generation 4G LTE networks. IP-based communication services, which involve the transmission of voice and text data using the more efficient internet protocol that underlies the internet, rather than through traditional and less efficient circuit-switched phone networks, are being developed and deployed today. These services are faster, more efficient and demand less spectrum than the circuit-based communication methods employed by existing 2G and 3G networks.

Our solutions are focused on delivering a seamless and intuitive communications experience to mobile subscribers and an integrated, flexible, differentiated platform for mobile service providers. We enable mobile service providers to capitalize on their IP-based network investments by efficiently and cost-effectively offering a broad range of services.

 

91


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Our mOne® Convergence Platform offers our customers the following key benefits:

Comprehensive, Highly Configurable and Converged Communication Solution. The mOne® Convergence Platform enables mobile service providers to deploy any or all of a wide range of services. Some of these services include:

 

   

carrier-grade, integrated communication services, including voice calling, video calling and messaging over the same networks and devices;

 

   

a rich communications experience, with integrated one-to-one and group voice chat, video chat, messaging and sharing of content such as videos, images, links or locations;

 

   

a single identity across multiple devices and services, based on a subscriber’s mobile phone number, that allows seamless delivery of mobile services and applications globally; and

 

   

interworking with legacy SMS/MMS and social networks.

Cloud-based Implementation. The design of our software products enables mobile service providers to use private cloud implementations to deliver next generation mobile communications, including voice, video, enhanced messaging and storage of mobile subscriber content and media. These solutions allow our customers to share capacity in a cloud deployment with commercial off-the-shelf servers for all services rather than deploying dedicated, proprietary hardware for each service. The key benefits of utilizing private clouds include more agile use of the network infrastructure, the ability to deploy and prove-in new services rapidly using commercially available off-the-shelf hardware available from major manufacturers, combined with our software, without large up-front infrastructure costs, and avoiding the network upgrade costs associated with obsolescence of proprietary hardware. For example, Deutsche Telekom, one of the largest pan-European mobile service providers, has commercially launched our virtualized Rich Communication Services to provide joyn® — an industry initiative that enables one-on-one and group chat services and the enhancement of voice calls through the sharing of multi-media content such as videos, pictures and music — on its own single common hardware platform for nine different national networks across the continent, thereby deploying its own mobile cloud environment. Although we offer to host our solutions in our own cloud-computing center for mobile service providers, we do not currently have any contracts to provide cloud-based hosting services.

 

92


Table of Contents

Seamless Migration Path to 4G LTE. Historically, mobile service providers have made substantial investments in their existing networks, and these networks will continue to deliver communications and data services for many years into the future. Therefore, mobile service providers are looking for 4G LTE networking solutions that integrate with existing network standards to enable them to transition seamlessly to 4G LTE and cost-effectively optimize their infrastructure investments. Our solutions offer mobile service providers a cost-effective migration path to 4G LTE by supporting existing 2G and 3G networks and next-generation 4G LTE networks, eliminating the need to prematurely retire existing investments. Our platform features a comprehensive, standards-based set of interfaces to ensure a seamless integration into existing infrastructure that includes technology from multiple vendors, and can be deployed over a wide range of network types including 2G, 3G, LTE, WiMAX, HSPA+ and Wi-Fi.

Ability to Improve Subscriber Experience and Deliver Revenue-Generating Services. Mobile service provider competition continues to exert downward pressure on the prices and profits associated with traditional voice, SMS and data services. To counteract this trend, mobile service providers can leverage our solutions to offer differentiated next-generation services that build customer loyalty, improve subscriber retention and generate additional revenues. When a mobile service provider offers a rich communications platform with multiple high-value services, its subscribers will be more likely to pay for these services, either by direct subscription or through increased data revenue, and less likely to switch providers.

Scalable Architecture and Carrier-Grade Reliability. Mobile service providers require networking solutions that enable deployment of networks covering large geographic areas and support millions of simultaneous end users with the traditional mobile telecommunications requirement of 99.999% availability. Additionally, mobile service providers need the flexibility to add capacity to support subscriber growth and increased network traffic as new, high-bandwidth services are introduced. Our solutions form a highly scalable carrier-grade platform that provides subscribers with high-quality service, as measured by the breadth of services offered and reliability, or lack of downtime. Our platform is fully compatible with the mobile industry’s standards and interoperability framework, allowing full compatibility across mobile service providers and geographies. Unlike OTT service providers, who cannot control quality or reliability of service because they do not own or control underlying access networks, mobile service providers using our solutions over their networks can deliver high-quality and consistent service to all subscribers.

Open Platform and Social Interworking. Our standards-based open solution architecture and APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) allow mobile service providers to develop or incorporate third-party enhanced, for example, by embedding messaging or voice calling capabilities within consumer applications such as shopping or banking applications. We enable mobile service providers to interconnect various OTT applications and social networking services so that a subscriber can engage in voice, video and rich messaging communications with anyone, anywhere, on any device or in any communications ecosystem. A subscriber can communicate with another subscriber through one central identity based on the subscriber’s mobile phone number, rather than having to worry about what specific application to use to connect with that other subscriber. Mobile service providers can leverage this neutral position and technology to bring more users into their networks.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are a leading provider of software-based telecommunications networking solutions that transform mobile networks to deliver enhanced new services to their subscribers globally. Because we have been first to market with solutions that enable many enhanced subscriber services, we have a broad customer base and we have a history of successfully competing for business with some of the largest solutions providers in the mobile industry. Our competitive strengths include the following:

First-Mover Advantage. Since our inception, we have developed significant expertise around solving the key challenges that mobile service providers face as they deploy next-generation networks and we have been first to market with solutions that enable many enhanced subscriber services. Decisions and deployments of network

 

93


Table of Contents

infrastructure and solutions require significant lead time, typically 12 to 24 months. Our past large-scale deployments for existing customers have increased our brand awareness and provided us with customer validations that serve as a significant competitive advantage as additional mobile service providers evaluate their next-generation communications solutions needs. Based on our deployments and contracts to date, we believe we have delivered significant industry ‘firsts’, such as the first commercial deployment of VoLTE, deployed by MetroPCS, and plan to continue to be a first mover.

Singular Focus on Next-Generation Communication Solutions. We are focused on developing and selling next-generation IP-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services to mobile service providers. Unlike many of our competitors, we are not encumbered by a product portfolio full of legacy solutions and an installed customer base that generates significant revenue and cash flow streams from legacy solutions. Rather, we can focus on selling transformational solutions to mobile service providers that enable them to take advantage of the inherent benefits of 4G LTE and offer services that increase revenue, improve subscriber satisfaction and reduce customer turnover.

Modular Platform for Next-Generation Communication Solutions. Our mOne® Convergence Platform is based on a flexible software architecture that enables mobile service providers to provide IP-based voice, video, rich communications and advanced messaging applications to their subscribers. We have worked closely with many of our mobile service provider customers to understand their unique requirements and have developed a platform with the specific product features that are most relevant to help them achieve their strategic priorities. Our modular platform approach allows mobile service providers to selectively deploy the services they want for their subscribers, with the ability to add additional services and scale as needed. We believe that our ability to provide mobile service providers with customized deployment strategies, which allow them to gradually add services, gives us a significant competitive advantage.

Interoperability across Network Generations. Seamless and cost-effective migration of subscribers and services from 2G and 3G networks to 4G LTE networks can be achieved by bridging disparate technologies, while preserving existing investments, through intelligent gateways and interworking software. Our industry standards-based products support fully-integrated legacy interfaces, that enable mobile service providers to continue to use much of their existing core network infrastructure which is the centralized network of switches, routers and application services that deliver consumer services and includes elements such as subscriber databases, billing systems and intelligent network systems, without costly upgrades or replacements. Our ability to interoperate across traditional network boundaries mitigates the cost and complexity of deploying 4G LTE networks and accelerates time-to-market.

Technology Team. We believe our management team and the depth and diversity of our engineering and operations talent provide us with a competitive advantage. The extensive domain expertise of our engineering team is derived from its members’ combined experience in different areas of technology, including voice technology, software development, cellular/mobility applications, internet protocol networking, social networking and communications networks. Our solutions require expertise in the convergence of voice and data networking as well as the evolution of 2G and 3G technology to 4G LTE networks. Our expertise includes developing market-defining telecommunications products, implementing our solutions in small- and large-scale network environments, and supporting our global customer base from within our customers’ regional geographies.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to establish our position as the leading global provider of 4G LTE solutions. Initially we have incurred and will continue to incur significant sales and marketing expenses to capture new product opportunities principally from our existing customer base. Additionally, as we win these new product sales we expect to incur considerable product and employee related expenses for technology trials, market trials, initial testing and deployment of our solutions. As we expand our product footprint within our customers we expect significant

 

94


Table of Contents

expansion of business with these individual customers with considerably lower ongoing expenses. The resulting increased sales and improving margins driven by relative cost efficiencies are expected to drive improvement in our overall profitability. Key elements of our strategy include:

Leverage First-Mover Advantage to Increase Sales to Existing Customers and to Grow Our Customer Base. We have the advantage of being a first-mover with innovative solutions that enable operators to efficiently address network challenges, with several major global mobile service providers having already chosen our solutions for their 4G LTE network needs. We are currently supplying 2G, 3G or next-generation 4G LTE solutions to nine of the top twenty global mobile service providers, as measured by number of mobile device connections as of June 2013, and are in trials with one additional top twenty customer. For example, in August 2012, our VoLTE solution allowed MetroPCS to become the first in the world to launch a commercial VoLTE service. Additionally, with our mOne® Convergence Platform deployed for VoLTE, MetroPCS was positioned to quickly launch new value-added RCS 5 services over 4G LTE, which it did less than three months later in October 2012, becoming the first mobile service provider in the world to launch RCS 5, which is an advanced set of standards enabling the delivery of mobile communications services such as group text messaging, multi-party voice or video calling and live video sharing as well as the exchanging of files or images. We believe that the experience and detailed technical knowledge that our employees obtained during the course of enabling MetroPCS to launch these first-to-market services will be directly applicable to expanding existing customer networks, as well as new customer networks, with our next-generation solutions. We intend to further capitalize on our early market success in deploying next-generation 4G LTE solutions and the strong relationships we have with mobile service providers to supply our existing customers with new product offerings as well as to gain new customers. For example, we provided legacy messaging solutions MetroPCS initially and expanded the solutions we provide to that customer to include voice and messaging over LTE. In order to continue to increase our global presence, we intend to continue to expand our sales, marketing and design teams to generate demand for our solutions and further leverage our channel relationships to increase our global reach. For example, we have a channel partner relationship with Cisco Systems that enables us to leverage Cisco Systems’ global sales force to market and sell our full suite of voice, video and messaging solutions to mobile service providers globally.

Extend our Technology Advantage Through Continued Innovation. We have a track record of providing differentiated solutions across both voice and messaging service domains. For example, our solutions enabled the first network with voice and messaging on LTE (MetroPCS). Also, we enabled Vodafone’s early market deployment of LTE circuit switch fallback, which enables support for voice and messaging services to LTE smartphones over mixed 2G, 3G and 4G LTE environments and therefore enables the early introduction of LTE smartphones onto mobile service provider networks. We will utilize the valuable insight into product and performance requirements that we have gained in our early market achievements in the transition from 2G and 3G to 4G LTE to continue to deliver market-leading solutions focused on 4G LTE services, with the ability to deliver operator-specific customizations and solutions and to deliver a full suite of integrated mobile communications that can be deployed through a cloud-based implementation. We believe our collaborative engagements with mobile service providers as they undergo the transition from 2G and 3G to 4G LTE have provided us with valuable insight into product and performance requirements in the past and have helped us stay ahead of our competition by enabling us to offer highly differentiated products, thereby extending our technology advantage.

Simplify Mobile Service Providers’ Transition to 4G LTE. Our solutions give mobile service providers the ability to deliver next-generation services over existing networks, which positions them to cost-effectively optimize the useful lives of their existing networks. Mobile service providers can then focus their investments on a seamless, cost-effective path from existing 2G and 3G networks to next-generation 4G LTE networks. We believe we are well-positioned to provide more efficient solutions that will lead to new revenue opportunities for mobile service providers as they refresh legacy equipment. Our solution works within existing 2G and 3G networks as well as next-generation 4G LTE networks, which allows us to capture rich communications business from mobile service providers using 2G and 3G networks today, and then to cost-effectively transition them to 4G LTE in the future.

 

95


Table of Contents

Leverage Virtualization Technology to Enable Cloud Computing and Service Deployment Flexibility. We believe that virtualization technology can be leveraged to build 4G LTE core networks on standard cloud computing platforms, significantly lowering the cost for network infrastructure equipment. As many of the largest mobile service providers pursue strategies to implement their own private cloud infrastructures, we intend to continue pioneering solutions for virtualized cloud-based environments. Virtualization also allows more agile use of network infrastructure and is an ideal approach to providing hosted services, which we can deliver for both small and large mobile service providers. For example Deutsche Telekom, one of the largest pan-European mobile service providers, has commercially launched our virtualized Rich Communication Services to provide joyn® — an industry initiative that enables one-on-one and group chat services and the enhancement of voice calls through the sharing of multi-media content such as videos, pictures and music — on a single common hardware platform for nine different national networks across the continent, therefore deploying its own mobile cloud environment. Other virtualization benefits include the ability to rapidly deploy and test new services without large up-front infrastructure investments, as well as the flexibility to bundle application software together onto common hardware, thus lowering entry costs for smaller, regional mobile service providers. Although we offer to host our solutions in a cloud-computing center for mobile service providers, we do not currently have any contracts to provide hosted services.

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We intend to continue to expand our product portfolio through opportunistic business acquisitions and intellectual property transactions. For example, we acquired Airwide Solutions in May 2011 to strengthen our mobile messaging solutions portfolio and expand our global market presence with additional locations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and the Asia-Pacific region, in addition to significantly expanding our employee and talent base.

Expand into Adjacent Market Segments. As access networks converge towards all-IP, mobile service providers with solutions across wireless, wireline and enterprise see an opportunity for significant savings by consolidating infrastructure equipment into a single converged 4G LTE network. Given the technical complexities associated with mobile networks, and the standardization of solutions such as VoLTE and RCS, we believe that mobile service providers will ultimately choose to converge wireline, and to a lesser degree, enterprise onto the wireless 4G LTE network. With our expertise and first-mover advantage in VoLTE and RCS, we intend to provide converged solutions for adjacent market segments such as residential wireline, mobile center office exchange service (centrex) and enterprise.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our Products

Our products support services in two broad categories — Voice and Video and Enhanced Messaging — as shown in the illustration below. The products can be sold individually or packaged together as fully integrated solutions that we deliver to our customers. The functions provided by our products are described below.

 

LOGO

Voice and Video

Telephony Application Server, or TAS:

Our Telephony Application Server (TAS) is a standards-based highly scalable product that provides voice, video and supplementary services over broadband IP networks. Based on its unique convergence capabilities and flexible software packaging, TAS is designed to enable service parity and consistency with the legacy circuit-switched (CS) mobile network, as well as simplify and accelerate 4G LTE network deployments. Our TAS enables advanced mobile functionalities in 4G LTE networks and provides the seamless mobility needed while roaming across networks of different generations and access topologies.

TAS supports a rich suite of advanced IP services, such as HD audio, video conferencing, multi-device and multi-access, that mobile service providers can use to create a differentiated and compelling service offering for their subscribers. Mobile service providers can use TAS to provide the following services: VoLTE, VoWi-Fi, Fixed Mobile Convergence (FMC), Mobile Video Calling, Mobile Enterprise and Fixed Residential. TAS is essential to the roll out of next-generation voice and video services. For example, our TAS solution enabled the first-to-market launch of VoLTE by MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile) in August 2012.

Voice over LTE Interworking Function, or VoLTE IWF:

Our Voice over LTE Interworking Function (VoLTE IWF) product is deployed as a simple, cost-effective overlay to legacy (circuit-switched) networks, enabling voice and SMS services across next-generation LTE

 

97


Table of Contents

networks. VoLTE IWF is a framework that removes dependencies and alleviates costly upgrades to legacy networks through support for two applications: Circuit-Switched Fallback (CSFB) enabling the early introduction of LTE smartphones using legacy networks and Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC) enabling VoLTE call continuity in the event a subscriber roams out of LTE coverage. Mobile service providers can implement CSFB as an interim solution to start offering LTE services right away, and later perform a software upgrade to enable SR-VCC functionality as a final solution for VoLTE, thereby avoiding any costly upgrades. Our VoLTE IWF framework also allows mobile service providers to address evolving LTE standards through software upgrades.

Media Resource Function, or MRF:

Our Media Resource Function (MRF) is a media processing engine that is deployed along with our TAS to provide real-time voice and mobile video services. The MRF provides intelligent video and audio transcoding to optimize service delivery, which becomes an essential capability when interconnecting voice and video services between the mobile service provider network and OTT applications. The MRF also performs adaptive policy-driven traffic shaping based on network conditions and device capabilities to manage the subscribers’ Quality of Experience (QoE), which OTT service providers cannot offer.

Mobility Application Server, or MAS:

Our Mobility Application Server (MAS) is a standards-based application server that provides service continuity as mobile devices roam in or out of cellular coverage areas. MAS can be deployed as a stand-alone product or can be fully integrated with TAS. MAS supports multimedia session continuity between different networks, such as Wi-Fi and cellular.

Call Session Control Function, or CSCF:

Our Call Session Control Function (CSCF) provides subscriber and session management services to the core network, including authentication functions and service orchestration, routing and delivery. Our CSCF framework is designed with the scalability, reliability and performance density needed for the significantly larger number of devices in wireless networks compared to wireline networks. Our CSCF is designed for deployment in multi-vendor networks with support for both open standard interfaces and the flexibility to work around non-standard third-party implementations, thus ensuring successful interoperability and rapid deployment of services.

Equipment Identity Register, or EIR:

Our Equipment Identity Register (EIR) allows operators to control access to mobile networks, deterring device theft and fraud, and enables provisioning of optimized services, such as transcoding and ringtones, based on device type. EIR has advanced administrative and customer management capabilities that allow mobile operators to block any blacklisted mobile equipment and to lock subsidized handsets to specific SIM cards to enforce subscriber contract agreements. Our EIR solution allows mobile service providers in North America to comply with a recently announced Federal Communications Commission mandate requiring mobile service providers to expeditiously disable mobile devices that are reported stolen. Our unified EIR solution allows global mobile service providers to support all 2G, 3G and 4G LTE devices on their networks using a single solution.

Unified Access Gateway, or UAG:

Our Unified Access Gateway (UAG) is a multi-application solution that is used to authenticate end-user access to the converged services network. Our UAG includes Session Border Controller (SBC) and other gateway functions that are needed to extend mobile operator services to a variety of IP devices and web browsers. The UAG supports all the requisite 4G LTE functional components needed to support mobility and roaming,

 

98


Table of Contents

while accessing VoLTE and RCS services. UAG is deployed at the edge of the mobile service provider network to secure service access, including traffic from other provider networks, and is a security gateway that supports key data encryption methods to ensure data integrity and protects the network against malicious attacks, such as denial of service.

Enhanced Messaging

Rich Messaging Server, or RMS:

Our Rich Messaging Server (RMS) is a flexible IP messaging application server with intelligent routing, policy-driven services and multiple domain delivery capabilities that provides a complete suite of text, picture and instant messaging services on a single consolidated platform. RMS allows mobile service providers to seamlessly migrate legacy messaging services such as SMS and MMS to 4G, as well as offer new multimedia messaging services that are competitive with OTT messaging service providers.

RMS can be used by mobile service providers to provide the following services: LTE Messaging, Web Messaging, Converged IP Messaging (CPM), RCS and RCS. With support for programmable interfaces, RMS allows operators to open up their messaging infrastructure to third-party application developers and introduce innovative new services at a rapid pace. Through the use of open APIs, RMS messaging services can be interworked to social networks to extend the reachability of the mobile service provider’s messaging services to include OTT communities.

Messaging Routers and Gateways:

Our portfolio of Messaging Routers and Gateways is based on a proven set of SMS and MMS messaging products that can be easily and rapidly deployed, and gives mobile service providers a comprehensive messaging solution for all of their messaging needs. Our Universal Messaging Repository (UMR) solution is a flexible, modular SMS messaging platform that provides intelligent, optimized routing features and policy-driven subscriber service profiles. The modularity of our UMR solution allows mobile service providers to deploy high-performance message routing, personalized SMS services and in-line security services such as content filtering. Our Messaging Router is an optimized routing solution for the growing machine-to-machine SMS market segment. Other products of ours, such as Messaging Firewall, Personal, Store and Rapid Service, protect mobile service provider infrastructures from security threats and provide differentiated messaging capabilities needed for high-value services such as mobile banking and client relationship management (CRM) systems. Our Messaging Gateway product is a multimedia messaging gateway that controls access to the network from third-party content providers for delivery of high-value SMS and MMS messaging services and content.

Presence and Resource List Server, or PRS:

Our Presence and Resource List Service (PRS) supports a rich suite of presence features that are optimized for deployment in mobile service provider networks. Presence features allow a user to share information, such as availability, pictures, or away messages, with authorized contacts in the user’s address book. PRS is designed with all the requisite features and functionality to support the RCS, providing both social presence and device capabilities discovery, and thus ensuring an optimum user experience for mobile subscribers.

PRS accepts, stores and distributes presence information, manages buddy and group lists, performs subscription authorization and enforces privacy rules. More importantly, PRS is scalable to cost-effectively support presence service for the mobile mass market through our network optimization capabilities.

XML Document Management System, or XDMS:

Our XML Document Management System (XDMS) is a high-performance and reliable database system that supports the management and storage of user-generated content such as icons, pictures and taglines, for social

 

99


Table of Contents

presence sharing and is used to store pre-defined group contact lists, such as a subscriber’s friends and family. Additionally, XDMS can also be used as a next-generation Network Address Book (NAB) that manages and stores a subscriber’s contacts, which can then be accessed from multiple devices, thereby enabling a cloud-based service model.

Technology and Architecture

Our technology has been designed to meet the challenges that mobile service providers face to evolve their networks to support next-generation services and devices. Our ability to interwork new technologies, such as 4G LTE, with the existing 2G and 3G core network infrastructure lowers investment cost for mobile service providers through continued use of legacy equipment, accelerates time-to-market by minimizing impacts on the surrounding network infrastructure and enables service parity across 2G, 3G and 4G LTE networks. Also, our ability to interwork 4G LTE with social networks and the support we provide for open APIs enables collaboration with OTT service providers, encourages new business models and extends the reach of the mobile provider’s services.

Our differentiated capability for service interworking is based on our mOne® Convergence Platform. The mOne® Convergence Platform is a carrier-grade software platform that enables rapid service development and service delivery across multiple network domains, including circuit-switch, IP, OTT and web-based access. The platform is comprised of three software layers — an applications and services layer, a functional layer and an interface abstraction layer. The applications and services layer provides application- or service-specific logic needed to support standards-based solutions such as VoLTE, RCS and CPM. The functional layer consists of discrete functional modules that are common to the various applications or services, such as billing, subscriber management, call preservation and routing. Finally, the interface abstraction layer provides the flexibility to connect any application or service to any multi-vendor network element over different types of network protocols, thereby providing convergence across disparate service domains.

 

LOGO

Our ability to package multiple services and solutions across voice, video, messaging and presence on a single common platform reduces the cost and complexity of deploying 4G LTE-based networks. The mOne®

 

100


Table of Contents

Convergence Platform supports a wide range of applications and functionalities to deliver services over 2G, 3G and 4G LTE networks — such as VoLTE, LTE Messaging, Mobile Video, RCS and CPM — all on a single common platform and all with common management.

The mOne® Convergence Platform complies with all leading industry standards from key standards development organizations including the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (commonly known as 3GPP), the Internet Engineering Task Force (commonly known as IETF) and the Open Mobile Alliance (commonly known as OMA) and supports industry-standard open interfaces to connect with existing mobile access and core networks.

The mOne® Convergence Platform is a software-based platform that can be deployed on different types of commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) hardware platforms, including Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture (ATCA) hardware platforms, industry standard IT server and blade server hardware platforms and virtualized cloud environments, giving mobile service providers the flexibility to choose the solution that best suits their needs. Our technology makes use of Network Functions Virtualization (NFV) and enables mobile service providers to transition from telecommunications-specific purpose-built hardware platforms onto widely-available industry-standard general computing platforms, thereby significantly lowering costs.

Our technology is based on the following design principles:

 

   

Openness: Our products and solutions are based on leading industry standards and designed to be fully interoperable with third-party vendor equipment.

 

   

Flexibility: Our software is highly modular and can easily adapt to interwork with the wide variety of equipment typically found across different mobile service provider networks.

 

   

Innovation: Our unique convergence capabilities enable solutions that address deployment challenges and accelerate time-to-market.

 

   

Scalability: Our platform is designed to seamlessly scale to meet traffic growth requirements with minimal impact on network design and provisioning.

 

   

High Availability: Our platform is designed against any single point of failure, meeting or exceeding the traditional mobile telecommunications industry requirements for 99.999% availability. In addition, our solutions are designed for geographical redundancy which maintains network and service availability.

Customers

Our primary customers are mobile service providers that are deploying or seeking to deploy next-generation converged communications services, such as VoLTE and RCS, over 4G LTE networks. We sell our products directly and through channel partners and system integrators.

Our customer base consists of many of the world’s leading mobile service providers. Our solutions have been deployed in over 120 mobile networks globally. Our end customers include nine out of the top twenty mobile service providers globally, as measured by the number of mobile device connections as of June 2013; these nine customers have a combined total of 1.7 billion mobile device connections or approximately 24% of total global mobile device connections.

The following is a partial listing of our mobile service provider customers, including those who acquired our software through our channel partners, as of June 2013:

 

Americas

  

Europe

  

Asia and Australia

AT&T    Vodafone    Vodafone Australia
MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile)   

Tele2

   Telstra
T-Mobile USA   

Deutsche Telekom

  
     

 

101


Table of Contents

We serve AT&T, T-Mobile USA and Vodafone exclusively through our channel partners.

Revenue from customers located outside the United States represented 1% of our total revenue in 2010, 49% of our total revenue in 2011, 54% of our total revenue in 2012 and 59% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

In 2010, T-Mobile USA and MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile) accounted for 70% and 27%, respectively, of our total revenue. In 2011, T-Mobile USA, AT&T and Vodafone accounted for 24%, 14% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenue. In 2012, AT&T, MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile), T-Mobile USA and Vodafone accounted for 21%, 13%, 11% and 10%, respectively, of our total revenue. In the six months ended June 30, 2013, T-Mobile USA, Vodafone, AT&T, and Deutsche Telekom accounted for approximately 21%, 15%, 13%, and 12%, respectively, of our total revenue. No other end customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in those respective periods.

Customer Case Studies

The following customer case studies, all of which are commercially deployed, illustrate how our customers use and benefit from our solutions.

Vodafone

Problem: Vodafone, a major multinational mobile service provider, was deploying a 4G LTE LTE network and sought a cost-effective and timely solution to introduce LTE smartphones quickly without having to perform time-consuming, costly and risky upgrades to the existing live network.

Solution and Benefits: Vodafone chose us because of our innovative solution because of our ability to offer an accelerated time-to-market in order to launch LTE smartphones with CSFB service in March 2012, allowing for IP services to be offered across existing networks. Our solution overlays Vodafone’s existing network rather than the conventional and more costly network upgrading approach, which allowed Vodafone to realize significant savings in capital investment by avoiding costly network upgrades. The mOne® Convergence Platform now enables Vodafone to quickly launch other new 4G LTE services such as VoLTE and RCS.

MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile)

Problem: MetroPCS, a U.S. mobile service provider, was constrained by a lack of sufficient spectrum and sought a better network to address subscriber traffic growth and offer new and improved services. MetroPCS deployed 4G LTE as a more spectrally efficient access network on its limited spectrum and sought to increase capacity by moving subscribers and voice services from the existing voice network to the new LTE network, implementing VoLTE.

Solution and Benefits: MetroPCS chose our VoLTE solution because we developed an innovative and differentiated capability that we estimate allowed MetroPCS to launch six to nine months earlier than the timeframe offered by competitor solutions. Given the spectrum limitation issues facing MetroPCS, speed-to-market was critical. MetroPCS also chose us as the systems integrator, which entailed working with multiple third-party vendors to validate proper interworking between all components of the overall solution, as well as working with device manufacturers to verify handset interoperability. With our VoLTE solution and our professional services, MetroPCS became the first in the world to launch commercial VoLTE service in August 2012 and was able to begin migrating voice service to its 4G LTE network. Additionally, with our mOne® Convergence Platform deployed for VoLTE, MetroPCS was positioned to quickly launch new value-added RCS 5 services over 4G LTE, which they did less than three months later in October 2012, becoming the first service provider in the world to launch RCS 5.

 

102


Table of Contents

Deutsche Telekom

Problem: Deutsche Telekom, a major European mobile service provider, planned the introduction of RCS services across its pan-European properties and sought a cost-optimized network solution by using virtualized carrier network technologies to harmonize its service delivery infrastructure and host services centrally in its home market.

Solution and Benefits: Deutsche Telekom chose our Converged Messaging solution based on the mOne® Convergence Platform for both RCS and LTE messaging applications. Our ability to fully integrate these messaging applications and implement them in a virtualized environment created two benefits for Deutsche Telekom. First, investment in disparate messaging applications (instant versus text messaging) is minimized since they are implemented on a common platform. Second, virtualization enables a cloud computing approach to hosting and provides significant cost savings. Another benefit to our Converged Messaging solution is that we are able to also integrate legacy SMS and MMS applications onto the same platform as well.

AT&T

Problem: AT&T, a major U.S. mobile service provider deploying a 4G LTE network, sought an innovative network solution to more effectively compete with services from Apple, Google and Skype. AT&T sought a solution that provided device- and domain-independent service delivery across multiple market segments, such as mobile and fixed.

Solution and Benefits: AT&T chose our mOne® Convergence Platform and our suite of enhanced messaging applications because of our ability to support multiple disparate messaging services on a single, converged platform. Our Converged IP Messaging (CPM) solution supports text, picture and instant messaging services and provides the intelligence in the network to ensure seamless interworking between subscribers on 2G, 3G and 4G LTE networks. With our solution, AT&T is able to store messages in the networks, which enables their subscribers to access their message archive, photo galleries and message conversation histories from any device over any of their supported access networks.

Customer Support and Services

We provide critical and hands-on support and services to our customers to define, deploy and operate the products and solutions we sell, which we believe is a critical component of our overall platform offering. Our support and services effort covers pre-sales technical consultation, specification and solution design, solution testing and certification, operation, post-sales maintenance and training.

The provision of a broad range of professional support services is an integral part of our business model. We offer services designed to deliver comprehensive support to our mobile service provider customers and channel partners through every stage of product deployment.

The services we provide to our customers include:

Customer Service and Technical Support. Our support organization provides 24-hour, 7 days a week, 365 days a year operational support to our customers. The support team and resources are strategically located within our customers’ geographical regions in order to deliver personalized and high-quality engineering and support capabilities. Our service and support team is dedicated to providing high quality and responsive support to ensure that our customers successfully deliver IP-based voice, video, rich communications and enhanced messaging services to their subscribers.

Professional Services. We offer a range of professional services to support every step of the deployment and use of our solutions: pre-installation services, installation, network monitoring and training. Our professional services group provides pre-installation services, such as service and architecture definition and pre-sales support, to help our customers identify the relevant set of services and the associated use cases that they require

 

103


Table of Contents

and better understand their customer-specific requirements. Our installation services include network design, project management, physical installation and commissioning. We integrate our solutions with other network components and back office management systems. Our expertise in all of these steps is critical to the successful launch of new services on 4G LTE, and we have differentiated experience based on the commercial launch of the first VoWi-Fi network and first VoLTE network. We also offer network monitoring services to assess network health and we provide recommendations for network expansions, upgrades, optimization and evolution. Finally, we provide detailed product documentation and training that are adapted to the specific network deployment of each customer.

Sales and Marketing

As of June 30, 2013, we had a total sales and marketing staff of 56 employees, with 22 located in the Americas, 21 located in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and 13 in the Asia-Pacific region. Our sales and marketing expenses were $9.7 million and $8.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our sales and marketing expenses were $20.6 million, $12.3 million and $3.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We market and sell our solutions directly to our customers through our sales force and indirectly through channel partner relationships.

Direct Sales. Our direct sales organization focuses on selling to leading mobile service providers throughout the world. The typical selling cycle begins with mobile service providers requesting information either informally or formally through a request for information (RFI) and/or request for proposal (RFP). In many instances, mobile service providers will first issue an open-ended RFI, then a more detailed and specific RFP. The RFP process includes assessment of responses as well as, in most cases, lab testing and potentially field testing of the service to be deployed. Our relationships with leading mobile service providers and experience in their labs have given us significant insight into their networks and their decision-making processes with respect to their deployment of solutions.

We maintain sales and support offices in several markets around the world, including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, India, Singapore, China and Australia, and we have sales personnel in an additional nine countries. The sales team is managed geographically and by key accounts to ensure appropriate focus on our global customer base. Given the large portion of mobile subscribers that are accounted for by the largest mobile service providers — the top twenty mobile service providers by subscribers globally have about 57% of the global subscribers — we are focused on addressing those large mobile service providers.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, approximately 40.1% and 44.4% of our revenues result from our direct sales team. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, approximately 44%, 33% and 30% of our revenues resulted from our direct sales team.

Channel Partner Relationships. We have developed relationships with a number of channel partners, including Cisco Systems and other Value Added Resellers (VARs). These relationships have allowed us to reach a broader mobile service provider market than was possible through our direct sales efforts.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, approximately 59.9% and 55.6% of our revenues result from our channel partner relationships. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, approximately 56%, 67% and 70% of our revenues resulted from our channel partner relationships.

Marketing. We market and promote our products and solutions through a series of coordinated efforts that include customer workshops, customer social events, participation on discussion panels at industry events, speeches, webinars and seminars for customers, industry analyst and press briefings, press releases, attendance at trade shows, demonstrations of product capabilities and trials, including early adopters programs and marketing collateral such as product briefs, solution briefs, advertising in trade journals, placed articles and white papers.

 

104


Table of Contents

These marketing activities are typical for the telecommunications industry. We also use social media, such as blogs and posts on Twitter and LinkedIn, to broadcast time-sensitive information of topical interest.

Research and Development

Our technology requires continued investment to maintain our market and technology leadership position. Accordingly, we believe that a strong research and development program is critical to our success. Our research and development efforts are focused on designing, developing and enhancing our products as well as the technology underlying our products, investigating new technologies, performing testing, quality assurance and certification activities with major operators and integrating our solutions with third-party products, if necessary.

Continued investment and innovation in research and development is critical to our business. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately 370 engineering development personnel located in the United States, India, China and other countries. These personnel are skilled with deep domain expertise in the diverse areas of telecommunications, IP networking, software development, web technologies, and have successfully delivered high-availability voice and video telephony applications leveraging cloud computing and open source software. We deliver end-to-end solutions combining our products and best-of-breed third-party components. This open approach is supported by a highly scalable software platform, flexible software architecture and a skilled employee base. Our delivery of the first operational VoLTE solution at MetroPCS (now part of T-Mobile) in a complex multi-vendor environment illustrates our position at the forefront of the technology space and our ability to execute in a demanding customer environment.

Our research and development expenses were $11.5 million and $12.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our research and development expenses were $23.3 million, $15.0 million and $6.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Competition

The market for mobile network infrastructure products and solutions is highly competitive and evolving rapidly. The market is subject to changing technology trends and shifting subscriber needs and expectations that lead our customers to introduce new services frequently. With the growth and adoption of 4G LTE technology, we expect competition to continue and intensify for all of our solutions, and in all of our target markets.

We believe there are a number of important factors to compete effectively in our market, including:

 

   

Voice, Video and Messaging Features. Mobile service providers are increasingly demanding a comprehensive set of solutions that includes closely integrated mobile voice, video and messaging features.

 

   

Solution Scalability and Robustness. The transition to 4G LTE technology is starting with small-scale deployments with the mobile service providers’ expectation of expanding the deployed services to address all subscribers over time. Mobile service providers are seeking solutions that can be grown seamlessly from the initial small-scale deployments for a subset of subscribers to full deployment for all subscribers and that have the required carrier-grade robustness.

 

   

Competitive Pricing. Total cost of ownership is one of the key attributes that mobile service providers evaluate when selecting a solution. With declining revenues for voice services and basic messaging, mobile service providers expect that the evolved networks will lower costs to deliver equivalent services, and provide the infrastructure necessary to deliver enhanced services, both now and in the future.

 

   

Flexibility and Responsiveness. Mobile service providers typically require functionality to be integrated into their networks on aggressive timelines to meet their desired service launch dates. Also, the specific features required for launch of new services varies among mobile service providers due to each provider’s unique network requirements and the new service set being launched. We believe it is

 

105


Table of Contents
 

critical that solutions providers have the flexibility to offer customized solutions and implementation approaches.

 

   

Market Recognition. The implementation of network infrastructure often ties mobile service providers into their chosen vendors for extended periods. As a result, mobile service providers tend to favor suppliers who are well-known, whose successes are demonstrated and whose reputations are well-established.

Our primary competitors consist of two broad categories:

 

   

Major network infrastructure providers. These competitors include Alcatel-Lucent, Ericsson, Nokia Siemens Networks and Huawei. We believe that we are generally very competitive against these vendors because of the features we offer within our solutions, our flexibility in delivering solutions that are well optimized and deliver the specific feature set required for each mobile service provider’s unique network requirements, the timeliness of delivering solutions, and competitive pricing. We believe that the large infrastructure vendors generally face structural challenges to both support their legacy businesses and deliver the innovative next-generation solutions – challenges that we believe will prevent them from delivering the innovation that mobile service providers need to quickly launch new enhanced services.

 

   

Specialty solution providers. These competitors include solutions providers such as Acme Packet (recently acquired by Oracle), Broadsoft and Sonus Networks, voice providers such as Broadsoft and Metaswitch and messaging specialists such as Comverse and Acision. Each of these solution providers has the ability to deliver one communications medium but lacks the ability to deliver comprehensive communication solutions. We believe that we are very competitive against these vendors with the breadth of our voice, video and messaging solutions, the features we offer within each of the solutions, the timeliness of delivering the solutions, and competitive pricing. Additionally, we believe that we are becoming better known than these niche vendors as a leading provider of mobile communications solutions for next-generation 4G LTE networks and RCS services with the early successes we have earned with our customers.

We also compete with some of our channel partners that sell our Equipment Identity Register. We believe that the areas in which we compete with these channel partners will have no material impact on existing resale arrangements.

Our current and potential competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. Our competitors may have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we do, including relationships with our potential customers. In addition, these competitors may have longer operating histories and greater brand recognition than we do. Our competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new technologies and may be able to market and sell their products more effectively. Moreover, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our customer relationships and competitive position or otherwise affect our ability to compete effectively. For more information on the competitive risks we face, please read “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry.”

Intellectual Property

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary confidentiality and other contractual protections. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and non-U.S. patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of our business. As of June 30, 2013, we had been issued 17 U.S. patents and 24 non-U.S. patents.

 

106


Table of Contents

In addition, as of June 30, 2013, we had a total of ten patent applications pending in the United States, and 19 pending non-U.S. patent applications. Many of the non-U.S. patents and applications are counterparts to the U.S. patents or certain of the U.S. patent applications.

Our U.S. patents are scheduled to expire at various dates between March 2021 and October 2026. The expiration dates of our pending U.S. patent applications, if those applications are issued as patents, will presently be as late as May 2031. Our non-U.S. patents are scheduled to expire at various dates between August 2021 and July 2027. The expiration dates of our pending non-U.S. patent applications if those applications are issued as patents, will presently be as late as May 2032.

Our registered trademarks in the United States consist of the Mavenir Systems® name, mOne®, AirMessenger® and Airwide®.

Our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. We also incorporate a number of third-party software programs into our solutions, pursuant to license agreements. Our software is not substantially dependent on any third-party software, although it utilizes open source code.

In addition to the protections described above, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants, customers and vendors and other measures for maintaining trade secret protection. We license our software to customers pursuant to agreements that impose restrictions on the customers’ ability to use the software, including prohibitions on reverse engineering and limitations on the use of copies. We also seek to avoid disclosure of our intellectual property by requiring employees and consultants with access to our proprietary information to execute nondisclosure and assignment of intellectual property agreements and by restricting access to our source code. For information on the risks associated with our use and protection of intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Our Technology.”

Employees

As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately 670 full-time employees, approximately 360 of whom were primarily engaged in engineering, approximately 60 of whom were primarily engaged in sales and marketing, approximately 180 of whom were primarily engaged in providing implementation and professional support services and approximately 70 of whom were primarily engaged in administration and finance. These employees are located in the United States, India, China, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Finland, Croatia, Germany, Singapore, Malaysia, Dubai and other locations globally. We also had approximately twenty subcontractors engaged in engineering working through subcontractor relationships in India. While the laws of certain of the jurisdictions in which we have employees do not require employees to advise us of union membership, to our knowledge, none of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement, except that all of our several employees located in Finland are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal offices occupy approximately 30,500 square feet of leased office space in Richardson, Texas. We are obligated to lease an additional 13,250 square feet at our headquarters by April 2014, and we have the option to expand into that additional office space earlier if we choose. We also have an option to lease and a right of first refusal on an additional 14,785 square feet at our headquarters. The lease term for our headquarters runs through April 2019, and we have a one-time option to terminate the lease early in February 2018.

We also maintain sales, development or technical assistance offices in the following cities: Reading, United Kingdom; Espoo, Finland; North Sydney, Australia; Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Singapore; Shanghai, China; Bangalore, India; Cologne, Germany; and Zagreb, Croatia.

 

107


Table of Contents

We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we, our customers and our competitors are subject to various litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The software and communications infrastructure industries are characterized by frequent litigation and claims, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights, claims for damages or indemnification for alleged breach under commercial supply or service contracts and claims regarding alleged improper hiring practices. From time to time we may be involved in various legal proceedings or claims but we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

108


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information about our directors, executive officers and other key employees as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Pardeep Kohli

     48       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Terry Hungle

     59       Chief Financial Officer

Terence McCabe

     47       Chief Technology Officer

Bahram Jalalizadeh

     53       Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Business Development

Sam Garrett

     54       General Counsel and Secretary

Key Employees

     

Ian Maclean

     50       Vice President of Strategy and Marketing

Ashok Kumar Khuntia

     50       Vice President of Engineering

Mahesh Shah

     57       Vice President of Operations

Brett Wallis

     42       Vice President of Systems Engineering

David Lunday

     49       Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Carolyn Turner

     52       Vice President of Human Resources

Non-Employee Directors

     

Benjamin L. Scott(2)(3)

     63       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ammar H. Hanafi(2)(3)

     47       Director

Jeffrey P. McCarthy(1)

     58       Director

Vivek Mehra(1)

     49       Director

Hubert de Pesquidoux(1)(3)

     47       Director

Venu Shamapant(2)

     46       Director

 

(1) Member of our Audit Committee
(2) Member of our Compensation Committee
(3) Member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Executive Officers

Pardeep Kohli has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since joining us in July 2006. Mr. Kohli brings to Mavenir over 20 years of experience in the wireless industry. Prior to joining Mavenir, Mr. Kohli served as co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Spatial Communications Technologies, Inc. (known as Spatial Wireless), a privately owned developer of software-based mobile switching solutions, from January 2001 until Spatial Wireless was acquired by Alcatel (now Alcatel-Lucent) in December 2004. Following the acquisition of Spatial Wireless by Alcatel, Mr. Kohli led the continued expansion and success of the Spatial Wireless product as Senior Vice President of Alcatel’s Mobile Next Generation Network (NGN) business until June 2006. Mr. Kohli began his career at Siemens India and has served in various roles at NEC Corporation of America, a provider of network and communications products and solutions, DSC Corporation, a manufacturer of telecom products, Pacific Bell Mobile Services and Alcatel USA. Mr. Kohli holds a Bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Electrical Communications and a Master’s degree in Computer Science.

Terry Hungle has served as our Chief Financial Officer since joining us in April 2008. Mr. Hungle has over 30 years of business experience, principally in the telecommunications industry. Most recently, Mr. Hungle was the Chief Financial Officer of Navini Networks, Inc., a provider in the mobile WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access) broadband wireless industry, from January 2005 until its sale to Cisco

 

109


Table of Contents

Systems in December 2007, and he remained in a transitional role following the acquisition until March 2008. Previously, Mr. Hungle was the Vice President of Corporate Planning of Spatial Wireless from January 2003 until Spatial Wireless was acquired by Alcatel (now Alcatel-Lucent) in December 2004. Mr. Hungle has held a number of senior finance and controllership positions, both domestically and internationally, including that of Chief Financial Officer for Nortel Networks (Nortel) and President of Finance for Nortel Networks Americas. In these positions, he has experience guiding and supporting business growth and development, defining business structures and leading projects that improved overall liquidity in operations and capital structuring. Mr. Hungle worked at Nortel for 21 years. Over ten years ago, Mr. Hungle resigned as Nortel’s Chief Financial Officer in connection with the following circumstances. In February 2002, Mr. Hungle and Nortel self-reported to the Ontario Securities Commission (OSC) and the SEC that Mr. Hungle had engaged in two trades of a stock fund invested primarily in Nortel common shares through Nortel’s 401(k) plan. Each trade occurred outside the trading window established by Nortel policy for certain employees, including Mr. Hungle, and within days before a material announcement by Nortel. The first trade was a sale made on March 27, 2001 involving $78,500, and the second trade was a purchase made on December 18, 2001, involving $86,300. After reviewing these circumstances, neither the OSC nor the SEC filed any charges or took any enforcement action against Mr. Hungle. In September 2003, the OSC wrote Mr. Hungle, stating that the OSC had decided to close the matter with no further action. In December 2007, the SEC wrote Mr. Hungle, stating that the SEC Staff did not intend to recommend any enforcement action against him. Presently, Mr. Hungle also serves on the advisory board of Centina Systems, a privately held provider of network management solutions. Mr. Hungle began his finance career in 1974 with Imperial Oil Limited and in 1975 joined Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co., both in Canada. He holds a degree in Accountancy from the Saskatchewan Institute of Applied Arts and Sciences and is a Certified Management Accountant.

Terence McCabe was Chief Technology Officer at Airwide Solutions, a mobile messaging and wireless internet infrastructure company, from January 2008, and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since we acquired Airwide Solutions in May 2011. Mr. McCabe joined Airwide Solutions in July 2004 and previously held the positions of President, Americas and Vice President of Research and Development at Airwide Solutions. While at Airwide Solutions, Mr. McCabe expanded and renewed the product development organization with the successful creation of an offshore research and development base in India, and he also drove the rapid adoption of information technology and open source technologies across Airwide’s product portfolio. From February 1996 to July 2004, Mr. McCabe was with Sema Group plc, an information technology services company, in senior positions including Vice President of Engineering and Chief Technology Officer. At Sema Group, Mr. McCabe oversaw software architecture, research and development, and product management in Europe and North America, focusing on messaging, prepaid, and value-added service applications based on wireless mobile network technologies. Mr. McCabe also led Sema Group’s participation in a number of standards organizations related to wireless communication. Prior to Sema Group, Mr. McCabe spent eight years with Digital Equipment Corporation working on realtime solutions, telecommunications and software usability. Mr. McCabe holds a degree in Computer Science from Trinity College in Dublin, Ireland.

Bahram Jalalizadeh is our Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Business Development. He joined Mavenir in October 2006 as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing Development, was our Vice President of Business Development from August 2008 until August 2011 and then served as our Executive Vice President of Business Development and Strategic Accounts until the promotion to his current position in August 2013. Mr. Jalalizadeh has more than twenty-five years of executive management and engineering experience in the telecommunications industry, with an emphasis on wireless technology. Prior to joining Mavenir, Mr. Jalalizadeh was the Vice President of Business Development and Marketing for Mobile Next Generation at Alcatel, where he oversaw global expansion and growth of Alcatel’s next generation wireless solutions, beginning in December 2004. From May 2001, he was the Vice President of Business Development at Spatial Wireless until it was acquired by Alcatel. At Spatial Wireless, Mr. Jalalizadeh was responsible for developing and executing a global market development and international sales strategy that enabled Spatial Wireless to become a leading provider of mobile switching technology solutions while competing with larger, more established telecommunications companies. Mr. Jalalizadeh previously served as a Director of Market Development for Nortel Networks. He

 

110


Table of Contents

holds an MBA from the University of Dallas and a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Oklahoma.

Sam Garrett has been our General Counsel since joining Mavenir in August 2011 and was elected as our Secretary in December 2012. From February 2007 through July 2011, Mr. Garrett was a solo practitioner in Dallas, and from March 2008 he also wrote for Bloomberg Law as a contractor for Special Counsel, Inc. Mr. Garrett began his career in 1985 with Sullivan & Cromwell LLP in New York and London. In 1990 he joined McGuireWoods LLP in Richmond, Virginia, where he became a partner in 1993. From October 2000 through March 2005, he was Counsel with Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP in London and New York. In July 2005, he became Of Counsel with Carrington, Coleman, Sloman and Blumenthal L.L.P. in Dallas, Texas. Mr. Garrett holds a B.A. from the University of Tennessee, where he was Phi Beta Kappa, and earned his law degree from Vanderbilt Law School, where he graduated first in his class. In between law school graduation and legal practice, Mr. Garrett clerked for Judge Albert Henderson on the United States Court of Appeals in Atlanta.

Key Employees

Ian Maclean has served as our Vice President of Strategy and Marketing since January 2013. He previously held roles as Vice President of Solutions Strategy from July 2011 until December 2012 and Senior Director of Sales Engineering, after joining Mavenir in January 2007 as Director of Product Management. In his current role, Mr. Maclean is responsible for corporate strategy, portfolio management, global marketing and commercial pricing functions. Before joining us, he was a Senior Product Manager with Nortel Networks, working in the GSM/UMTS Product Management group, where he was responsible for driving Nortel’s Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) product strategy, defining market requirements and managing an extensive customer base. Mr. Maclean started his career with Bell Northern Research in 1992 and held various roles in research and development and global operations before moving into product management at Nortel Networks. Mr. Maclean holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and a B.A in Political Science from the University of Missouri.

Ashok Kumar Khuntia joined us in September 2005. He left the company briefly in September 2007 to pursue a start-up communications technology company, and rejoined us in September 2008 as Senior Director of Engineering. He was promoted to his current position of Vice President of Engineering in June 2011. Mr. Khuntia brings more than 16 years of telecommunications experience leading research and development and system engineering projects, specializing in new product introduction and product evolution. Mr. Khuntia has been a key architect of our mOne® convergence platform. Before joining Mavenir, Mr. Khuntia was a Senior Architect at Cisco Systems from August 2000 to August 2005, where he was involved in the development of Cisco’s call server and BTS soft switch. Prior to Cisco Systems, Mr. Khuntia worked as a key technical architect for IPMobile Inc. (later acquired by Cisco), where he worked on a wireless bandwidth broker. Mr. Khuntia received a Bachelor in Technology in Mechanical Engineering from the National Institute of Technology, Rourkela in India and a Masters in Technology from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, in Industrial Management. Mr. Khuntia also holds an MBA degree from the University of Dallas.

Mahesh Shah has been our Vice President of Operations since joining us in July 2011. Mr. Shah is a telecommunications industry veteran who brings over 25 years of telecommunications engineering and software development experience to Mavenir. At DSC Communications, where he served as Senior Director of Engineering from June 1991 to July 1997, he was responsible for creating complex telecommunications products from concept to successful deployment. At Opthos, where he was a senior director from July 2000 to April 2002, he led the creation of an optical router product. At Spatial Wireless and Alcatel, where he was Senior Director of Engineering from May 2002 to July 2011, he was responsible for the mobile switching center (MCS) call server and the Rockets innovation program. The holder of several technical patents, Mr. Shah has been responsible for creating a number of complex telecommunications products from concept through to successful deployment. Mr. Shah has a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Gujarat University in India.

Brett Wallis is our Vice President of Systems Engineering, where he brings more than 20 years of wireless telecommunications experience leading projects for research and development, system engineering and

 

111


Table of Contents

product management, specializing in new product introduction and product evolution. Before joining Mavenir in March 2007, he served as Voice Core Solution Senior Architect at Nortel Networks from July 2005 to March 2007, where he was responsible for end-to-end solution architecture for the GSM/UMTS voice core products, and directed the evolution of Nortel’s legacy MSC into a Session Initiation Protocol enabled MSC Server. As a Solution Architect at Nortel, Mr. Wallis served as R&D liaison into product management, technical sales support and standards organizations and was responsible for all technical customer engagements. Prior to this, Mr. Wallis held other roles at Nortel in system architecture, software design and operations. Mr. Wallis received a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree in computer engineering from Tulane University, where he was the valedictorian of the College of Engineering, and he holds an MBA from the University of Texas at Dallas.

David Lunday joined Mavenir in August 2011 and is our Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. From September 2009 to August 2011, Mr. Lunday was the Controller and then the Chief Financial Officer, North America, for Acision, a privately-held provider of mobile messaging products and solutions. From September 2008 to July 2009, he was the Controller for Revenue at Allegro Development, a leading provider of energy trading and risk management solutions for energy utilities, refiners, producers and traders, where he was responsible for leading all revenue-side functions. From August 2006 to September 2008, Mr. Lunday was the Corporate Controller, North America for Retalix, Ltd., a publicly-traded company specializing in software that automates retail, distribution and supply chain operations for retailers and distributors worldwide. Prior to joining Retalix, Mr. Lunday held managerial controller, finance and accounting positions with RealPage, Inc., a publicly-traded provider of property management software, GVI Security Solutions, a private distributor of professional security equipment, and Airband Communications, a privately held provider of fixed wireless internet service. Mr. Lunday is a Certified Public Accountant and holds an M.S. and a B.B.A. in Accounting from the University of Texas at Arlington.

Carolyn Turner previously led the human resources department at Airwide Solutions from January 2004 and joined us as our Vice President of Human Resources when we acquired Airwide Solutions in May 2011. Ms. Turner brings 20 years of experience in all facets of human resources management in the high technology industry. Prior to joining Airwide Solutions, Ms. Turner held a variety of different staff and human resource management positions with SchlumbergerSema and its predecessor organizations. Before her career in human resources, Ms. Turner developed a foundation in the information technology industry by spending eight years working in the software industry as a developer, analyst, and project manager. Ms. Turner holds a B.Sc. with honors in Mathematics.

Non-Employee Directors

Ammar H. Hanafi has been a member of our Board since February 2007 and joined Alloy Ventures, a venture capital firm, as a general partner in February 2005. At Alloy Ventures, Mr. Hanafi focuses on investments in cloud computing infrastructure and services. Mr. Hanafi joined Alloy Ventures from Cisco Systems, Inc., a multinational manufacturer of networking equipment, where he had since October 2002 been Vice President of New Business Ventures, leading new product efforts in the enterprise data center market. Mr. Hanafi joined Cisco Systems in 1997 as a member of the Corporate Business Development Group and from 2000 to 2002, he was Vice President of Corporate Business Development, where he was responsible for Cisco’s acquisitions, acquisition integration, investment and joint venture activity on a global basis. Prior to Cisco, Mr. Hanafi held positions at PanAmSat Corporation, a global satellite services provider, and the investment banking firms of Morgan Stanley and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. Mr. Hanafi serves on the boards of several privately held companies in the cloud computing infrastructure and services businesses. He holds a B.S. in Applied and Engineering Physics from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Hanafi was selected to serve on our Board of Directors because of his professional and business development experience in the communications industry, as well as his substantial experience as a venture capitalist and as a director of a number of privately-held information technology companies.

 

112


Table of Contents

Jeffrey P. McCarthy has been a member of our Board since April 2006. Since December 1998, Mr. McCarthy has served as a General Partner of North Bridge Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining North Bridge Venture Partners, Mr. McCarthy was Chief Executive Officer of New Oak Communications, a privately-held leading provider of virtual private network (VPN) switches that was acquired by Bay Networks. He previously held senior management positions at Cadia Networks, a developer of ATM concentrator products for the service provider marketplace, and Wellfleet Communications, an Internet router company. Mr. McCarthy also served on the board of A123 Systems (AONE), a publicly-traded developer and manufacturer of lithium ion phosphate batteries and systems, from December 2001 until October 2012 and he serves on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. McCarthy holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Northeastern University and an M.B.A. from Bentley University. Mr. McCarthy was selected to serve on our Board of Directors because of his business development experience as a partner for a venture capital firm.

Vivek Mehra has served on our Board of Directors since May 2011. Since February 2003, Mr. Mehra has been a partner with August Capital, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining August Capital, Mr. Mehra co-founded Cobalt Networks, a provider of server appliances, in 1996, where he served as Chief Technology Officer and Vice President, Products. Cobalt Networks completed its initial public offering in November 1999 and was subsequently sold to Sun Microsystems, Inc., a computer products and software company, in December 2000. Mr. Mehra continued to serve with Sun Microsystems after the acquisition as Chief Technology Officer and General Manager of Sun’s Cobalt Business Unit until August 2002. Mr. Mehra serves and has served on the boards and board committees of a number of private companies. Mr. Mehra earned a B.S. in Electronics from Punjab University in India and an M.S. in Computer Engineering from Iowa State University. Mr. Mehra was selected to serve on our Board of Directors because of his professional experience in building and scaling startups, including founding and taking a company public, as well as his substantial experience as a venture capitalist and as a director of a number of privately-held information technology companies.

Hubert de Pesquidoux has served on our Board of Directors since January 2012. Most recently, Mr. de Pesquidoux served as Executive Partner at Siris Capital and is the founder of HDP Consulting, a private consulting firm. Mr. de Pesquidoux was Chief Financial Officer of Alcatel-Lucent from November 2007 to December 2008 and the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Enterprise Business Group of Alcatel-Lucent from November 2006 to December 2008. In his nearly 20-year career at Alcatel-Lucent (and its predecessor, Alcatel), Mr. de Pesquidoux’s executive positions included President and Chief Executive Officer of Alcatel North America (from June 2003 to November 2006); Chief Operating Officer of Alcatel USA; President and Chief Executive Officer of Alcatel Canada; Chief Financial Officer of Alcatel USA and Treasurer of Alcatel Alsthom. He joined Alcatel in 1991 after several years in the banking industry. Mr. de Pesquidoux has served as a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of Sequans Communications, a French telecommunications chip equipment maker traded on the New York Stock Exchange, since March 2011 and as director and member of the audit committee of Radisys Corporation, a publicly traded provider of embedded wireless infrastructure solutions, since April 2012. Mr. de Pesquidoux also previously served as Chairman of the Board and a member of the audit committee at Tekelec, a publicly traded provider of multimedia and mobile traffic solutions that was taken private in January 2012, and serves or has served on the boards of a number of private companies. Mr. de Pesquidoux holds a master’s degree in law from Nancy Law University, an MBA from the Institute for Political Studies (Sciences Po) in Paris and a DESS in International Affairs from Paris Dauphine University. Mr. de Pesquidoux was selected to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his extensive financial and operational experience in our industry and his experience on public company boards of directors.

Benjamin L. Scott has served as a member of our Board since August 2006 and as Chairman of the Board since October 2007, and is a General Partner with LiveOak Venture Partners, an Austin, Texas based early stage venture capital firm. Prior to this, Mr. Scott served as a Venture Partner with Austin Ventures, a venture capital firm, from May 2002 until June 2009. From January 2000 to May 2002, Mr. Scott served as a Partner with Quadrant Management, a venture capital firm. From October 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Scott served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IXC Communications, a public provider of data and voice

 

113


Table of Contents

communications services that is now known as Broadwing Communications. In the past, Mr. Scott has served as a senior executive with AT&T, PrimeCo and Bell Atlantic. Mr. Scott also served on the board of Active Power, Inc., a publicly traded designer and manufacturer of continuous power and infrastructure solutions from March 2002 until May 2013, including service as Chairman of the Board from February 2007 and service as chairman of the compensation committee and member of the nominating and corporate governance committee. He also serves or has served on the boards of directors of several private companies. He holds a B.S. in Psychology from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Mr. Scott was chosen to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive general management experience with large and with rapidly growing technology companies, including his past service as Chairman of mobile solutions providers Spatial Wireless and Navini Networks, as well as more than 10 years of experience in the venture capital industry, where he routinely provides strategic and financial guidance to emerging technology companies.

Venu Shamapant has been a member of our Board since April 2006, since participating in a seed round of financing for the company, and is a General Partner with LiveOak Venture Partners, an Austin, Texas based early stage venture capital firm. Prior to co-founding LiveOak Venture Partners, Mr. Shamapant had been a General Partner with Austin Ventures since 2005, having joined Austin Ventures in 1999. He serves on, and has previously worked with and served on, the boards of directors of several private companies in enterprise software and systems, wireless infrastructure and technology-enabled services. Mr. Shamapant began his career as a software developer and engineering lead at Mentor Graphics, a design automation company, and, prior to joining Austin Ventures, was with McKinsey & Co. serving clients in the enterprise systems and software markets. Mr. Shamapant holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, an M.S. in Computer Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin and a B.S. in Electronics and Communications Engineering from Osmania University in India. Mr. Shamapant was selected to serve on our Board of Directors because of his professional experience, including his professional experience in building and scaling startups, as well as his substantial experience as a venture capitalist.

Board Composition

Our Board of Directors currently consists of seven members. All of our current directors were elected or appointed in accordance with the terms of an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement among us and certain of our stockholders. The voting provisions of this amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our current directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignation or until their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock, despite the fact that the voting provisions of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon completion of this offering, the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II, and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. Upon the completion of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Messrs. McCarthy and Mehra, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Messrs. Hanafi and Shamapant, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Messrs. de Pesquidoux, Kohli and Scott, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of

 

114


Table of Contents

Directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our management or a change in control of us.

Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of two thirds of our outstanding voting stock.

Board Independence

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within twelve months from the date of listing. In addition, NYSE rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent within twelve months from the date of listing. Audit committee members must also satisfy additional independence criteria, including those set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under NYSE rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a material relationship with the company. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the Board of Directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries, other than compensation for board service; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In October 2012, our Board of Directors undertook a review of its composition and that of its committees as well as the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board of Directors has determined that none of our non-employee directors — Messrs. Scott, Hanafi, McCarthy, Mehra, de Pesquidoux and Shamapant — has a material relationship with us and that each of these directors is “independent” in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making that determination, our Board of Directors considered the relationships that each of those non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances the Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the potential deemed beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, including non-employee directors that are affiliated with certain of our major stockholders.

The Board of Directors does not currently have a process for security holders to send communications to the Board. The Board intends to implement such a process following the completion of this offering.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Hubert de Pesquidoux (chairman), Jeffrey P. McCarthy and Vivek Mehra. The functions of the audit committee include:

 

   

appointing our independent registered public accounting firm and being directly responsible for the compensation, retention and oversight of the independent registered public accounting firm, who will report directly to the audit committee;

 

   

reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services, including the fees to be paid for those services;

 

115


Table of Contents
   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the financial statements and reports with our independent registered public accounting firm and management;

 

   

reviewing and approving all related person transactions;

 

   

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm and management significant issues that may arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding internal controls over financial reporting, accounting or auditing matters; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meeting.

All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. de Pesquidoux qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of applicable SEC regulations. In making this determination, our Board of Directors considered the nature and scope of experience that Mr. de Pesquidoux has previously had with public reporting companies, including service as Chief Financial Officer of a large public company and service on public company audit committees. Our Board of Directors has determined that all of the current members of our audit committee satisfy the relevant independence requirements for service on the audit committee set forth in the rules of the NYSE and, after the one-year phase-in period under the applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of the NYSE, upon which we intend to rely, all members of our audit committee will be independent directors under applicable SEC rules. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

Our Board of Directors has adopted an audit committee charter. We believe that the composition of our audit committee, and our audit committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.mavenir.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Benjamin L. Scott (chairman), Ammar H. Hanafi and Venu Shamapant. The functions of the compensation committee include:

 

   

determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and reviewing, developing and recommending to our Board of Directors our performance goals and objectives relevant to that compensation;

 

   

administering and implementing our incentive compensations plans and equity-based plans, including approving option grants, restricted stock and other awards for non-executive officer employees and recommending to our Board of Directors such plans and awards for executive officers;

 

   

evaluating and recommending to our Board of Directors incentive compensation plans, equity-based plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifications or terminations of our existing plans and programs;

 

   

reviewing, developing and recommending to our Board of Directors the terms of any employment-related agreements, severance arrangements, change-in-control and similar agreements or provisions with our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

116


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and discussing the Compensation Discussion & Analysis required in our annual report and proxy statement with management and determining whether to recommend to our Board of Directors the inclusion of the Compensation Discussion & Analysis in the annual report or proxy, to the extent that the Compensation Discussion & Analysis is required by SEC rules; and

 

   

preparing a report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meeting, to the extent required by SEC rules.

Each member of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Furthermore, our Board of Directors has determined that each of Messrs. Scott, Hanafi and Shamapant satisfy the independence standards for compensation committee membership established by the SEC and the listing rules of the NYSE, as applicable.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our compensation committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.mavenir.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Ammar H. Hanafi (chairman), Hubert de Pesquidoux and Benjamin L. Scott. The functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

   

evaluating director performance on the Board of Directors and applicable committees of the Board of Directors;

 

   

reviewing, developing and recommending to our Board of Directors the cash and equity compensation to be paid to our non-employee directors;

 

   

identifying, recruiting, evaluating and recommending individuals for membership on our Board of Directors, the audit committee and the compensation committee;

 

   

considering questions of independence or possible conflicts of interest (other than related person transactions) of members of our Board of Directors or our executive officers;

 

   

evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our Board of Directors;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our Board of Directors any amendments to our corporate governance documents; and

 

   

making recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding management succession planning.

Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Hanafi, de Pesquidoux and Scott each satisfy the independence standards for nominating and corporate governance committee members established by the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE, as applicable.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee, and our nominating and corporate governance committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the NYSE and

 

117


Table of Contents

SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our nominating and corporate governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.mavenir.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2012, our compensation committee consisted of Benjamin L. Scott (chairman), Ammar H. Hanafi and Venu Shamapant. Our former director, K.P. Wilska, served on our compensation committee until he resigned from our Board of Directors in January 2012. None of our executive officers serve as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or our compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in connection with this offering. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will apply to all of our employees, officers, agents and representatives, including directors and consultants.

Our Board of Directors has also adopted an additional Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. This Code of Ethics, applicable to the specified officers, contains additional requirements including a prohibition on personal loans from the company (except where permitted by, and disclosed pursuant to, applicable law), and a requirement to review reports to be filed with SEC once we are a public company.

We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, or waivers of those provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified below. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer will be posted on our website at http://www.mavenir.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information a part of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we have not compensated our non-employee directors that are affiliated with our stockholders for their service on our Board of Directors. We also do not, and do not expect to, provide separate compensation to our directors who are also our employees, such as Mr. Kohli, our President and Chief Executive Officer. However, we provide, and expect to continue to provide, reimbursement to our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors and committees of our Board of Directors.

During 2010, 2011 and 2012, we paid Benjamin L. Scott a monthly fee of $7,500 for service as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mr. Scott’s compensation in 2012 is set forth in the table below. We also granted options to Hubert de Pesquidoux in 2012, which are described below. No other member of our Board of

 

118


Table of Contents

Directors received compensation in 2012. We also reimbursed Mr. Scott and Mr. de Pesquidoux for expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our Board of Directors.

 

Name

   Fees earned or
paid in cash

($)
    Option Awards
($)(1)
     Total
($)
 

Hubert de Pesquidoux

     —          41,505         41,505   

Benjamin L. Scott

     90,000 (2)      —           90,000   

All other directors

     —          —           —     

 

(1) Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair market value of stock options granted during 2012, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in calculating the fair market value of these stock options are described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements of Mavenir Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Represents a monthly retainer of $7,500 paid to Mr. Scott for service as Chairman of our Board of Directors.

We have granted stock options to two of our independent directors who are not affiliated with our major investors. In September 2006, we granted to Benjamin L. Scott options to purchase 16,071 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.42 per share, and in October 2010, we granted him options to purchase 5,357 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.77 per share. In January 2012, we granted to Hubert de Pesquidoux options to purchase 33,535 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.10 per share. These options vest in 48 equal monthly installments, subject to continued service, from the applicable vesting commencement date. In January 2013, we granted to Mr. de Pesquidoux options to purchase 8,488 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.77 per share. These options vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date. In addition, the vesting of these options will accelerate in full upon a change in control of us. For purposes of options granted through 2012, a change in control of us is defined as:

 

   

the acquisition of our company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which our outstanding shares are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing our jurisdiction of incorporation) that results in the transfer or acquisition of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares to that other entity; or

 

   

a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of our intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions.

For purposes of the options granted to Mr. de Pesquidoux in 2013, a change in control of us is defined in substantially the same manner as described in “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control — Definitions of “Cause,” “Good Reason” and “Change in Control.””

Our Board of Directors has adopted a policy pursuant to which, following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual fee of $20,000, and the Chairman of the Board will receive an additional annual fee of $20,000. Independent non-employee directors will receive an additional $5,000 annually for serving on the audit committee of our Board of Directors and an additional $3,000 annually for serving on the compensation committee or the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors. The chairman of our audit committee will receive an additional $12,000 annually, the chairman of our compensation committee will receive an additional $10,000 annually and the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an additional $7,500 annually. We have also adopted a program pursuant to which, following the completion of this offering, our independent non-employee directors will receive equity awards as described under “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans — 2013 Equity Incentive Plan — Automatic Director Awards.” Members of our Board of Directors will continue to be reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings.

 

119


Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors has adopted stock ownership guidelines applicable to our non-employee directors. These guidelines require each non-employee director to own shares of our common stock having a value of at least three times that non-employee director’s regular cash retainer within five years from the later of (i) the completion of this offering or (ii) the director’s initial election to our Board. Shares held by a stockholder with whom a director is employed or affiliated as well as vested and exercised equity awards and shares held in entities for the benefit of a director or his or her immediately family will count towards this requirement.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Agreements

As permitted by Delaware law, we have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, both of which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, a director exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to him or her. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payments of dividends; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated bylaws also provide that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law;

 

   

we must advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may advance expenses to our employees and other agents, in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

   

the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director or officer, then the liability of our directors or officers will be so eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained such insurance.

In addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding

 

120


Table of Contents

arising out of his service as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

This description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

121


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows the compensation awarded or paid to, or earned by, our Chief Executive Officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2012. We refer to these four executive officers in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(2)
     All
Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Pardeep Kohli,

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2012         360,000         —           —           114,000         —          474,000   

Terry Hungle,

Chief Financial Officer

     2012         256,667         —           —           64,800         —          321,467   

Bahram Jalalizadeh,

Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Business Development

     2012         210,000         —           —           230,684         —          440,684   

Matt Dunnett(3),

Former Executive Vice President of International Sales

     2012         253,648         —           —           176,696         10,146 (4)      440,490 (5) 

 

(1) We calculate the values of option awards based on the aggregate grant date fair market value of stock options, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in calculating the fair market value of stock options are described in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements of Mavenir Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) These amounts represent payments approved by our compensation committee and our Board of Directors and paid to the named executive officers under our 2012 Executive Bonus Plan in the case of Messrs. Kohli and Hungle and under our 2012 Sales Commission Plan in the case of Messrs. Dunnett and Jalalizadeh. See “— Cash Awards Under the 2012 Executive Bonus Plan” and “— Cash Awards Under the 2012 Sales Commission Plan” below.
(3) Mr. Dunnett commenced a paid leave of absence in August 2013 and his employment terminated in October 2013.
(4) Reflects matching contributions by us to the defined contribution pension scheme available to our UK employees as described below under “— Retirement Plans.”
(5) Mr. Dunnett resides in the United Kingdom and was paid in pounds sterling. The amounts set forth in the Summary Compensation Table with respect to Mr. Dunnett have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the average exchange rate in effect during 2012.

Cash Awards under the 2012 Executive Bonus Plan

In 2012, Messrs. Kohli and Hungle participated in, and were eligible for cash awards under, our 2012 Executive Bonus Plan, or the 2012 EBP. The 2012 EBP was a performance-based compensation program adopted by our Board of Directors in May 2012 upon the recommendation of our compensation committee. The 2012 EBP was administered by a special committee consisting of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our Vice President of Human Resources, and provided for annual cash awards to the participants designated by the plan administrator, which participants included Messrs. Kohli and Hungle.

Payments of cash awards under the 2012 EBP were based on the achievement of certain company and individual financial and performance objectives established by the 2012 EBP and pre-determined by our compensation committee and approved by our Board of Directors. Under our 2012 EBP, the performance targets were based on our 2012 revenue, our 2012 operating loss and individual achievements of our executives, as determined by our Chief Executive Officer and agreed upon by our Board of Directors. While the Board of Directors took account of the performance and financial objectives set forth in the 2012 EBP in determining awards to be paid, the ultimate payment of awards relating to the financial objectives in the 2012 EBP was

 

122


Table of Contents

discretionary on the part of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors also retained authority under the 2012 EBP to change performance metrics or weighting factors at any time in its sole discretion, based on changes to our strategy or performance, or material events related to our capital structure such as an acquisition or significant financing.

The 2012 EBP provided for availability of awards if certain objective performance and financial targets were achieved at certain minimum threshold levels, with increasing payouts on a pro-rated basis based on improved achievement up to specified maximums. The threshold, target and maximum levels of achievement and the corresponding percentage payouts to Messrs. Kohli and Hungle under the 2012 EBP were as follows:

 

     Threshold     Target     Maximum  

Performance Objective

   Achievement      Percentage
Payout
    Achievement      Percentage
Payout
    Achievement      Percentage
Payout
 

Revenue

   $ 81 million         50   $ 90 million         100   $ 108 million         200

Operating Income

   $ 1         50   $ 3 million         100   $ 6 million         200

The weighting of the various objectives to be used under the 2012 EBP to determine the target cash payment to Messrs. Kohli and Hungle was as follows:

 

Performance Objective

   Target Level      Weighting for
President and
Chief Executive
Officer
    Weighting for
Chief Financial
Officer
 

Revenue

   $ 90 million         50     50

Operating Income

   $ 3 million         30     30

Management Objectives

     (1)         20     20

 

(1) Management objectives for Mr. Kohli, our President and Chief Executive Officer, were (1) achieving a year-end cash balance of $10 million without any financing activity, (2) successful submission to the SEC of a registration statement for an initial public offering and (3) preparation and presentation to our Board of Directors of a plan for IPO readiness. Management objectives for Mr. Hungle, our Chief Financial Officer, were (1) achieving a year-end cash balance of $10 million without any financing activity and (2) successful submission to the SEC of a registration statement for an initial public offering.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had revenues of $73.8 million and an operating loss of $(14.0) million, which were both below the threshold levels specified in our 2012 EBP. Despite the fact that we did not achieve our threshold revenue or operating income targets under the 2012 EBP, our Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, exercised its discretion under the 2012 EBP to award each of Messrs. Kohli and Hungle a 50% payout with respect to the revenue and operating income objectives in the 2012 EBP, which is the cash award equivalent to what each would have respectively received if our revenue and operating income targets had been achieved at the threshold level. The Board of Directors made this determination in light of their respective overall performance and contribution to our company as well as our company’s overall performance.

In March 2013, the Board of Directors determined to award each of Messrs. Kohli and Hungle a full payout with respect to the management objective portion of their incentive payments under the 2012 EBP, which management objectives are described in a footnote to the table above. We initially submitted a registration statement to the SEC in late 2012, and the Board determined that Messrs. Kohli and Hungle had achieved their respective IPO-related objectives. We had a cash balance of approximately $7.4 million at December 31, 2012 and engaged in financing through our loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, however our Board of Directors determined to award a full payout to Mr. Kohli and Mr. Hungle for achievement of management objectives in light of our overall performance in 2012. In making this determination, the Board considered that our company had made a strategic decision during 2012 to incur additional costs to aggressively pursue certain customer accounts, including hiring of additional sales and support staff, which impacted our cash balance.

 

123


Table of Contents

The target amounts achievable by each of Messrs. Kohli and Hungle under the 2012 EBP and the actual amounts paid in March 2013 are set forth in the table below.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash Incentive
($)
   Actual Amount
Paid

($)

Pardeep Kohli

   190,000    114,000

Terry Hungle

   108,000      64,800

Cash Awards under the 2012 Sales Commission Plan

Bahram Jalalizadeh, our Executive Vice President of Global Sales and Business Development, and Matt Dunnett, our former Executive Vice President of International Sales, participated in, and were eligible for cash awards under, our 2012 Sales Commission Plan, or 2012 SCP. Our 2012 SCP was adopted by our Board of Directors in March 2012 upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, and was administered by a special committee consisting of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. The 2012 SCP provided for periodic cash awards to the participants designated therein.

Payment of cash awards under the 2012 SCP is to be based on the achievement of established targets with respect to customer orders as well as additional key sales objectives. The targets were established by the committee administering the 2012 SCP, and were subject to adjustment in the discretion of the committee including to reflect market conditions, other factors beyond our or the participants’ control or any factors that the committee considers relevant. In addition, the 2012 SCP included new account incentives, which provided for flat quarterly cash payments to certain participants who participated in the successful acquisition of a new customer account in excess of $500,000. The 2012 SCP also provides for special bonuses to be paid for the achievement of certain specific marketing or sales objectives that may be announced from time to time by the committee administering the 2012 SCP.

Mr. Jalalizadeh’s total incentive payment under the 2012 SCP was $230,684. Mr. Jalalizadeh’s bonus under the 2012 SCP was calculated based on his achievement of his 2012 bookings, new channel partner relationships and new customer attainment goals. Mr. Jalalizadeh was entitled to a sales commission payment under the 2012 SCP of $140,000 upon the achievement of $30 million in bookings, with the potential for proportional upward adjustments for bookings in excess of $30 million. He achieved bookings in excess of $30 million, and his sales commission payment was proportionately adjusted upward. The Board of Directors awarded the remainder of his bonus for achieving his goals relating to development of additional channel partner relationships and obtaining two new large mobile service provider customers.

Mr. Dunnett’s incentive payment under the 2012 SCP was $176,696. Mr. Dunnett’s bonus under the 2012 SCP was calculated based on a percentage of his 2012 orders and bookings. He was entitled to a target incentive payment of £140,000 (equivalent to $221,858 using the average exchange rate during 2012) based on his sales goal, which amount was to be prorated based on his achievement. Mr. Dunnett achieved approximately 80% of his 2012 sales goal.

Option Grants to Our Named Executive Officers in 2012

None of our named executive officers were granted any options in 2012.

 

124


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table below sets forth information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2012. Please refer to “— Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control” for a description of certain vesting acceleration provisions applicable to certain of these option grants.

 

Name

  Date of
Grant
    Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable(1)
    Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number  of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unearned
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Pardeep Kohli

    8/24/2006        7/05/2006        414,285        —          —          0.42        8/24/2016 (2) 
    4/21/2010        4/21/2010        142,857        —          41,667        0.63        04/21/2020 (3) 
    12/13/2011        6/1/2011        308,307        —          173,423        2.10        12/13/2021 (4) 

Terry Hungle

    4/23/2008        4/1/2008        103,371        —          —          0.56        4/23/2018 (2) 
    10/14/2010        10/14/2010        39,285        —          16,369        0.77        10/14/2020 (4) 
    12/13/2011        6/1/2011        71,541        —          40,242        2.10        12/13/2021 (4) 

Bahram Jalalizadeh

    11/1/2006        10/18/2006        70,105        —          —          0.42        11/1/2016 (2) 
    10/15/2008        10/15/2008        18,571        —          —          0.56        10/15/2018 (5) 
    4/21/2010        4/21/2010        50,000        —          2,778        0.63        4/21/2020 (6) 
    12/13/2011        12/13/2011        43,067        —          30,506        2.10        12/13/2021 (4) 

Matt Dunnett

    12/13/2011        9/26/2011        42,857        —          27,679        2.10        12/13/2021 (7) 

 

(1) All options were granted under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan. The options described in this table may be exercised prior to vesting with the stock acquired on exercise being subject to repurchase rights of the company at the lesser of fair market value or the exercise price, with the repurchase rights lapsing when the underlying options would have vested. Options listed in this table held by Mr. Kohli, Mr. Hungle or Mr. Jalalizadeh are entitled to acceleration of vesting if the named executive officer is involuntarily terminated upon or following a change in control of us. Certain of these options are also subject to limited acceleration upon the named executive officer’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason. Please see “Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control” for more information.
(2) Represents options granted in connection with the commencement of the respective named executive officer’s employment with us. One fourth of the total number of shares vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares vest each month thereafter, subject to continuous service.
(3) One fourth of the total number of shares vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares vest each month thereafter, subject to continuous service.
(4) Options vest in 48 equal monthly installments from the vesting commencement date, subject to continuous service.
(5) Options vested in 36 equal monthly installments from the vesting commencement date.
(6) 50,000 shares underlying these options became “eligible shares” upon the achievement of milestones related to the acquisition of purchase orders for our products from customers and reseller partners. These eligible shares vest as to one-third of the eligible shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to an additional 1/36th of the number of eligible shares each month thereafter, subject to continuous service.
(7) One fourth of the total number of shares vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and an additional 1/48th of the total number of shares vested each month thereafter during Mr. Dunnett’s service. Vesting of certain of Mr. Dunnett’s stock options was accelerated pursuant to his separation agreement, as described below in “Separation of Matt Dunnett.” Under the terms of Mr. Dunnett’s separation agreement, his vested options will remain exercisable until June 30, 2014.

 

125


Table of Contents

On January 23, 2013, our Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, approved the grant to Mr. Jalalizadeh of an option to purchase 35,714 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.77 per share. Our compensation committee and our Board of Directors considered the expected importance of Mr. Jalalizadeh’s contribution to meeting our company’s 2013 goals for sales of our products and the importance of retaining his services in determining to grant this additional equity incentive compensation.

This option was granted pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and will be issued using our standard exercise form of stock option agreement. This option is scheduled to vest, subject to Mr. Jalalizadeh’s continued employment by us, as to 1/48th of the total shares monthly, commencing on January 1, 2013. This option provides for full acceleration of vesting if Mr. Jalalizadeh is involuntarily terminated upon or following a change in control of us, and this option also provides for six months of accelerated vesting upon his termination without cause absent a change in control. Please see “Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control” for more information.

On August 7, 2013, our Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, approved the grant to Mr. Kohli of an option to purchase 92,857 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock. Our compensation committee and our Board of Directors considered the significant value that Mr. Kohli’s experience and expertise in our industry continues to bring to our company and determined this award, including the size of the award, to be appropriate and advisable equity incentive compensation to assist in retaining his services following our initial public offering.

This option grant will not be effective, issued or exercisable until our initial public offering price has been determined. This option was granted pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and will be issued using our standard exercise form of stock option agreement. To encourage retention of Mr. Kohli’s services, this option is scheduled to vest, subject to Mr. Kohli’s continued employment by us, as to 1/48th of the total shares monthly, commencing on August 7, 2013. This option provides for full acceleration of vesting if Mr. Kohli is involuntarily terminated upon or following a change in control of us, and this option provides for 12 months of accelerated vesting upon Mr. Kohli’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason absent a change in control. Please see “Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control” for more information.

On October 23, 2013, our Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee, approved the grant of options to purchase 110,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Kohli, 50,000 shares to Mr. Hungle and 25,000 shares to Mr. Jalalizadeh, with per-share exercise prices equal to the initial public offering price of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In determining to make these grants, our Board of Directors and compensation committee considered the importance of these individuals’ efforts to grow our business and complete our initial public offering and their expected contribution to our business when we are a public company.

These option grants will not be effective, issued or exercisable until our initial public offering price has been determined. The options were granted pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and will be issued using our standard exercise form of stock option agreement. The October 2013 options are scheduled to vest, subject to continued employment by us, in forty-eight equal monthly installments commencing on the date of our initial public offering. These options provide for full acceleration of vesting if a respective executive is involuntarily terminated upon or following a change in control of us, and provide for limited acceleration in the event of termination of an executive’s respective employment under certain other circumstances outside of a change in control. Please see “Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control” for more information.

Option Exercises

None of our named executive officers exercised option awards in 2012.

 

126


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

We do not provide any pension benefits to our named executive officers, except as described below under “Retirement Plans.”

Other Compensatory Benefits

We provide the following benefits to our U.S. named executive officers, generally on the same basis provided to all of our U.S. employees, except that our U.S. named executive officers have certain rights to reimbursement of health insurance costs following separation from service as described in “Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control”:

 

   

medical, dental and vision insurance;

 

   

401(k) plan (see “Retirement Plans” below for a description of our 401(k) plan);

 

   

employee assistance program;

 

   

short- and long-term disability, life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance; and

 

   

health and dependent care flexible spending accounts.

We also provided the following benefits to Mr. Dunnett, a United Kingdom resident, while he was employed with us generally on the same basis provided to all of our UK employees:

 

   

medical insurance;

 

   

a company pension scheme plan (see “— Retirement Plans” below for a description of this pension scheme); and

 

   

short- and long-term disability and life insurance.

Under the terms of his separation agreement with us, Mr. Dunnett was entitled to receive certain of these benefits for a period following the cessation of his employment. For more information, please read “Separation of Matt Dunnett.”

Retirement Plans

We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan which is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All of our U.S. employees are eligible to participate on the first day of the month following their date of hire. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation up to the statutorily prescribed limit, which was equal to $17,000 in 2012, and is equal to $17,500 in 2013 (catch up contributions for employees over 50 allow for an additional $5,500 each year), and have the amount of their compensation reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan.

We also maintain a pension scheme for our United Kingdom (UK) employees. As a UK employee, Mr. Dunnett was entitled to participate in this pension scheme during his employment with us. Under our UK pension scheme, we match 100% of an employee’s contributions up to a maximum of 4% of the employee’s base salary. Amounts paid on behalf of Mr. Dunnett in the form of matching contributions under this pension scheme in 2012 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above. Under the terms of his separation agreement with us, Mr. Dunnett was entitled to receive certain of these benefits for a period following the cessation of his employment. For more information, please read “Separation of Matt Dunnett.”

Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

We are party to employment agreements with each of our named executive officers except for Mr. Dunnett. The original versions of these agreements were entered into upon the commencement of the respective named executive officer’s employment and have been subsequently amended and restated. Each employment agreement

 

127


Table of Contents

provides for “at will” employment of the respective named executive officer, which means that the employment relationship can be ended by the named executive officer or by us at any time, subject to the executive’s potential right to certain severance benefits as described below under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control.”

Each employment agreement provides for an annual salary, subject to adjustment by the Board of Directors or an authorized committee of our Board of Directors. The following chart shows the current annual base salaries for our named executive officers with whom we have employment agreements.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Base Salary
($)
 

Pardeep Kohli

     380,000   

Terry Hungle

     270,000   

Bahram Jalalizadeh

     250,000   

Each named executive officer’s employment agreement entitles him to equity compensation in such forms and amounts as determined by our Board of Directors or an authorized committee of our Board of Directors, to be covered by our directors’ and officers’ insurance policy and to be reimbursed for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business expenses. Messrs. Kohli and Hungle are entitled to participate in any executive bonus or performance-based incentive plan to the extent determined by our Board of Directors or an authorized committee of our Board of Directors. Mr. Jalalizadeh is entitled to participate in our sales commission program, which is described under “Summary Compensation Table — Cash Awards Under the 2012 Sales Commission Plan.”

The named executive officer employment agreements also contain the following covenants and provisions:

 

   

confidentiality: each named executive officer is required to hold our confidential information in strictest confidence and not to disclose our confidential information, unless authorized by our Board of Directors in writing or pursuant to a written non-disclosure agreement that adequately protects the confidential information, at all times during and after the named executive officer’s employment;

 

   

non-solicitation: each named executive officer is prohibited from (i) directly or indirectly soliciting our employees, contractors or consultants, (ii) interfering with our relationships with existing clients or attempting to take away our business with those clients, (iii) interfering or competing with any of our proposal efforts contemplated to be submitted to a client within twelve months of the end of the executive’s employment with us and (iv) using any personal relationships or business contacts used within two years prior to the end of the executive’s employment in a manner competitive with our business, in each case at all times during and for twelve months following the end of employment;

 

   

non-competition: each named executive officer is prohibited from (i) serving as an advisor, agent, consultant, director, employee, officer, partner or otherwise, (ii) having any ownership in (other than passive investments in publicly-traded companies) or (iii) participating in the organization, operation or management of any business competitive with us in the state of Texas or anywhere in the world where we have non-trivial operations prior the termination of the executive’s employment, at all times during and for twelve months following the end of employment;

 

   

excise tax gross-up: each named executive officer is entitled to a gross-up in the event any severance or other benefit paid under his employment agreement triggers an excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

   

mandatory arbitration: all disputes arising out of the executive’s service with us are subject to mandatory arbitration, which arbitration is final (except in the case of disputes arising out of the non-competition provisions of the employment agreement).

Each named executive officer, like substantially all of our employees, has executed an employee proprietary information agreement as a condition to his employment. Each of our named executive officers is also entitled to

 

128


Table of Contents

certain benefits upon termination of employment under certain circumstances, including in connection with a change in control of us. These benefits are described below in “Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control.”

The foregoing description of the employment agreements of our named executive officers is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the employment agreements of our Messrs, Kohli, Hungle and Jalalizadeh which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Potential Payments upon Termination or a Change in Control

General Severance Benefits

The employment agreements of Messrs. Kohli, Hungle and Jalalizadeh, which are described above under “Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers,” include certain severance benefits payable to the respective named executive officer in the event he is involuntarily terminated by us without cause or he resigns his position with us for good reason (“cause” and “good reason” as defined under these employment agreements are described below), except that Mr. Jalalizadeh’s employment agreement does not entitle him to benefits upon resignation for good reason absent a change in control of us. In that situation, the respective named executive officer would be entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) six months’ continued payment of his base salary in effect at the time of termination or resignation, (ii) accelerated vesting of all equity awards held by the named executive officer that would have vested within the twelve months following the termination or resignation (six months in the case of Mr. Jalalizadeh), except to the extent the terms of a particular equity award provide otherwise, (iii) reimbursement of health and dental insurance premiums for six months following termination and (iv) any payments due and unpaid under a performance incentive plan.

Messrs. Kohli, Hungle and Jalalizadeh are entitled to additional benefits in the event they are terminated in connection with a change in control of us, as described below.

Additional Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control

In addition to the severance benefits described above under “— General Severance Benefits,” our employment agreements with Messrs. Kohli, Hungle and Jalalizadeh provide for accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by such officer, including the options described above in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” table and related footnotes, in the event that such named executive officer is terminated involuntarily or resigns for good reason upon or following a change in control of us, unless the terms of a particular equity award provide otherwise.

The employment agreements of Mr. Kohli and Mr. Hungle additionally provide that if Mr. Kohli or Mr. Hungle is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason prior to or following a change in control of us, we will be required to execute an amendment to his option agreements to extend the exercisability of his options to the date that is one year after the earliest to occur of (i) a change in control of us, (ii) an initial public offering or (iii) the termination or resignation, if it occurs after a change in control of us or an initial public offering. This exercisability period will be further extended by any time period during which the executive’s option shares are subject to a lock-up, market standoff or similar restriction or otherwise refrains from selling his option shares at the request of an underwriter.

In addition, our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provide for full acceleration of the vesting of any unvested stock options or stock purchase rights, including those held by our named executive officers, in the event that they are not assumed or otherwise substituted with new equivalent options or shares in a merger or change in control of us. See “Benefit Plans — Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan” and “Benefit Plans — 2013 Equity Incentive Plan” for more information.

 

129


Table of Contents

Definitions of “Cause,” “Good Reason” and “Change in Control”

The employment agreements of Messrs. Kohli, Hungle and Jalalizadeh define “cause” and “good reason” in substantially the same manner.

“Cause” is generally defined as:

 

   

the officer’s continued failure to perform his duties;

 

   

any willful act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by the officer which was intended to result in his substantial gain or personal enrichment at our expense;

 

   

willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to our business in a manner materially injurious to us;

 

   

conviction of a felony or a plea of nolo contendere; or

 

   

willful breach of the terms of the non-competition provisions of his employment agreement or his employee proprietary information agreement with us.

“Good reason” is generally defined as the occurrence of any of the following without the executive’s consent:

 

   

a material reduction of his salary, overall benefits package, duties or responsibilities except, generally, for any reduction of responsibilities related to an acquisition of us by a larger entity; or

 

   

his relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty miles from his then-present location.

“Change in control” is generally defined as a change in ownership or control of us effected through any of the following transactions:

 

   

a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by our stockholders in which a change in ownership or control of us is effected through the acquisition by any person, or group of persons acting together, of beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities (as measured in terms of the power to vote with respect to the election of Board members);

 

   

a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any person or any group of persons acting together acquires, directly or indirectly (whether as a result of a single acquisition or one or more acquisitions within a rolling twelve (12)-month period), beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of our securities (as measured in terms of the power to vote with respect to the election of Board members) outstanding immediately after the such transaction or series of related transactions, whether such transaction involves a direct issuance of securities by us or the acquisition of outstanding securities held by one or more of our existing stockholders; or

 

   

a change in the composition of our Board of Directors over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such thirty-six (36)-month period or have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority such Board members who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination.

 

130


Table of Contents

Separation of Matt Dunnett

Mr. Dunnett commenced a paid leave of absence in August 2013 and his employment as our Executive Vice President of International Sales terminated in October 2013. Pursuant to a separation agreement we entered into with Mr. Dunnett, he provided a general release of claims and will receive the following benefits:

 

   

continued salary payments through October 4, 2013;

 

   

coverage under our medical insurance plan until December 31, 2013;

 

   

accelerated vesting of options to purchase 2,679 shares of our common stock, such that options to purchase 27,678 shares of our common stock will be vested;

 

   

extended exerciseability for his vested options until June 30, 2014;

 

   

a lump sum payment of £49,500 (approximately $76,600 using the exchange rate in effect on August 12, 2013, the date of the separation agreement), payable in November 2013;

 

   

eligibility for sales commission payments under the 2013 Sales Commission Plan for orders booked through October 4, 2013, and cash collection payments on booked orders through December 31, 2013; and

 

   

a reduction in the term of his non-competition and non-solicitation obligations, which will expire in January 2014 instead of August 2014 and February 2014, respectively.

Benefit Plans

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

Our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan was initially adopted by our Board of Directors in October 2005, was subsequently approved by our stockholders, and was amended in April 2006, September 2006, February 2007, October 2007, October 2010, May 2011, December 2012 and January 2013. In March 2007, our Board of Directors approved the adoption of sub-plans for the grant of stock options to our employees in India and the United Kingdom. In May 2011, in connection with our sale of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan was amended to (i) increase the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued or subject to stock options by 1,251,413 shares to 3,473,645 shares and (ii) provide our Board of Directors discretionary authority to cancel any outstanding option, to the extent unvested, without consideration in the event of a merger or other change in control of us in which the acquiror does not assume or substitute options issued under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan. In January 2013, our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan was amended to provide that, upon a merger or change in control of us, the vesting of all unvested options or shares awarded thereunder would accelerate in full if the acquiring company does not assume or otherwise substitute new equivalent options or shares for options or shares outstanding under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan.

Our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, incentive stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants. As of June 30, 2013, the maximum number of shares of common stock that could be issued under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan was 3,187,444 shares. As of June 30, 2013, options to purchase 2,643,274 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan and no shares of common stock remained available for future grant. No stock purchase rights are outstanding under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan. Awards that expire, become unexercisable or are forfeited become available for future grant under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

The standard form of option agreement under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan provides that options will vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting start date with the remainder vesting ratably over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. Under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan, our Board of Directors, or a committee designated by our Board of Directors, has the

 

131


Table of Contents

authority to grant options with early exercise rights, subject to our repurchase right that lapses as the shares vest on the original vesting schedule, and to provide for accelerated vesting. To date, substantially all of the options granted under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan contain the early exercise feature.

The standard form of option agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan also restricts the transfer of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an award for the period specified by the representative of the underwriters not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years and the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value on the grant date, except that with respect to any optionee who owned 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term may not exceed 5 years and the exercise price of the incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her options to the extent vested for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months, and if termination is due to death, the option will remain exercisable for one year. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan does not include, as a default provision, any acceleration of vesting of outstanding option awards in the event of a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us. Instead, our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan provides that, in the event of a merger or change in control as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, each outstanding option shall be (i) assumed or (ii) substituted with an equivalent option by the successor entity. If the successor entity does not assume or substitute the outstanding options, then the vesting of all unvested options or shares awarded under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan will accelerate. Our Board of Directors, or a committee designated by our Board of Directors, is required to give notice of any proposed merger or change in control prior to the closing date. If the consideration received in the merger or change in control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, our Board of Directors, or a committee designated by our Board of Directors, may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of each share subject to the option to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or change in control.

“Change in control” is defined in our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan as:

 

   

the acquisition of our company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which our outstanding shares are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing our jurisdiction of incorporation) that results in the transfer or acquisition of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares to that other entity; or

 

   

a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of our intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions.

The amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan is administered by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is permitted to delegate the administration of the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan to a committee. Our Board of Directors also has the authority to amend or modify the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan, as long as the amendment or modification does not impair the rights of any participant without the written consent of that participant, and provided further that the Board of Directors must obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the extent required by applicable law.

 

132


Table of Contents

We will not grant any additional awards under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan following this offering. Instead, we will grant options under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan described below. However, following this offering, our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding options previously granted under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan.

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

In January 2013 our Board of Directors adopted, and in October 2013 our Board of Directors amended, subject to the approval of our stockholders, the Mavenir Systems, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is a broad-based incentive plan that provides for granting stock options, stock awards, performance awards and other stock-based awards and substitute awards to employees, service providers and non-employee directors. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan has a term of ten years from the date of adoption, unless it is earlier terminated by the Board.

Available Shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan was 1,885,714 shares. This amount includes shares of common stock that, as of the date of adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, had been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder. This initial amount will be increased by any shares of common stock subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares of common stock pursuant to awards granted under the amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us up to a maximum of 2,701,775 additional shares which, as of June 30, 2013, totaled an aggregate of 39,691 shares. From January 2013 through June 2013, our Board of Directors authorized for grant options to purchase an aggregate of 256,281 shares of common stock under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will automatically increase on January 1st of each calendar year during the term of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, commencing on January 1, 2014, by

 

  (i) an amount, or the Annual Increase Amount, equal to the lesser of

 

  (A) 4.5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last trading day in December of the immediately preceding year and

 

  (B) 2,857,143 shares, or

 

  (ii) such other amount that is lower than the lesser of the amount determined by clauses (i)(A) and (B) above that our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion (but without any obligation), may determine shall be the Annual Increase Amount with respect to any applicable annual period.

The shares of common stock issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired common stock.

The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options is 4,587,464 shares, increased on the first trading day of January each year during the term of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2013, by the Annual Increase Amount. No more than 1,142,857 options, stock appreciation rights or shares of common stock shall be issued to any one participant pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in any one year.

Administration. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. In the case of awards to “covered employees” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will, at the discretion of the compensation committee, be

 

133


Table of Contents

administered by a committee of two or more “outside directors,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The compensation committee and the Board will have the full authority, subject to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to establish rules and regulations for the proper administration of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, to promulgate forms of award agreements, to select the employees, service providers and directors to whom awards are granted and to determine the type of awards made and the terms of the awards. However, awards to “covered employees” may be administered only by the compensation committee.

Stock Options. The plan administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. However, an incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term exceeding five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The payment of the exercise price of an option may be made by cash, shares or other method of payment acceptable to the plan administrator and permitted by applicable laws. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator determines the vesting terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. The plan administrator will have discretion to extend the period of time that an option will remain exercisable following a cessation of service, or to provide that an option will continue vesting following a cessation of service. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable by the grantee’s estate. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. If an employee, director or consultant is terminated for cause, then his or her options will terminate immediately.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Stock appreciation rights may be awarded as tandem stock appreciation rights, which are issued in conjunction with an option and may either be exercised as an option or settled as a stock appreciation right, or stand-alone stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. Subject to the provisions of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement. The provisions governing post-termination exercise or settlement of a stock appreciation rights are substantially the same as those governing post-termination exercise of options as described above under “— Stock Options.”

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the plan administrator, or such shares may be vested immediately at the grant date. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator or continued service to us. The plan administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan; however, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, waive this forfeiture and instead provide that unvested restricted stock will vest despite the recipient’s termination of service or non-achievement of specified performance objectives. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

134


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units. Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria and vesting periods, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The plan administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The plan administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units. Performance units may be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units to be paid out to participants, or the amount of cash or shares payable in connection with such performance units. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights may be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, either as stand-alone awards or in tandem with other awards. A dividend equivalent right represents the right to receive the economic equivalent of each dividend or distribution (other than dividends of our common stock) paid on our outstanding shares of common stock. In the sole discretion of the administrator, payments of amounts due with respect to dividend equivalent rights may be made in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of the two, based on the fair market value of our common stock. No award of a dividend equivalent right may have a term exceeding ten years.

Automatic Director Awards. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the automatic grant of option or restricted stock awards to our non-employee directors. Upon the later of the completion of this offering or the date that a non-employee director is appointed to our Board (other than at an annual meeting of stockholders), non-employee directors will automatically receive an award of options to purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined in the discretion of the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors (not to exceed 87,500 shares), or an award of restricted stock units of equivalent value (as determined using the option valuation method used by the company for the preparation of its financial statements). Any restricted stock unit issued under our automatic director award program will be accompanied by a dividend equivalent right of the type described above. Each of these initial option or restricted stock unit awards will vest as to one-third of the shares subject to such award on the first anniversary of the grant date, and in twenty-four equal monthly installments thereafter, provided that the recipient continues to serve as a director through each such date, provided further, that the shares subject to such an award granted upon the completion of this offering shall vest in full if the director who received such an award elects not to be nominated as a director at the next regular annual meeting of our stockholders following this offering at which such director’s term expires. No director will receive an initial award if he or she has received an award within the eighteen months prior to the completion of this offering.

In addition, our non-employee directors will be entitled to receive an annual award of options to purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined in the discretion of the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors (not to exceed 43,750 shares), or an award of restricted stock units of equivalent value, on the date of each annual meeting (except for directors who have received an initial award described above within six months of that annual meeting). These annual awards will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the annual award grant date or (ii) the day before our next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

135


Table of Contents

These director awards will cease vesting upon a director’s cessation of service but options will generally remain exerciseable for twelve months following such cessation. Awards granted under our automatic director award program will vest in full upon a change in control of us as described below under “—Merger or Change in Control.” The amount of options or restricted stock units granted to our non-employee directors under the automatic director award program is subject to the discretion of the plan administrator, provided that such amounts may not exceed the maximum amounts set forth in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Additionally, non-employee directors are eligible to receive discretionary grants.

Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, each outstanding award will fully vest and all restrictions will lapse, unless (i) the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary assumes or substitutes an equivalent award , (ii) the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary replaces such award with a cash retention program that preserves the spread payable to the award holder at the time of such change in control or (iii) the plan administrator provides otherwise. The plan administrator also has the discretion to provide that one or more outstanding awards shall accelerate in full, regardless of whether a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary assumes or substitutes such award, or to provide that, even if an award is assumed or substituted, that it will fully vest upon the recipient’s termination other than for cause or resignation for good reason within a designated period following a change in control. Awards granted to our directors under the automatic director award program described above under “—Automatic Director Awards” will vest in full upon a change in control of us.

The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan defines a “change in control” in substantially the same manner as described above under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control — Definitions of “Cause,” “Good Reason” and “Change in Control.””

Plan Amendment, Termination. Our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Where required by applicable laws or stock exchange rules, our Board of Directors must obtain the approval of our stockholders to amend the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

This description of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Introduction. Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by the board on August 6, 2013. The plan was approved by our stockholders in September 2013. The plan will become effective on May 20, 2014. The plan is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of our common stock at periodic intervals with their accumulated payroll deductions or other form of plan contribution.

 

136


Table of Contents

Share Reserve. 482,143 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance. The reserve will automatically increase on the first trading day in January each calendar year during the term of the plan, beginning in calendar year 2015, by an amount equal to 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on the last trading day in the immediately preceding calendar month. In no event will any such annual increase exceed 428,572 shares.

Offering Periods. The plan will have a series of overlapping offering periods, each with a duration of six (6) months, until such time as the plan administrator specifies otherwise. Offering periods for our U.S. employees will begin at semi-annual intervals on May 20 and November 20 each year. Separate offering periods for our non-U.S. employees will be established by the plan administrator, with such modified terms and provisions as may be necessary to comply with local law and may run concurrently with our U.S. employee offering periods or have their own individual start and end dates.

Eligible Employees. Individuals regularly expected to work more than 20 hours per week for more than 5 calendar months per year may join an offering period on the start date of that period.

Payroll Deduction/Plan Contribution. A participant may contribute any multiple of 1% of his or her cash earnings up to 15% (or such lesser percentage as may be specified by the plan administrator prior to the start date of any subsequent offering period) through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares of our common stock on each specified purchase date during the offering period.

For the purchase interval of the first offering period under the plan, no payroll deductions or other form of permitted contribution will be required of any participant until such time as the participant affirmatively elects to commence such payroll deductions or other form of permitted contribution following his or her receipt of the requisite prospectus for the plan. For such purchase interval, the participant will be required to contribute up to 15% of his or her cash earnings to the plan either in a lump sum or one or more installments after receipt of such prospectus and prior to the close of that purchase interval should he or she elect to purchase shares of our common stock for that initial purchase interval and his or her limited payroll deductions (if any) for that interval not be sufficient to fund the entire purchase price for those shares.

Purchase Price and Purchase Limitations. The purchase price per share will not be less than 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled or (ii) the fair market value per share on the applicable purchase date. Unless otherwise designated by the plan administrator for one or more offering periods, the purchase dates will occur semi-annually on the last business day in January and July each year. However, a participant may not purchase more than 1,000 shares on any purchase date, and not more than 312,500 shares may be purchased in total by all participants in a particular offering on any one purchase date. The plan administrator will have the authority to change these limitations for one or more offering periods, provided the change is made prior to the start of the affected offering period or periods.

Reset Feature. If the fair market value per share of our common stock on any purchase date is less than the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which that purchase date occurs, then the individuals participating in that offering period will, immediately after the purchase of shares of our common stock on their behalf on that purchase date, be transferred from that offering period and automatically enrolled in the next offering period commencing after such purchase date, provided the market price of our common stock at that time is lower than the market price at the start of the offering period in which they are then participating.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised immediately prior to the effective date of the acquisition. The purchase price will not be less than 85% of the lower of (i) the market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the participant is enrolled at the time the acquisition occurs or (ii) the fair market value per share immediately prior to the acquisition.

 

137


Table of Contents

A change in control will be deemed to occur upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) we are acquired by merger or asset sale; (ii) any person or group of related persons becomes the beneficial owner of securities possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all of our outstanding securities or representing more than fifty percent of the aggregate market value of all of our outstanding capital stock; or (iii) there occurs certain changes in the composition of our board of directors.

Changes in Capitalization. In the event any change is made to the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares, spin-off transaction or other change in corporate structure effected without our receipt of consideration or should the value of the outstanding shares of our common stock be substantially reduced by reason of a spin-off transaction or extraordinary dividend or distribution, equitable adjustments will be made to: (i) the maximum number and class of securities issuable under the plan, (ii) the maximum number and/or class of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each calendar year, (iii) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable per participant on any one purchase date, (iv) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable in total by all participants in a particular offering on any one purchase date and (v) the number and class of securities and the price per share in effect under each outstanding purchase right. Such adjustments will be made in such manner as the plan administrator deems appropriate, and its determination will be binding on all persons with an interest in the plan or any purchase right under the plan.

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following provisions will also be in effect under the plan:

 

   

Our board of directors may amend the terms of an offering period prior to the start of that offering period and may terminate an existing offering period at any time, effective immediately following any purchase date within that offering period.

 

   

The plan will terminate no later than November 19, 2024.

 

   

Stockholder approval will be required for any amendments which increase the number of shares of our common stock issuable under the plan, except for permissible adjustments in the event of certain changes in our capital structure or modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the plan.

Other Compensation Policies

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding minimum stock ownership requirements for our named executive officers. The compensation committee will consider whether to adopt such a policy in the future.

Stock ownership guidelines for our directors are described under “Management — Director Compensation.”

Recovery of Compensation

Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding retroactive adjustments to any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to our named executive officers or other employees where the payments were predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a financial restatement. Once we are publicly traded, we expect that the compensation committee will adopt, or recommend that our Board of Directors adopt, a compensation recovery policy consistent with the requirements of Section 954 of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pursuant to the terms of our 2012 Sales Commission Plan, we have a policy of recovering sales commission payments to our sales executives to the extent such payments are predicated on sales orders that are later de-booked, rescinded or otherwise not fulfilled.

 

138


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions or series of transactions since January 1, 2010, to which we were or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

in which any of our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, including their immediate family members, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and our directors are described elsewhere in this prospectus under “Management — Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

All share and per-share figures in this section have been adjusted to reflect our 7-for-1 reverse stock split effected on November 1, 2013.

Sale of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In June 2010, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,728,569 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, at a price per share of $7.8533, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $13,575,000. Certain of the shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock were sold to entities affiliated with certain members of our Board of Directors and other holders of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities.

We believe that the terms obtained and consideration received in the Series D financing are comparable to terms and consideration we could have received in an arms’ length transaction. Our full Board of Directors reviewed and approved the terms of our Series D financing.

The table below and the accompanying footnotes summarize this sale:

 

Purchaser

  Shares of Series D Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
Purchased(1)
    Aggregate Purchase Price  

Entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners(2)

    764,009      $ 6,000,000   

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.(3)

    331,071        2,600,000   

Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P.(4)

    267,403        2,099,999   

Greenspring Associates Crossover Ventures I, L.P.(5)

    178,269        1,400,000   

Cisco Systems, Inc.(6)

    136,885        1,074,999   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1,667,637      $ 13,174,998   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon the completion of this offering, all shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. The share numbers in this column have been adjusted to reflect our 7-for-1 reverse stock split effected on November 1, 2013.
(2) Funds affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners collectively hold greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. Jeffrey P. McCarthy, an affiliate of these funds, is a member of our Board of Directors.
(3) Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. is a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock.
(4) Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. is a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. Ammar H. Hanafi, an affiliate of Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P., is a member of our Board of Directors.
(5) Greenspring Associates Crossover Ventures I, L.P. is, prior to the completion of this offering, and became as a result of this transaction, a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock.
(6) Cisco Systems, Inc. is, prior to the completion of this offering, a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. These shares were purchased by Starent Networks LLC, (formerly known as Starent Networks Corp.), which at the time of this transaction was, and remains, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc.

 

139


Table of Contents

Sale of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In May and July 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 4,555,021 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, at a price per share of $8.7815, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $40,000,000. Certain of the shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock were sold to entities affiliated with certain members of our Board of Directors and other holders of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities.

We believe that the terms obtained and consideration received in the Series E financing are comparable to terms and consideration we could have received in an arms’ length transaction. Our full Board of Directors reviewed and approved the terms of our Series E financing.

The table below and the accompanying footnotes summarize these sales:

 

Purchaser

  Shares of Series E Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
Purchased(1)
    Aggregate Purchase Price  

August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P.(2)

    2,903,831      $ 25,499,999   

Entities affiliated with Cross Creek Capital(3)

    398,565        3,500,000   

Entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners(4)

    386,174        3,391,205   

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures(5)

    363,811        3,194,813   

Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. (6)

    270,637        2,376,606   

Cisco Systems, Inc.(7)

    100,776        884,969   

Greenspring Associates Crossover Ventures I, L.P.(8)

    17,354        152,402   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    4,441,148      $ 38,999,994   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon the completion of this offering, all shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. The share numbers in this column have been adjusted to reflect our 7-for-1 reverse stock split effected on November 1, 2013.
(2) August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P. (as nominee for August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P., August Capital Strategic Partners V, L.P. and related individuals) is, and became as a result of this transaction, a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. Vivek Mehra, an affiliate of August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P., is a member of our Board of Directors.
(3) Entities affiliated with Cross Creek Capital, as a result of this transaction, collectively hold greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock.
(4) Funds affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners collectively hold greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. Jeffrey P. McCarthy, an affiliate of these funds, is a member of our Board of Directors.
(5) Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. is a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock.
(6) Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. is a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. Ammar H. Hanafi, an affiliate of Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P., is a member of our Board of Directors.
(7) Cisco Systems, Inc. is, prior to the completion of this offering, a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock. These shares were purchased by Starent Networks LLC, (formerly known as Starent Networks Corp.), which at the time of this transaction was, and remains, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc.
(8) Greenspring Associates Crossover Ventures I, L.P. is, prior to the completion of this offering, a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting stock.

 

140


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with our Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P., Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners, Greenspring Associates Crossover Ventures I, L.P. and Starent Networks LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc. The agreement was then amended and restated in connection with our Series E financing, and August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P. and entities affiliated with Cross Creek Capital became additional parties to this amended and restated agreement. The amended and restated investors’ rights agreement among other things:

 

   

grants such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to any stockholder who holds at least 142,857 shares of our preferred stock, which we refer to as a “qualified holder”;

 

   

grants a right of first offer with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions (which exclusions include the sale of the shares in connection with this offering), to qualified holders; and

 

   

requires us to reimburse certain legal expenses of Alloy Ventures, August Capital, Austin Ventures, North Bridge Venture Partners and Starent Networks LLC in connection with future financings or a liquidation event.

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement also provides for, among other things, the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our Board of Directors.

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Certain provisions of this agreement, including the voting provisions and the covenants described above, will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

In connection with our Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P., Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners, Greenspring Associates Crossover Ventures I, L.P., Starent Networks LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc. and Pardeep Kohli, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement was then amended and restated in connection with our Series E financing, and August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P. and entities affiliated with Cross Creek Capital became additional parties to this amended and restated agreement. The amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

 

   

grants our investors certain rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders; and

 

   

grants us certain rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders.

The amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate automatically upon completion of this offering.

 

141


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer. These indemnification agreements are described in more detail under “Management — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Agreements.”

Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco Systems

We entered into a Reseller OEM Agreement with Starent Networks in October 2008. We entered into this agreement concurrently with our issuance to Starent Networks of (i) 898,285 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $6.0 million and (ii) a warrant to purchase 898,284 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.6794 per share. As a result of its investment in our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, Starent Networks became a holder of greater than 5% of a class of our voting securities. In December 2009, Cisco Systems (Cisco) completed its acquisition of Starent Networks and this Reseller OEM Agreement was assigned from Starent Networks to Cisco in September 2010.

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we earned $25.7 million, $23.3 million and $5.8 million in revenues under the Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we also had outstanding accounts receivable of $0.3 million under the Reseller OEM Agreement. The following description of the Reseller OEM Agreement is a summary only and is qualified by the text of the Reseller OEM Agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Term. The initial term of the Reseller OEM Agreement originally continued until October 2012 (four years after the effective date), and in August 2012 Cisco elected by written notice to extend the Reseller OEM Agreement for an additional one-year term (through October 2013). In August 2013, Cisco again elected to renew the Reseller OEM Agreement for one additional one-year term (through October 2014), and thereafter, the Reseller OEM Agreement is automatically renewed for one-year terms unless either party elects to terminate it by advance notice at the end of a term. Notwithstanding any such non-renewal of the Reseller OEM Agreement by Cisco, the Reseller OEM Agreement will continue in full force and effect as to certain Cisco projects with end-users for the duration of such projects. Accordingly, even after the expiration of the Reseller OEM Agreement we would have a continuing obligation to fulfill any orders from Cisco for our products, and to provide maintenance and support for those products, with respect to any such ongoing end-user projects. Moreover, following the termination of the Reseller OEM Agreement for any or no reason, we must offer maintenance and support services to Cisco under our then current published pricing, for all of our products already deployed by Cisco at the time of expiration or termination, for at least five (5) years from the last commercial sale of our products by Cisco prior to such expiration or termination unless Cisco ceases to pay all of our support fees. Either party may terminate the Reseller OEM Agreement upon a material uncured breach by the other party.

General. Under the Reseller OEM Agreement, Cisco is permitted but not obligated to order our solutions for resale to distributors or to end users, either as branded Mavenir products or as re-branded Cisco products. To support the successful deployment of our solutions, we are obligated under the Reseller OEM Agreement to participate in testing of our solutions and to provide certain maintenance and support services, at agreed-upon rates, to Cisco and any such distributor or end users. If Cisco enters into an agreement with an end-user to provide our solutions, Cisco has the right to seek our consent to a “back-to-back” agreement in which Cisco passes to us certain of its obligations to the end-user with respect to our solutions, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

142


Table of Contents

Limited Exclusivity. If Cisco brings us a sales opportunity for any Mavenir solution with respect to a customer or potential customer and Cisco presents a reasonable account plan with respect to that customer, Cisco will have one year of exclusivity with respect to sales of our solutions to that customer if that customer is one of the approximately 30 large mobile service providers that is defined as a “Tier One” account in the Reseller OEM Agreement, and Cisco will have six months of exclusivity if that customer is not a “Tier One” customer.

“Most Favored Customer” Provision. We agree that, during the term of the Reseller OEM Agreement, the fees, terms and conditions for our solutions and services are and will be no less favorable to Cisco than those that we provide to our other customers, including reseller customers, of substantially similar volume or amount of sales of our products with substantially similar features and functionality.

If at any time we are not compliant with this “most favored customer” obligation, we are required to (i) apply the lower price to all pending and subsequent orders throughout the remainder of the term of the Reseller OEM Agreement, (ii) reissue all paid and unpaid invoices originally issued to Cisco for our products and services as of the date that we offered a lower price to another customer, which reissued invoices must reflect the lower price and (iii) at Cisco’s option, remit the difference to Cisco in the form of cash or a credit for future purchases of our products and services. We are required to annually audit our compliance with this “most favored customer” covenant, including pricing and terms that we offer to other customers, to annually certify our compliance to Cisco and to inform Cisco of any price reductions that it has received as a result of our compliance with this covenant. Cisco also has the ability to audit our customer records not more than once a year to confirm our compliance with this “most favored customer” provision.

Source Code Escrow. The Reseller OEM Agreement also includes a provision requiring us to deposit the source code for our solutions into a source code escrow, and such source code could be released to Cisco under certain circumstances, such as our material breach of the Reseller OEM Agreement, material and repeated failure to provide required support or maintenance or if we are subject to a bankruptcy proceeding or otherwise liquidate or cease to do business as a going concern.

Indemnity and Liquidated Damages. We agree in the Reseller OEM Agreement to indemnify Cisco against certain third-party claims relating to alleged infringement of intellectual property rights by our products or services or the failure to comply with any open-source license by any of our technology that becomes subject to an open-source license. In addition, we are subject to certain liquidated damages, performance penalty and refund obligations in the event that our products cause network outages or lack of availability and we are unable to resolve such issues within specified response times. We are also generally required to pay liquidated damages or performance penalties that Cisco may incur to an end user caused by the use of our products by that end user.

Bonus Participation Agreement with Terence McCabe

Terence McCabe, our Chief Technology Officer, joined us from Airwide Solutions when we acquired that company in May 2011. In connection with our acquisition of Airwide Solutions, the board of directors of Airwide Solutions approved an Incentive Bonus Plan for certain Airwide Solutions employees that were joining us. Our wholly-owned subsidiary that merged with Airwide Solutions entered into a participation agreement with Mr. McCabe pursuant to which he was granted a cash award under this Incentive Bonus Plan totaling $150,000. This award vested in three installments of 30%, 30% and 40%, with vesting dates occurring six, twelve and eighteen months following our acquisition of Airwide Solutions. Each vesting date was contingent upon Mr. McCabe’s continued service with us.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in

 

143


Table of Contents

which we were or are to be a participant and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, as determined by our audit committee. These related person transactions would include, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person, or entities in which the related person has a material interest, and indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related person.

Subsequent to the adoption of this written policy, our audit committee ratified, confirmed and approved the Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco, including all previous amendments thereto. Additionally, for so long as the Reseller OEM Agreement with Cisco is an ongoing agreement, it will be subject to an annual review by our audit committee.

Prior to the adoption of this written policy, our Board of Directors reviewed related person transactions. Each of the related person transactions described above occurred prior to adoption of this written policy and as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy. However, each of these transactions was submitted to and approved by our Board of Directors, except that our Board of Directors did not specifically review the participation agreement for Mr. McCabe described above under “— Bonus Participation Agreement with Terence McCabe.”

 

144


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2013, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of five percent or more of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all our directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons); and

 

   

all selling stockholders.

The information in the following table is calculated based on 17,793,973 shares of common stock outstanding before this offering and 22,464,265 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. The number of shares outstanding is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding on September 30, 2013 as adjusted to give effect to:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 16,452,467 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

the sale of 4,670,292 shares of common stock by us and 129,708 shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Each individual or entity shown on the table has furnished information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated below, the address of each officer, director and five percent stockholder listed below is c/o Mavenir Systems, Inc., 1700 International Parkway, Suite 200, Richardson, TX 75081.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

145


Table of Contents
     Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
    Shares
Being
Offered
     Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
 
     Number      Percent        Number      Percent  

5% Stockholders

             

Entities affiliated with North Bridge Venture Partners(1)

     4,352,937         24.5     —           4,352,937         19.2%   

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.(2)

     4,100,854         23.0        —           4,100,854         18.1   

Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P.(3)

     3,050,605         17.1        —           3,050,605         13.6   

August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P.(4)

     2,903,831         16.3        —           2,903,831         12.9   

Cisco Systems, Inc.(5)

     2,034,229         10.9        —           2,034,229         8.7   

Directors and Executive Officers

             

Pardeep Kohli(6)

     883,787         4.7        86,544         797,243         3.4   

Terry Hungle(6)

     214,197         1.2        21,419         192,778         *   

Bahram Jalalizadeh(6)

     189,183         1.1        21,745         167,438         *   

Matt Dunnett(6)

     42,857         *        —           42,857         *   

Ammar H. Hanafi(3)

     3,050,605         17.1        —           3,050,605         13.6   

Jeffrey P. McCarthy

     —           —          —           —           —     

Vivek Mehra(4)

     2,903,831         16.3        —           2,903,831         12.9   

Hubert de Pesquidoux(6)

     15,370         *        —           15,370         *   

Benjamin L. Scott(6)

     21,428         *        —           21,428         *   

Venu Shamapant

     —           —          —           —           —     

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(6)

     7,396,257         38.5        129,708         7,266,549         30.6   

 

 * Less than one percent.
(1) Consists of (a) 1,695,587 shares of common stock held by North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P., (b) 831,074 shares of common stock held by North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P. and (c) 1,826,276 shares of common stock held by North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P. North Bridge Venture Management V, L.P. is the sole general partner of North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P. and North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P. North Bridge Venture Management VI, L.P. is the sole general partner of North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P. NBVM GP, LLC, as the sole general partner of North Bridge Venture Management V, L.P., has ultimate voting and investment power of the shares held of record by North Bridge Venture Partners V-A, L.P. and North Bridge Venture Partners V-B, L.P., and as the sole General Partner of North Bridge Venture Management VI, L.P., has ultimate voting and investment power of the shares held of record by North Bridge Venture Partners VI, L.P. Shared voting and investment power over such shares is vested in the founding managers of NBVM GP, LLC, Edward T. Anderson and Richard A. D’Amore. Jeffrey P. McCarthy, a member of our Board of Directors, is a manager of NBVM GP, LLC. The address for North Bridge Venture Partners is 950 Winter Street, Suite 4600, Waltham, MA 02451.
(2) Consists of shares held of record by Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. (“AV VIII”). AV Partners VIII, L.P. (“AVP VIII”) is the general partner of AV VIII and may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power over the shares held by AV VIII. Joseph C. Aragona, Kenneth P. DeAngelis, John D. Thornton and Christopher A. Pacitti are the general partners of AVP VIII and share voting and/or dispositive power over the shares held by AVP VIII. The address for Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. is 300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300, Austin, TX 78701.
(3) All shares are held of record by Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. Ammar H. Hanafi, a member of our Board of Directors, is a managing member of Alloy Ventures 2005, LLC, the general partner of Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P., and may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. The address for Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. is 400 Hamilton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(4)

All shares are held of record by August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P. (“August V Special Opportunities”), as nominee for August Capital V Special Opportunities, L.P., August Capital Strategic Partners V, L.P. and related individuals (collectively, the “August Capital Funds”). Howard Hartenbaum, David M. Hornik, John R. Johnston, David F. Marquardt, Vivek Mehra and Andrew S. Rappaport, as members of August Capital Management V, L.L.C., the general partner of August V Special Opportunities,

 

146


Table of Contents
  share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the August Capital Funds. Vivek Mehra is a member of our Board of Directors and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by the August Capital Funds. The address for each of the August Capital Funds is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(5) Consists of shares held of record by Cisco Systems International B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc., and includes an exerciseable warrant held by Cisco Systems International B.V. to purchase 898,284 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.6794 per share. The holder’s address is 170 W. Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134.
(6) 1,423,484 shares of common stock beneficially owned by executive officers and directors consist of the following shares that are subject to options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2013.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares Subject to Options  

Pardeep Kohli

     865,449 (a) 

Terry Hungle

     214,197 (a) 

Bahram Jalalizadeh

     189,183 (a) 

Matt Dunnett

     42,857 (b) 

Benjamin L. Scott

     21,428   

Hubert de Pesquidoux

     15,370   
  

 

 

 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)

     1,423,484   
  

 

 

 

 

  (a) In addition, grants of options to purchase 202,857 shares of our common stock to Mr. Kohli, 50,000 shares to Mr. Hungle and 25,000 shares to Mr. Jalalizadeh have been approved and will be effective when our initial public offering price has been determined.
  (b) Mr. Dunnett’s employment with us terminated on October 4, at which point options to purchase 15,179 of these shares were forfeited.

Certain of these options may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to repurchase rights of the company at the lesser of fair market value or the exercise price, with such repurchase rights lapsing at such time as the underlying options vest. In the event of such early exercise, the holder would be entitled to vote all of the underlying shares acquired upon exercise and thus is deemed to beneficially own all shares underlying an option that permits early exercise. Of the options described in the table in this footnote, options to purchase 248,568 shares of common stock that were exercisable as of September 30, 2013 or within 60 days of September 30, 2013 would, if exercised, be subject to the company’s repurchase rights.

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This description is intended as a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

Outstanding Shares

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of June 30, 2013, assuming the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the completion of this offering, but without giving effect to this offering, we had 17,793,973 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. We have approximately 100 stockholders of record. In addition, as of June 30, 2013, options to purchase 2,897,534 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 1,235,633 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding, and in August and October 2013 our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 507,142 shares of our common stock effective upon the pricing of this offering, at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

The number of shares of our capital stock outstanding after this offering assumes:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding on June 30, 2013 into an aggregate of 16,452,467 shares of common stock.

Common Stock

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds. After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to the holders of our common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms and, as a result, only a portion of our Board of Directors will stand for election at each annual meeting of the stockholders.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

148


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, the Board of Directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2013, options to purchase 2,897,534 shares of common stock were outstanding under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.32 per share. In addition, in August and October 2013 our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 507,142 shares of our common stock effective upon the pricing of this offering, at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2013, we had outstanding warrants to purchase (i) 909,512 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.6794 per share, (ii) 131,427 shares at an exercise price of $5.11 per share, and (iii) 194,694 shares at an exercise price of $0.007 per share.

Registration Rights

Demand Registration Rights

Pursuant to our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement dated May 26, 2011, at any time beginning six months after the consummation of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the registrable shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of preferred stock can request that we file up to three registration statements registering all or a portion of their registrable shares. As of December 31, 2012, the holders of approximately 16,500,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock have demand registration rights. Under specified circumstances, we also have the right to defer filing of a requested registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days, which right may not be exercised more than once during any period of 12 consecutive months. These registration rights are subject to additional conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

 

149


Table of Contents

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of at least a majority of the registrable shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock have the right to demand that we file additional registration statements, including a shelf registration statement, for such holder on Form S-3.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit or similar plans, corporate reorganizations, a demand for Form S-1 or Form S-3 registration requested under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement or a registration on any form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in this registration statement, the holders of registrable shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their registrable shares in such registration. As of June 30, 2013, the holders of approximately 16,500,000 shares of our common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock will be entitled to notice of this registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. The underwriter(s) of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

We are required to pay all expenses relating to any demand, Form S-3 or piggyback registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the holders of a majority of the shares requested to be included in such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights described above will expire for each holder upon the earlier of (i) five years after this offering is completed or (ii) the date after this offering on which the holder may sell all of his, her or its shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act during any 90-day period without regard to current public information, volume limitations, manner of sale restrictions or Form 144 filing requirements. For a description of Rule 144, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Rule 144.”

Holders of all of our shares with these registration rights have signed or are expected to sign agreements with the underwriters prohibiting the exercise of their registration rights for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under “Underwriters.”

Other Stockholder Rights

Our amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement dated May 26, 2011 provides certain rights of first refusal and co-sale rights to certain of our stockholders. In addition, (i) our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement obligates certain of our stockholders regarding the voting of their shares in elections of our directors and provides certain rights of indemnification and (ii) certain of our investors are entitled to observer rights pursuant to certain Management Rights Letters entered into between us and such investors. The amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, the voting provisions of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement and the Management Rights Letters will expire upon the completion of this offering.

 

150


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation Amended and Restated Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years, did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering will:

 

   

provide for a classified Board of Directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

   

permit our Board of Directors to issue shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the Board of Directors, our Chief Executive Officer or president (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend our amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation only upon receiving at least sixty-six and two thirds percent of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

These and other provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could delay or discourage some types of transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then current prices, and may limit the ability of stockholders to remove current management or approve transactions that stockholders may deem to be in their best interests and, therefore, could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

151


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty by one or more of our directors, officers or employees, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Stock Exchange Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “MVNR.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock will be the American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

152


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of shares for future sale, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a portion of our outstanding shares of common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013, upon completion of this offering, 22,464,265 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, except for any shares acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Except as set forth below, the remaining 17,664,265 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only (i) upon expiration of any applicable lock-up agreement and (ii) if registered or if their resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each as described below.

Our shares will be available for sale in the public market roughly as follows:

 

Approximate
Number of Shares

  

Date of Availability of Sales

  4,800,000

   As of the date of this prospectus(1)

17,664,265

   At 180 days after the date of this prospectus and various times thereafter, subject in some cases to volume and other sale restrictions described below under “— Rule 144.”(2)

 

(1) The shares offered hereby.
(2) The 180-day restricted period under the lock-up agreements with the underwriters may be waived by the underwriters, as described in more detail in “Underwriters.”

Lock-Up Agreements

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and officers and all of our principal stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements. Please read “Underwriters” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any preceding holders that are not affiliates of us, is entitled to sell such shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us and subject to the lock-up agreements described above. If such a non-affiliated person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any preceding holders that are not affiliates of us, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without regard to the limitations of Rule 144.

 

153


Table of Contents

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 225,000 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers or natural person consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written compensatory agreement before the date of this prospectus is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

However, approximately 98% of shares issued under Rule 701 (94% on a fully-diluted basis) are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the expiration of such agreements.

Stock Issued Under Compensatory Plans

In connection with this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issuable under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan, our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This registration statement will be automatically effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Market Stand-Off Provisions

Under our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, certain holders of our capital stock that are party to such agreement have agreed to not sell any of our securities owned by them for a period specified by us and by the managing underwriter not to exceed 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Such “market stand-off” rights are contingent upon all directors, officers and holders of at least 1% of our voting capital stock entering into a similar agreement and do not apply to any shares of our common stock that may be purchased by a stockholder on the open market.

In addition to the market stand-off restrictions under our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement described above, the stock option agreements entered into by all optionees who have received options under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan contain a market stand-off restriction of a number of days requested by the underwriters, up to a maximum of 180 days following the date of this prospectus or 180 days following the effective date of any registration statement that we file under the Securities Act.

We expect that all of our outstanding capital stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, other than the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be locked up pursuant to one or more of these market stand-off provisions, the investors rights’ agreement and the lock-up agreements with the underwriters.

 

154


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 16,500,000 shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration. For more information about these registration rights, please read “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

 

155


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to this offering by a beneficial owner that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not a “United States person,” as we define that term below. A beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who is an individual, corporation, estate or trust and is not a United States person is referred to below as a “non-United States holder.” This summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, administrative pronouncements and published rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, resulting in United States federal tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made in the following summary, and there can be no complete assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to such statements or that any such contrary position taken by the IRS would not be sustained.

This summary is limited to non-United States holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally property held for investment) for United States federal income tax purposes. This summary does not purport to be complete and does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-United States jurisdiction, or under United States federal estate or gift tax laws, except as specifically described below. In addition, this summary does not address tax considerations that may be applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances nor does it address the special tax rules applicable to special classes of non-United States holders, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons subject to the “Medicare contribution tax”;

 

   

United States expatriates;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

mutual funds;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; or

 

   

persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion” or other integrated transaction for tax purposes.

If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is a partnership, and partners in such partnership, are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

 

156


Table of Contents

For purposes of this discussion, a United States person means a person who is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, including any entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state within the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) if it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

An individual is generally treated as a resident of the United States in any calendar year for United States federal income tax purposes if the individual is present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending on the last day of the current calendar year. For purposes of the 183-day calculation, all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Residents are generally taxed for United States federal income tax purposes as if they were United States citizens.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to your particular situation as well as any tax consequences arising under the United States federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-United States or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Distributions on Shares of Our Common Stock

If distributions are paid on shares of our common stock, the distributions will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, the adjusted tax basis of your shares in our common stock. Any remainder will be treated as gain from the sale of shares of our common stock. Dividends paid to a non-United States holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at the rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, the benefits for which a non-United States holder is eligible. However, if the dividend is effectively connected with the non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, where an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such non-United States holder, the dividend will not be subject to any withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are met, as described below, but will be subject to United States federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to United States persons generally. A corporate non-United States holder under certain circumstances also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, the benefits for which a non-United States holder is eligible, on a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-United States holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential applicability of any income tax treaty.

To claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-United States holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN for treaty benefits or W-8ECI for effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS designates, and certify under penalties of perjury that such

 

157


Table of Contents

holder is not a United States person prior to the payment of distributions on our common stock. These forms must be periodically updated. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-United States holders that are pass-through entities and non-United States holders whose stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries. Non-United States holders may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition

A non-United States holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless any one of the following is true:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, where an applicable income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such non-United States holder;

 

   

the non-United States holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (1) the period during which you hold our common stock and (2) the five-year period ending on the date you dispose of our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently, and will not become, a USRPHC for United States federal income tax purposes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, we cannot assure you that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. As a general matter, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, however, it will not be treated as a United States real property interest with respect to any non-United States holder that holds no more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock. If we are determined to be a USRPHC and the foregoing exception does not apply, among other things, a purchaser may be required to withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-United States holder from a disposition of shares of our common stock, and the non-United States holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated United States federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons.

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to the United States federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to United States persons generally but will generally not be subject to withholding. Corporate non-United States holders also may be subject to a branch profits tax on such gain. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax, which may be offset by certain United States source capital losses. Non-United States holders are urged to consult any potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Legislation Involving Payments to Certain Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in March 2010 imposes a 30% withholding tax on any dividends on shares of our common stock made to a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or entity is acting as an intermediary), and on the gross proceeds of the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock, unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders

 

158


Table of Contents

that are foreign entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-United States holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

The withholding will apply to dividend payments made after June 30, 2014 and to disposition and sale proceeds after December 31, 2016. Non-United States holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on an investment in shares of our common stock.

United States Federal Estate Taxes

Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who at the time of death is a non-United States holder are considered United States situs assets and will be included in the individual’s estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting and backup withholding (currently at a 31% rate) generally will apply to dividends paid with respect to our common stock. In certain circumstances, non-United States holders may avoid information reporting and backup withholding if they provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN for treaty benefits or W-8ECI for effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS designates, and certify under penalties of perjury as to their status as non-United States holders and meet certain other requirements, or otherwise establish an exemption. Copies of information returns may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-United States holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Non-United States holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

The gross proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding. If a non-United States holder sells shares of our common stock outside the United States through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid to such holder outside the United States, then the United States backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting will generally apply to a payment of sale proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a non-United States holder sells shares of our common stock through a non-United States office of a broker that:

 

   

is a United States person for United States federal tax purposes;

 

   

is a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income in specific periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States;

 

   

is a “controlled foreign corporation” for United States tax purposes; or

 

   

is a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year (1) one or more of its partners are United States persons who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests in the partnership; or (2) the foreign partnership is engaged in a United States trade or business,

unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the non-United States holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-United States holder otherwise establishes an exemption. In such circumstances, backup withholding will not apply unless the broker has actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-United States holder is not a non-United States person.

If a non-United States holder receives payments of the proceeds of a sale of shares of our common stock to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless such non-United States holder properly provides IRS Form W-8BEN (or valid substitute or

 

159


Table of Contents

successor form) certifying under penalties of perjury that such stockholder is not a United States person or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-United States holder can be refunded or credited against the non-United States holder’s United States federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

 

160


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number
of  Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,800,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased under certain circumstances.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 720,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $         $        $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by:

        

Us

   $                   $                   $               

The selling stockholders

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $        $        $    

 

161


Table of Contents

The estimated offering costs payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $5 million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock.

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for all expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (FINRA) in the amount of $            . Additionally, in June 2013, an associated person of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, one of the underwriters, indirectly acquired a warrant to purchase 2,434 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share. FINRA deems such shares to be underwriting compensation.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “MVNR.”

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of approximately 98% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to this offering (94% on a fully-diluted basis) have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock; or

 

   

make a demand for, or in our case file, a registration statement with the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-8) relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

whether any such transaction described in the first or second bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares of common stock to the underwriters in this offering;

 

   

the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering, provided that such shares of common stock shall remain subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to immediate family members or a trust formed for the benefit of immediate family members, by will or intestate succession or from a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of such trust;

 

162


Table of Contents
   

distributions by any persons other than us of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock to limited partners, members, stockholders, affiliates of such person, or any entity which is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is under common control with, such person;

 

   

the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus which the underwriters have been advised in writing (including any description thereof in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part) or grants of stock options or restricted stock in accordance with the terms of a plan in effect on the date of this prospectus and described herein or the issuance by us of shares of our common stock upon the exercise thereof;

 

   

sales or transfers to us of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock in connection with (A) the termination of employment or other termination of a service provider and pursuant to agreements whereby we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities, (B) option agreements relating to the early exercise of unvested options issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans or (C) agreements wherein we have a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;

 

   

the transfer of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock to us in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act upon a vesting event or upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of common stock on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or in connection with the payment of taxes due;

 

   

the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of our common stock (or options, warrants or convertible securities relating to shares of our common stock) in connection with bona fide mergers or acquisitions, joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided that the aggregate number of shares of such common stock, options, warrants or convertible securities shall not exceed 7.5% of the total number of shares of our common stock (or options, warrants or convertible securities relating to shares of our common stock) issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change in control of us; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such common stock or securities owned by the stockholder shall remain subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph;

 

   

the transfer of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock that occurs by operation of law or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the transferor shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee, prior to such transfer, to agree in writing to be bound by the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph; and

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the disposition of our common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of such person or us;

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution as described in the fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh or tenth bullet point above, the respective recipient agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph; provided further that in the case of any transfer or distribution described in the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth or tenth bullet point above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act,

 

163


Table of Contents

reporting a net reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, is required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to above (other than a filing on a Form 5, Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or any amendment of the foregoing).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. In addition, in the event that any of our executive officers or directors (including their respectively immediate family members or any family vehicle for the benefit of any such person), any investment fund affiliated with one of our directors or any holder of preferred stock, or common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of such preferred stock, representing more than one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) of our preferred stock, or common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of such preferred stock, outstanding immediately prior to this offering (each, a “Major Holder”) is granted an early release from the lock-up restrictions with respect to shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock having a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate (whether in one or multiple releases), then each other Major Holder automatically will be granted an equivalent early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro-rata basis (a “Pro-Rata Release”). Such Pro-Rata Release shall not be applicable in the event of any underwritten primary or secondary public offering or sale of our common stock during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus; provided, however, that each Major Holder is given an opportunity to participate on a pro-rata basis in such underwritten primary or secondary public offering with and otherwise pursuant to the same terms and conditions as any other Major Holder.

The holders of our remaining shares of common stock are subject to 180-day market stand-off provisions. See “Shares Eligible For Future Sale — Market Stand-Off Provisions.”

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to

 

164


Table of Contents

allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

From time to time, certain of the underwriters or their respective affiliates may engage in transactions with us and may perform investment banking and advisory services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they would receive customary fees and expenses.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. We cannot assure you that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable

 

165


Table of Contents

an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland

Shares of our common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to shares of our common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or shares of our common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of our common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA), and the offer of shares of our common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of our common stock.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of our common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of shares of our common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on such shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

166


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Andrews Kurth LLP, Austin, Texas. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheets of Mavenir Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 and the consolidated financial statements of Airwide Solutions, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and as of and for the period ended May 26, 2011 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits and financial statements included with the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room.

We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and current reports; proxy and information statements; and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We also expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website at http://www.mavenir.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained on or accessible through our corporate web site or any other web site that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost to you, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

1700 International Parkway, Suite 200

Richardson, TX 75081

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

(469) 916-4393

 

167


Table of Contents

We will report our financial statements on a year ended December 31. We intend to furnish or make available to our stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm. We also intend to furnish or make available to our stockholders our quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial information for each of the first three quarters of each year.

 

168


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements of Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Consolidated Financial Statements of Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-40   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011

     F-41   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011

     F-43   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011

     F-44   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011

     F-45   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-46   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

of Mavenir Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedules. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Dallas, Texas

April 9, 2013, except for Note 17(b) which is as of November 1, 2013.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,      June 30,      Unaudited
Pro Forma
Shareholders’
Deficit

(see Note 1)
 
     2011      2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,466       $ 7,402       $ 20,453       $               

Accounts receivable, net (related party $6,063, $308 and $361, respectively)

     16,112         15,159         19,292      

Unbilled revenue

     4,845         9,782         7,284      

Inventories

     2,242         2,255         3,967      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,547         6,484         7,611      

Deferred contract costs

     4,647         5,288         8,112      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current assets

     49,859         46,370         66,719      

Non-current assets:

           

Property and equipment, net

     3,426         5,919         5,557      

Intangible assets, net

     5,904         5,714         5,416      

Deposits and other assets

     297         1,555         1,433      

Goodwill

     901         923         874      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 60,387       $ 60,481       $ 79,999       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    December 31,     June 30,     Unaudited
Pro Forma
Shareholders’
Deficit

(see Note 1)
 
    2011     2012     2013    
                (unaudited)  

Liabilities and shareholders’ deficit:

       

Current liabilities:

       

Trade accounts payable

  $ 4,481      $ 6,087      $ 8,570      $               

Accrued liabilities

    9,453        14,067        12,405     

Deferred revenue

    18,663        12,927        13,773     

Income tax payable

    720        27        551     

Deferred income tax liability

    —          34        —       

Current portion of long-term debt

    814        —          —       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    34,131        33,142        35,299     

Non-current liabilities:

       

Other long-term liabilities

    —          876        876     

Long-term debt

    —          14,700        38,153     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    34,131        48,718        74,328     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. 3,733,963 shares authorized and 3,733,963 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma.

    13,005        13,005        13,005        —     

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. 3,818,210 shares authorized and 3,818,210 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma.

    20,500        20,500        20,500        —     

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. 3,526,218 shares authorized and 2,616,704 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma.

    17,478        17,478        17,478        —     

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. 1,728,569 shares authorized and 1,728,569 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma.

    13,575        13,575        13,575        —     

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. 4,590,744 shares authorized and 4,555,021 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma.

    40,000        40,000        40,000        —     

Commitments and contingencies

       

Shareholders’ deficit:

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value. 22,171,986 shares authorized; 1,965,874 and 2,087,281 and 2,090,881 shares issued; 1,216,499 and 1,337,906 and 1,341,506 shares outstanding in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively; 17,793,973 shares outstanding, proforma

    1        1        1        18   

Additional paid-in capital

    526        1,215        3,160        107,701   

Accumulated deficit

    (80,008     (95,577     (103,512     (103,512

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    1,179        1,566        1,464        1,464   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

    (78,302     (92,795     (98,887     5,671   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit

  $ 60,387      $ 60,481      $ 79,999      $ 79,999   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenues

          

Software products

   $ 7,009      $ 38,264      $ 52,409      $ 29,333      $ 37,264   

Maintenance

     1,242        11,240        21,431        10,616        10,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(related party $5,754, $23,340, $25,725, $8,214 and $17,874, respectively)

     8,251        49,504        73,840        39,949        48,190   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

          

Software products

     4,537        26,200        23,891        11,247        17,414   

Maintenance

     566        4,584        6,568        3,844        2,827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,103        30,784        30,459        15,091        20,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,148        18,720        43,381        24,858        27,949   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     6,487        14,970        23,312        12,848        11,498   

Sales and marketing

     3,813        12,332        20,580        8,607        9,656   

General and administrative

     3,024        10,603        14,052        7,946        9,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,324        37,905        57,944        29,401        30,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (10,176     (19,185     (14,563     (4,543     (2,566

Other expense (income):

          

Interest income

     (4     (246     (10     (4     (8

Interest expense

     112        307        393        29        1,115   

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

     (21     1,182        (529     871        2,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense (income), net

     87        1,243        (146     896        3,751   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (10,263     (20,428     (14,417     (5,439     (6,317

Income tax expense

     131        1,330        1,152        211        1,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per common share

   $ (9.42   $ (18.82   $ (12.09   $ (4.52   $ (5.92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,103,739        1,155,980        1,287,986        1,250,346        1,339,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935

Other comprehensive income

          

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     481        711        387        10        (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (9,913   $ (21,047   $ (15,182   $ (5,640   $ (8,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Common Stock     Additional Paid-
in Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Shares     Amount          
Balance at January 1, 2010     1,093,425      $ 1      $ 252      $ (47,856   $ (13   $ (47,616
Exercise of stock options     32,797        —          15        —          —          15   
Stock compensation expense     —          —          71        —          —          71   
Net loss     —          —          —          (10,394     —          (10,394
Foreign currency translation adjustment     —          —          —          —          481        481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2010     1,126,222        1        338        (58,250     468        (57,443
Exercise of stock options     90,277        —          50        —          —          50   
Stock compensation expense     —          —          138        —          —          138   
Net loss     —          —          —          (21,758     —          (21,758
Foreign currency translation adjustment     —          —          —          —          711        711   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2011     1,216,499        1        526        (80,008     1,179        (78,302

Exercise of stock options

    121,407        —          73        —          —          73   

Stock compensation expense

    —          —          291        —          —          291   

Warrants issued

    —          —          325        —          —          325   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (15,569     —          (15,569

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          387        387   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,337,906      $ 1      $ 1,215      $ (95,577   $ 1,566      $ (92,795
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012         2012             2013      
                       (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

          

Depreciation of property and equipment

     807        949        1,527        685        1,082   

Amortization of intangible assets

     —          1,984        2,521        1,000        712   

Amortization of debt discount

     —          —          25        —          87   

Provision for bad debts and doubtful accounts

     3        638        199        —          301   

Stock-based compensation expense

     71        138        291        105        300   

Unrealized foreign currency loss/(gain)

     —          643        (1,194     488        955   

Write-off of software license

     —          —          281        —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     4,126        (3,039     (103     7,005        (4,416

Unbilled revenue

     (2,155     1,055        (2,735     (4,455     2,072   

Deposits and other assets

     (495     95        1,126        246        (146

Inventories

     (494     (1,382     (20     (365     (1,712

Prepaid expenses

     (519     (557     (3,556     (536     (1,806

Deferred contract costs

     1,975        (1,222     (1,770     (747     (2,791

Deferred revenues

     922        10,179        (9,734     (7,509     1,346   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     831        4,180        6,324        1,465        1,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (5,322     (8,097     (22,387     (8,268     (10,175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

          

Acquisition of Airwide, net of cash acquired

     —          (14,497     —          —          —     

Purchases of property and equipment

     (937     (4,029     (5,217     (1,671     (1,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (937     (18,526     (5,217     (1,671     (1,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

          

Repayments of notes payable

     —          (688     —          —          —     

Borrowing from long-term debt

     —          —          5,000        —          27,000   

Repayments of long-term debt

     —          —          —          —          (2,000

Borrowing from line of credit

     1,252        3,741        13,000        3,000        —     

Repayments of line of credit borrowing

     (5,216     (2,927     (3,814     —          —     

Issuance of preferred stock

     13,575        40,000        —          —          —     

Exercise of options to purchase common stock

     15        50        73        53        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          

Net cash provided by financing activities

     9,626        40,176        14,259        3,053        25,007   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (879     488        1,281        (399     (368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,488        14,041        (12,064     (7,285     13,051   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     2,937        5,425        19,466        19,466        7,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 5,425      $ 19,466      $ 7,402      $ 12,181      $ 20,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 109      $ 84      $ 83      $ 30      $ 771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax payments, net

   $ 53      $ 387      $ 47      $ —        $ 136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

1. Description of the Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Mavenir Systems, Inc. (“Mavenir”) was originally formed as a limited liability company on April 26, 2005. Mavenir was then incorporated under the laws of Texas in August 2005, and subsequently incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in March 2006.

Mavenir is a leading provider of software-based telecommunications networking solutions that enable mobile service providers to deliver internet protocol (IP)-based voice, video, rich communication and enhanced messaging services to their subscribers globally. Mavenir’s solutions deliver Rich Communication Suite (“RCS”)-based services, which enable enhanced mobile communications such as group text messaging, multi-party voice or video calling and live video streaming as well as the exchange of files or images, over existing 2G and 3G networks as well as next generation 4G LTE networks. Mavenir’s solutions also deliver voice services over Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) technology and wireless (“Wi-Fi”) networks known respectively as Voice over LTE (“VoLTE”) and Voice over Wi-Fi (“VoWi-Fi”). Mavenir’s mOne® Convergence Platform has enabled a leading mobile service provider to introduce the industry’s first live network deployment of VoLTE and the industry’s first live deployment of next-generation RCS 5.

Mavenir is headquartered in Richardson, Texas and has research and development personnel located at its wholly-owned subsidiaries in China and India. Additionally, Mavenir has a sales presence in Hong Kong and Europe.

On May 27, 2011, Mavenir acquired Airwide Solutions, Inc. (“Airwide”) (the “Airwide Acquisition”). Airwide’s operations are focused on the provision of messaging and content delivery software to mobile operators. Airwide designs, develops, and supports messaging and content systems. The majority of Airwide’s revenues and expenses are from outside the United States. Prior to the Airwide Acquisition, Airwide’s corporate offices were located in Burlington, Massachusetts. Airwide has significant operations in the United Kingdom, Finland, Australia and Canada. In addition, there are operations in India, Malaysia, Spain and Singapore.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the accounts of Mavenir and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “we”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Airwide Acquisition is included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our statement of financial position as of June 30, 2013 and our consolidated results of operations and our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Reclassifications

Revision of prior period financial statements

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we identified certain expenses which had been inconsistently classified between the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, as well as an allocation error. The misclassification overstated software product costs by $193 and research and development costs by $436 and understated gross profit by $193 and sales and marketing costs by $436 for the year ended December 31, 2012. Additionally, we noted interest expense was erroneously allocated out of general and administrative expenses as part of an overall allocation for the year ended December 31, 2012, when it was included in other (income) expense. This resulted in general and administrative expenses being understated by $249, an overstatement of software product costs and an understatement of gross profit of $87, and an overstatement of research and development expenses of $71 and sales and marketing expenses of $91 for the year ended December 31, 2012. Additionally, we reassessed how certain personnel costs were being classified based on functions and industry standards and made changes accordingly. Therefore, we reclassified prior period amounts to conform to current period presentation. This reclassification reduced cost of revenues, increased gross profit and increased research and development for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 by $390, $457 and $509, respectively. There was no change to net loss or total comprehensive loss. We assessed the materiality of such reclassifications in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidance on considering the effects of prior period misstatements based on an analysis of quantitative and qualitative factors. Based on this analysis, we determined that the errors were immaterial to each of the prior reporting periods affected and, therefore, amendments of reports previously filed with the SEC were not required. Accordingly, we reflected the correction of these prior period reclassifications in the periods in which they originated and revised our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

We also reclassified foreign currency (gain) loss out of general and administrative expenses and reported that amount on a separate line in the consolidated statements of operations.

The effect of the reclassifications on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As Reported      Revisions     As Revised  

For the year ended December 31, 2010

       

Software product costs

   $ 4,927       $ (390   $ 4,537   

Gross profit

     2,758         390        3,148   

Research and development expenses

     6,097         390        6,487   

General and administrative expenses

     3,003         21        3,024   

Foreign exchange gain

             (21     (21
     As Reported      Revisions     As Revised  

For the year ended December 31, 2011

       

Software product costs

   $ 26,657       $ (457   $ 26,200   

Gross profit

     18,263         457        18,720   

Research and development expenses

     14,513         457        14,970   

General and administrative expenses

     11,785         (1,182     10,603   

Foreign exchange loss

             1,182        1,182   
     As Reported      Revisions     As Revised  

For the year ended December 31, 2012

       

Software product costs

   $ 24,681       $ (790   $ 23,891   

Gross profit

     42,591         790        43,381   

Research and development expenses

     23,116         196        23,312   

Sales and marketing expenses

     20,235         345        20,580   

General and administrative

     13,274         778        14,052   

Foreign exchange gain

             (529     (529

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company has submitted a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for its proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the “IPO”). If the IPO contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 16,452,467 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma shareholders deficit, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, is set forth on the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013.

Liquidity

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, and June 30, 2013 the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $80,000, $96,000, and $104,000 respectively, and has incurred losses from operations since inception. Based upon anticipated levels of operations, the Company anticipates that ongoing working capital requirements will be funded by additional financing and by a potential equity offering. The Company anticipates that such sources of funds will be sufficient to fund operations and finance its cash flow needs for the ensuing year. In the event that the initial public offering is delayed, Mavenir would anticipate another equity raising funding from existing shareholders.

Business Combination

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The determination of estimated fair value may require management to make significant estimates and assumptions. The purchase price is the fair value of the total consideration conveyed to the seller and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired identifiable net assets, where applicable, is recorded as goodwill. The results of operations of an acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Costs associated with the acquisition of a business are expensed in the period incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of corporate bank accounts and money market funds with an original maturity of three months or less. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash balances consisted of U.S. Dollar, Australian Dollar (“AUD”), British Pound (“GBP”), Canadian Dollar (“CAD”), Chinese Yuan Renminbi (“CNY”), Croatian Kuna (“HRK”), European Union (“EURO”), Indian Rupee (“INR”), Malaysian Ringgit (“MYR”), and Singapore Dollar (“SGD”).

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at high credit-quality financial institutions. Balances may exceed the limits of government provided insurance, if applicable or available. The Company has never experienced any losses resulting from a financial institution failure or default. All non-interest bearing cash balances in the United States were fully insured by the FDIC at December 31, 2012 due to a temporary federal program in effect from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012. Under the program, there is no limit to the amount of insurance for eligible accounts. Beginning 2013, FDIC insurance coverage will revert to $250 per depositor at each financial institution, and the Company’s non-interest bearing cash balances in the United States may again exceed federally insured limits. We maintain some cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that are in excess of FDIC insurance limits.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily due from companies in the mobile telecommunications industry. Credit is extended based on evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and generally collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are determined by the payment milestones referenced and agreed to in each of the commercial agreements. Payment milestones vary by contract. Payment terms typically range from 30 to 60 days from invoice date. Accounts outstanding longer than the contractual payment term are considered past due.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Charged to
Costs and
Expense
     Deductions     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

   $ 3       $ 638       $ —        $ 641   

Year ended December 31, 2012

   $ 641       $ 199       $ (458   $ 382   

Six months ended June 30, 2013

   $ 382       $ 301       $ (80   $ 603   

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from the sale of software products and maintenance and support. Professional services consist primarily of software development and implementation services, but also can include training of customer personnel. The Company’s products and services are generally sold as part of a contract, the terms of which are considered as a whole to determine the appropriate revenue recognition.

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with either the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended, or with ASC 605-25 Multiple Element Arrangements (“MEAs”), with consideration to ASC 605-35 Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.

The Company first determines whether its products consist of tangible products that contain essential software elements and as such, are excluded from the software revenue recognition method of accounting.

The Company’s products and services are sold through distribution partners and directly through its sales force. The Company typically does not offer contractual rights of return, stock balancing or price protection to its distribution partners, however, it does offer certain price protection to Cisco under the arrangement. See Note 16 for additional related party disclosures. Actual product returns from our customers have been insignificant to date. As a result, the Company does not currently maintain allowances for product returns and related services. A reserve based on historical experience or specific identification is recorded for estimated reductions to revenue for customer and distributor programs and incentive offerings, including price protections, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns and has historically been insignificant.

The Company’s software related products MEAs include software, non-essential hardware, professional services, and maintenance and typically involve significant professional services for customization and implementation and various combinations of these products and maintenance. The Company generally recognizes all multiple elements except maintenance using the percentage of completion accounting for its projects. Revenue for hardware is non-essential and not material to the projects and is recognized on a percentage of completion basis along with the software related products. Maintenance is allocated based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”).

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

The Company’s tangible products containing essential software MEAs include hardware, software essential to the functionality of the hardware, installation, and maintenance and are dependent on final customer acceptance, except maintenance which is recognized over the term of coverage. All multiple elements except maintenance are only recognized upon customer acceptance, and the total transaction price is allocated based on the relative ESP for the accepted product and maintenance.

Software Related Revenue Recognition

Certain of the Company’s software products are delivered under contracts, which generally require significant integration within a customer’s production and business system environment. As the Company’s agreements generally require significant production, modification or customization of the software, the Company accounts for these agreements under the percentage-of-completion method on the basis of hours incurred to date compared to total hours expected under the contract. The percentage-of-completion method generally results in the recognition of consistent profit margins over the life of the contract since management has the ability to produce estimates of contract billings and contract costs. We use the level of profit margin that is most likely to occur on a contract. If the most likely profit margin cannot be precisely determined, the lowest probable level of profit in the range of estimates is used until the results can be estimated more precisely. Under the percentage-of-completion accounting, management must also make key judgments in areas such as the percentage-of-completion, estimates of project revenue, costs and margin, estimates of total and remaining project hours and liquidated damages assessments. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability, final contract settlements and resolution of claims may result in a revision to job costs and income amount that are different than amounts originally estimated. At the time a loss on a contract is known, the entire amount of the estimated loss is accrued.

Software contracts that do not qualify for use of the percentage-of-completion method, as reasonable estimates of percentage of completion are not available, are accounted for using the completed contract method. Under the completed-contract method, all billings and related costs, net of anticipated losses, are deferred until completion of the contract. In 2011, all software contracts qualified for use of the percentage-of-completion method. Customers are billed in accordance with specific contract terms, which may differ from the rate at which revenue is earned. Revenue recognized in excess of the amount billed of $4,845, $9,782 and $7,284 at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and June 30, 2013, respectively, are classified as unbilled revenue. Amounts received from customers pursuant to the terms specified in contracts, but for which revenue has not yet been recognized, are recorded as deferred revenue. The Company also evaluates its revenue recognition in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification 605-45, Principal Agent Consideration, regarding gross versus net revenue reporting. The Company believes that it meets the criteria for gross recognition and reports revenue on a gross basis.

In certain situations, the Company sells software that does not require significant modification of services considered essential to the software’s functionality. Such software, generally consisting of capacity license upgrades, is recognized upon delivery if the other revenue recognition criteria are met.

For multiple element software arrangements, each element of the arrangement is analyzed and allocated a portion of the total arrangement fee to the elements based on the fair value of the element using VSOE of fair value, regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. Fair value is considered the price a customer would be required to pay if the element were sold separately based on our historical experience of stand-alone sales of these elements to third parties. For PCS such as maintenance, we use renewal rates for continued support arrangements to determine fair value. For software services, we use the fair value we charge

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

our customers when those services are sold separately. We monitor our transactions at least annually to ensure we maintain and periodically revise VSOE to reflect fair value.

Some of our software arrangements include services not considered essential for the customer to use the software for the customer’s purpose, such as training. When software services are not considered essential, the fee allocable to the service element is recognized as revenue as we perform the services. Revenue for hardware is non-essential and not material to the projects and is recognized on a percentage of completion basis along with the software related products.

Tangible Product Containing Essential Software

On January 1, 2011, the Company retroactively adopted, for all periods presented, an accounting update regarding revenue recognition for multiple deliverable arrangements and an accounting update for certain revenue arrangements that consist of tangible products that include essential software elements.

The amended update for multiple deliverable arrangements changed the units of accounting for the Company’s revenue transactions, and these products and services qualify as separate units of accounting. Under the previous guidance for multiple deliverable arrangements with tangible products and software elements, the Company was unable to determine the fair value of the undelivered element so it deferred its costs and related billings and recognized such amounts over the performance period of the last deliverable, which was generally the PCS or maintenance period.

MEAs are arrangements with customers which include multiple deliverables, including a combination of equipment and services. The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control. Revenue from arrangements for the sale of tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality requires allocation of the arrangement consideration to the separate deliverables using the relative selling price method (“RSP”) of each unit of accounting based first on VSOE if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, and on ESP if neither VSOE nor TPE exist.

 

   

VSOE — For certain elements of an arrangement, VSOE is based upon the pricing in comparable transactions when the element is sold separately. We determine VSOE based on our pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s).

 

   

TPE — If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amounts of similar products or services offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of the product or service sold.

 

   

ESP — The estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE or TPE does not exist for an element, we determine ESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, pricing practices and potential market constraints. Adjustments for other market and Company-specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining ESP.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Under the accounting principles retroactively adopted, certain contracts include multiple elements for which we determine whether the various elements meet the applicable criteria to be accounted for as separate elements and make estimates regarding their relative selling price. We use ESP when allocating arrangement consideration to each separate deliverable as we do not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for our various applicable tangible products containing essential software products and services. We allocate the total transaction price of an arrangement based on each separate unit of accounting relative to ESP. Revenue for elements that cannot be separated is recognized once the revenue recognition criteria for the entire arrangement has been met or over the period that our last remaining obligation to perform is fulfilled. Consideration for elements that are deemed separable is allocated to the separate elements at the inception of the arrangement on the basis of their relative selling price and recognized based on meeting authoritative criteria. The adoption of the amended revenue recognition rules significantly changed the timing of revenue recognition and had a material impact on the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the effect of adopting these standards on future financial periods as the impact will vary depending on the nature and volume of new or materially modified sales arrangements in any given period. We consider the installation and delivery of our software products to be part of a single unit of accounting for software products revenue due to the complexity of the installation and nature of the contracts.

The related costs associated with the delivered product which does not yet meet the criteria to be recognized as revenue are deferred. The cost of such products is charged to cost of revenue on a proportionate basis similar to the manner in which the related revenue is recognized. Deferred cost represents the cost of direct and incremental items purchased for contracts not yet delivered to customers. Costs of revenue principally consist of the costs of payroll-related costs for service personnel, third-party hardware, third-party licenses and shipping and installation costs to any customer.

In cases where final acceptance has occurred but the Company has not as yet invoiced the customer, the Company has accounted for the amount to be invoiced as unbilled revenue. Customers are billed in accordance with specific contract terms, which may differ from the rate at which revenue is earned. We had no revenue recognized in excess of the amount billed at December 31, 2011 and 2012. Amounts received from customers pursuant to the terms specified in contracts, but for which revenue has not yet been recognized, are recorded as deferred revenue. The Company also evaluates its revenue recognition in accordance with ASC 605-45, Principal Agent Consideration, regarding gross versus net revenue reporting. The Company believes that it meets the criteria for the gross recognition and reports revenue on a gross basis.

Maintenance

Maintenance consists of PCS agreements and our customers generally enter into PCS agreements when they purchase our products. Our PCS agreements range from one to three years and are typically renewable on an annual basis thereafter at the option of the customer. Revenue allocated to PCS is recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the period the PCS is provided, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition has been met. All significant costs and expenses associated with PCS are expensed as incurred. For our software products, we have established VSOE of fair value for the PCS. Rates for maintenance, including subsequent renewal rates, are typically established based upon a specific percentage of the products provided, as set forth in the arrangement with the customer. For our tangible products (which all contain essential software), our customers generally enter into PCS arrangements when they purchase these tangible products. Relative selling price for the maintenance and support obligations for tangible products is based upon the ESP.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Shipping Costs

Outbound shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenues, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market, net of reserve for obsolete inventory. The Company maintains a small warranty stock however; substantially all inventories at period end are related to actual or planned customer orders. The reserve for obsolescence at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and June 30, 2013, was $171, $284, and $172 respectively.

Our costs of sales also include overhead costs, including capitalized inventory costs, deferred contract costs, and other direct and allocated support costs related to equipment and installation when sold.

Inventory shipped to customers is generally covered under a twelve month warranty and returns have historically been nominal.

Long-lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their respective estimated useful lives of two to five years, using the straight-line method. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.

When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of our property and equipment might not be recoverable, the expected future undiscounted cash flows from the assets are estimated and compared with the carrying amount of the assets. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss is recorded. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the assets with their carrying amounts. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, as appropriate. We did not record any impairment losses related to our property and equipment during 2010, 2011, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets are primarily comprised of the intangible assets that we acquired in the Airwide Acquisition. Specifically, we recognized intangible assets for (i) contractual backlog; (ii) customer relationships; and (iii) technology. At December 31, 2011, the contractual backlog intangible assets were fully amortized.

The intangible asset related to customer relationships is amortized for six years over a method that reflects an appropriate allocation of the costs of these intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained in each reporting period. The intangible asset related to technology is amortized on a straight-line basis with estimated useful lives of six years from the date of the Airwide Acquisition.

Intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. The impairment loss to be recorded would be the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value. Fair value is generally determined using a discounted cash flow analysis or other valuation technique. We have not recorded any impairment charges to our intangible assets through December 31, 2012.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized to operations, but instead are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or when there is an indicator of impairment. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.

The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. An impairment loss shall be recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

The Company determines fair value using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. It is Company’s policy to conduct impairment testing based on its current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as its future expectations.

The Company’s valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and projections of future operating performance. If these assumptions differ materially from future results, the Company may record impairment charges in the future.

In connection with the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test, we have not recorded any impairment of such assets through June 30, 2013.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities related to a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company provides a valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that its deferred tax assets will not be realized, based on expectations of generating future taxable income. Due to the Company’s historical losses, the net deferred tax assets have been fully reserved with the establishment of a valuation allowance.

The Company recognizes the effect of an income tax position only if it is more likely than not (a likelihood of greater than 50%) that such position will be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company recognized an uncertain tax positions liability of $3,053 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and June 30, 2013, as a result of related party foreign transactions. The Company recognizes both interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of the income tax provision. Based on the nature of foreign transactions, the Company does not believe there are any material interest and penalties due.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), which provides a framework for measuring fair value and expands required disclosure about fair value measurements of assets and liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, billed and unbilled accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The carrying amounts of financial instruments, other than the debt instruments, are representative of their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company’s debt agreements bear interest at market rates and thus management believes their carrying amounts approximate fair value.

The Company does not have any other financial or non-financial assets or liabilities that would be characterized as Level 2 or Level 3 instruments.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances in the USA, Australia, Canada, China, Croatia, Finland, India, Malaysia, Singapore, Spain and the UK. The balances in the USA are FDIC insured. The Company maintains cash deposits with financial institutions with balances that often exceed federally insured amounts. The Company has experienced no losses related to these deposits.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for each foreign subsidiary of the Company is the applicable local currency. Assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiary are translated to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income and expense

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

items are translated at the rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

Net Income Per Common Share

Basic net income/(loss) per common share is computed by dividing the net income/(loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock during the period, using the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computations of diluted earnings per share if their effect would be anti-dilutive. Note 9 provides additional information regarding loss per common share.

Research, Development and Engineering Costs

Costs related to research, design and development of service infrastructure technology are charged to research and development expense as incurred. Financial accounting standards provide for the capitalization of certain software development costs once technological feasibility has been established and for the evaluation of the recoverability of any capitalized costs on a periodic basis. The Company’s software products have historically reached technological feasibility late in the developmental process, and developmental costs incurred after technological feasibility and prior to product release have been insignificant to date. Accordingly, no development costs have been capitalized to date and all research and product development expenditures have been expensed as incurred.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges consist primarily of severance and benefits cost resulting from strategic management decisions to consolidate operations supporting our business during 2011 following the acquisition of Airwide described in Note 2. Restructuring charges represent costs related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges include expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs and acquisition integrations that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.

Restructuring charges incurred and paid during 2011 totaled $514, which is included in general and administration in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Stock-based Compensation

Stock-based compensation represents the cost related to stock-based awards granted to employees. The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes the cost as an expense on a straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options without market-based performance conditions using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

   

Risk-free interest rate — U.S. Federal Reserve treasury constant maturities rate consistent vesting period;

 

   

Expected dividend yield — measured as the average annualized dividend estimated to be paid by the Company over the expected life of the award as a percentage of the share price at the grant date;

 

   

Expected term — the average of the vesting period and the expiration period from the date of issue of the award; and

 

   

Weighted average expected volatility — measured using historical volatility of similar public entities for which share or opinion price information is available.

The expense is recorded in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment, allowing entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If the qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no testing is required. This ASU is effective for the Company in the period beginning January 1, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-04, Technical Corrections and Improvements (“ASU 2012-04”). These amendments are presented in two sections — Technical Corrections and Improvements (Section A) and Conforming Amendments Related to Fair Value Measurements (Section B). The amendments in this update represent changes to clarify the Codification, correct unintended application of guidance or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Additionally, the amendments will make the Codification easier to understand and the fair value measurement guidance easier to apply by eliminating inconsistencies and providing needed clarifications. This update is not intended to significantly change U.S. GAAP. The Company does not expect the adoption of this update to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 requires registrants to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of AOCI by component. In addition, an entity is required to present significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years,

and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company will reflect the impact of these amendments beginning with the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2013. As the new standard does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements, the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows were not impacted.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity” (“ASU 2013-05”). ASU 2013-05 provides guidance on releasing Cumulative Translation Adjustments when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. In addition, these amendments provide guidance on the release of Cumulative Translation Adjustment in partial sales of equity method investments and in step acquisitions. For public entities, the amendments are effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments must be applied prospectively to derecognition events occurring after the effective date. Prior periods should not be adjusted. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-05 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-07, “Liquidation Basis of Accounting” (“ASU 2013-07”). ASU 2013-07 requires an entity to prepare its financial statements using the liquidation basis of accounting (LBA) when liquidation is imminent. Among the requirements of LBA financial statements is that they present relevant information about an entity’s expected resources in liquidation by measuring and presenting assets at the amount of the expected cash proceeds from liquidation; include in its presentation of assets any items not previously recognized under U.S. GAAP but that it expects to either sell in liquidation or use in settling liabilities; recognize and measure an entity’s liabilities in accordance with U.S. GAAP that otherwise applies to those liabilities; and disclose an entity’s plan for liquidation, the methods and significant assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities, the type and amount of costs and income accrued, and the expected duration of the liquidation process. These amendments are effective for public entities that determine liquidation is imminent during annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, and interim reporting periods therein. Entitles should apply the requirements prospectively from the day that liquidation becomes imminent. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-07 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2013, the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) issued Issue 13-C, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward of Tax Credit Carryforward Exists” (“EITF Issue 13-C”), which requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in deferred tax asset for a net operation loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward. However, to the extent that a net operating loss carryforward or tax credit carryforwards at the reporting date is not available under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position, the unrecognized tax benefit is to be presented in the statement of financial position as a liability. The amendment is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and interim periods therein. We are still evaluating the impact this guidance.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

2. Business Combination

On May 27, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Airwide Solutions, Inc. for $16,901. The Airwide Acquisition was funded with a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of Series E preferred stock (see Note 10). Prior to the acquisition, Airwide was a provider of messaging and content delivery software to mobile operators with revenues and expenses mainly being generated in EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa), APAC (Asia- Pacific) and Canada. This acquisition marks our initial entry into the countries in which Airwide operates in and provides the Company with additional global presence and access to additional customers.

The Airwide Acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets acquired and the liabilities assumed by the Company were recognized at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Company recorded goodwill of $941, which is attributable to expected growth and cost synergies resulting from the acquisition. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes. The Company incurred approximately $700 of acquisition-related costs, all of which were expensed and included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The allocation of the total purchase price of Airwide’s net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was based upon the estimated fair value of those assets as of May 27, 2011. The following table presents the allocation of the total purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

 

     May 27, 2011  

Cash and cash equivalent

   $ 2,404   

Accounts receivables

     8,112   

Unbilled revenue

     6,624   

Other current assets

     2,612   

Property and equipment

     441   

Intangibles

     7,322   

Goodwill

     941   

Accounts payable

     (2,901

Deferred revenue

     (2,427

Accrued expense and other current liabilities

     (4,198

Uncertain tax position liabilities

     (2,029
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,901   
  

 

 

 

As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company has determined that the identifiable intangible assets are contractual backlog, customer relationship and technology. Backlog consists of existing contracts. The Company valued contractual backlog and customer relationships using the excess earnings method. The Company applied the relief-from-royalty method to estimate the fair value of technology. These intangible assets are amortized with estimated useful lives ranging from seven months to six years from the date of acquisition over a method

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

that reflects an appropriate allocation of the costs of these intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained in each reporting period.

 

Acquired intangible assets

   Fair Value      Weighted Average
Useful Life

(in months)
 

Contractual backlog

   $ 1,411         7   

Customer relationship

     5,120         72   

Technology

     791         72   
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 7,322      
  

 

 

    

Below are selected unaudited pro forma results of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 as if the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2010. These results are not intended to reflect the actual operations of the Company had the acquisition occurred at January 1, 2010.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011  

Revenues

   $ 59,159      $ 66,831   

Net loss

   $ (37,937   $ (26,716

3. Accounts Receivable

The following table presents the detail of accounts receivable for the periods presented:

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts receivable

   $ 16,753      $ 15,541      $ 19,895   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (641     (382     (603
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accounts receivable, net

   $ 16,112      $ 15,159      $ 19,292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. Property and Equipment

The following table presents the detail of property and equipment for the periods presented:

 

     Estimated
Useful  Life
     December 31,     June 30,  
        2011     2012     2013  
                        (unaudited)  

Computer software

     3 years       $ 3,080      $ 4,540      $ 5,048   

Computer and lab equipment

     3 years         6,646        7,770        8,090   

Other equipment

     2-5 years         141        1,578        1,412   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

        9,867        13,888        14,550   

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (6,441     (7,969     (8,993
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

      $ 3,426      $ 5,919      $ 5,557   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Property and equipment depreciation expense totaled $807, $949, $1,527, $685 and $1,082 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

5. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets primarily include the intangible assets that the Company acquired in the Airwide Acquisition (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for further information). The intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis. The amortization methods reflect an appropriate allocation of the costs of these intangible assets to earnings in proportion to the amount of economic benefits obtained in reporting period.

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(in months)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Contractual backlog

     7       $ 1,411       $ 1,411       $   

Customer relationships

     72         5,120         712         4,408   

Technology

     72         781         105         676   

Certifications

     36         859         39         820   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 8,171       $ 2,267       $ 5,904   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(in months)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Contractual backlog

     7       $ 1,462       $ 1,462       $   

Customer relationships

     72         5,280         1,568         3,712   

Technology

     72         825         249         576   

Certifications and licenses

     36         1,833         407         1,426   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 9,400       $ 3,686       $ 5,714   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets as of June 30, 2013 are as follows:

 

Description

   Weighted Average
Amortization period
(in months)
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying Amount
as of
June 30, 2013
 
    

(unaudited)

 

Contractual backlog

     7       $ 1,314       $ 1,314       $   

Customer relationships

     72         4,764         1,654         3,110   

Technology

     72         737         256         481   

Certifications and licenses

     36         2,474         649         1,825   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 9,289       $ 3,873       $ 5,416   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, was $0, $1,984, $2,521, $1,000 and $712, respectively, of which $0, $1,382, $0, $0 and $242, respectively, was included in cost of revenues related to software products and $0, $602,$2,521, $1,000 and $470, respectively, was included in operating expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The following table presents the expected amortization expense for each of the next five years ending December 31 for those intangible assets with remaining carrying values as of June 30, 2013:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amortization of
Intangible Assets
 

2013 (July 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013)

   $ 871   

2014

     1,703   

2015

     1,377   

2016

     1,083   

2017

     382   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,416   
  

 

 

 

A summary of changes in the Company’s carrying value of goodwill is as follows:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011     2012      2013  
                  (unaudited)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $      $ 901       $ 923   

Acquired goodwill

     941                  

Foreign currency exchange translation

     (40     22         (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 901      $ 923       $ 874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Accrued Liabilities

The following table presents the detail of accrued liabilities for the periods presented:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued payroll

   $ 2,352       $ 4,323       $ 5,051   

Accrued expenses on contracts

     2,393         1,996         1,600   

Uncertain tax positions

     3,053         3,053         3,053   

Accrued professional fees

     267         997         127   

Other

     1,388         3,698         2,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 9,453       $ 14,067       $ 12,405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

7. Long-term Debt

The following table presents the detail of long-term debt for the periods presented:

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Comerica revolving line of credit

   $ 814      $      $   

Silicon Valley Bank senior loan

            10,000        15,000   

Silicon Valley Bank subordinated loan

            5,000        10,000   

Silver Lake subordinated loan

                   15,000   

Discount related to issuance of warrants

            (300     (1,847

Less current portion

     (814              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $      $ 14,700      $ 38,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had $814, $15,000 and $40,000 gross of debt discount of $0, $300, and $1,847 outstanding under its revolving credit facility and senior and subordinated loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and June 30, 2013, respectively.

Silicon Valley Bank Subordinated and Senior Loans

On October 18, 2012, the Company entered into loan agreements with Silicon Valley Bank. Under the agreements, the Company obtained two loans totaling $32,500 (the “SVB Loans”). In February 2013, we amended the SVB Loans (the “Amendment”) to join certain of our subsidiaries, including our non-U.S. subsidiaries, as co-borrowers. We also amended our minimum tangible net worth covenant. The term loan and LOC with Comerica Bank were repaid on October 19, 2012 with the partial proceeds of the loans from Silicon Valley Bank. The SVB Loans include a $22,500 Senior Loan secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, including intellectual property. The Senior Loan has a three-year term at a floating rate of 1% above the U.S. prime rate, subject to a minimum interest rate of 4.25%. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company can draw up to 80% of eligible trade receivables up to $15,000, with the remaining $7,500 generally available for working capital and cash management purposes. The Company also obtained a $10,000 Subordinated Loan, also secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company, including intellectual property, that has a three-year term at a fixed rate of 11%. Both loans require the payment of interest only on the outstanding balance through the term of the loan, with all principal payable in October 2015. Both loans may be prepaid at any time without penalty.

In connection with the SVB Loans, the Company issued warrants to purchase a total of 128,570 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $5.11 per share. In accordance with the guidance to account for debt issued with a warrant, the Company allocated the total proceeds between the loans and the warrant based on the relative fair value of the two instruments. Out of the total proceeds of $15,000, the Company allocated approximately $14,683 to the loans and approximately $317 to the warrant based on their relative fair values. The fair value of the common stock warrant was recorded to APIC, with a reduction to the loans as a debt discount. See Note 11 for further discussion of the valuation methodology and assumptions. The discount on the debt is being amortized over the terms of the loans and the amortization charge recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The unamortized discount on the SVB Loans debt is $247 at June 30, 2013.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

The Silicon Valley Bank loan agreements contain certain restrictive covenants, and the Senior Loan requires us to maintain a minimum tangible net worth at all times. At June 30, 2013, we are in compliance all covenants applicable to us under the SVB Loans, as amended. The agreements also contain usual and customary events of default, the occurrence of which may result in all outstanding amounts under the loan agreements becoming due and payable immediately, and they also impose an interest penalty of an additional 5% above the otherwise applicable interest rate at any time when an event of default is continuing.

Silver Lake Waterman Growth Capital Loan 

On June 4, 2013, we entered into a growth capital loan agreement with Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P. (“Silver Lake Loan”), for a $15 million subordinated term loan. The Silver Lake Loan is subordinated to our senior and subordinated loans with Silicon Valley Bank described above, and is secured by substantially all of our assets. The Silver Lake Loan matures on June 30, 2017 and bears interest at 12% annually. The accrued interest on the loan is payable monthly, with the principal amount due and payable on the loan’s maturity on June 30, 2017. The subordinated term loan includes a prepayment penalty of 5% for prepayment in the first year, 4% in the second year, 3% in the third year and 2% thereafter, except that if we choose to repay this subordinated term loan with the proceeds of this offering the prepayment penalty will not apply.

The subordinated term loan agreement with Silver Lake Waterman Fund contains restrictive covenants. One such covenant provides that we must use substantially all of the proceeds of the loan for our United States operations and may not use them for non-U.S. operations. Other covenants limit our ability to, among other things, incur liens on our assets, pay dividends, make investments or engage in acquisitions, and prevent dissolution, liquidation, merger or a sale of our assets outside of the ordinary course of business without the prior consent of the lender. The agreement also contains customary events of default, the occurrence of which may result in all outstanding amounts under the loan agreements becoming due and payable immediately, and they also impose an interest penalty of an additional 5% above the otherwise applicable interest rate at any time when an event of default is continuing.

In connection with the Silver Lake Loan, we issued warrants to purchase a total of 194,694 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share. In accordance with the guidance to account for debt issued with a warrant, the Company allocated total proceeds between the loan and the warrant based on the relative fair value of the two instruments. Out of the total proceeds of $15,000, the Company allocated approximately $13,366 to the loan and $1,634 to the warrant based on their relative fair values. The fair value of the common stock warrant was recorded to APIC, with a reduction to the loan as a debt discount. The discount on the debt is being amortized over the terms of the loan and the amortization charge recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded $34 of amortization into interest expense related to these warrants and the unamortized discount on the debt is $1,600 at June 30, 2013.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases expiring in various years through 2017 or later. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, was $481, $2,227, $2,405 $1,148 and $1,036, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 1,701   

2014

     1,393   

2015

     1,306   

2016

     807   

2017 and thereafter

     1,052   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,259   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum sublease rentals to be received under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2012 are $1,232.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we, our customers and our competitors are subject to various litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The software and communications infrastructure industries are characterized by frequent litigation and claims, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights, claims for damages or indemnification for alleged breach under commercial supply or service contracts and claims regarding alleged improper hiring practices. From time to time we may be involved in various additional legal proceedings or claims.

We were one of 16 remaining defendants in Eon Corp. IP Holdings, LLC v. Sensus USA, Inc. et al. The plaintiff Eon Corp. IP Holdings, LLC, or Eon, a non-operating entity, alleges that each of the defendants has infringed, and continues to infringe, Eon’s U.S. Patent No. 5,592,491. The suit was originally filed in October 2010 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. In January 2012, the court granted defendants’ motion to transfer the suit to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In June 2013, we entered into a settlement agreement with Eon. This had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In July 2013, the court dismissed all claims against us.

We are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

9. Loss per Common Share Applicable to Common Shareholders

The following table presents the detail with respect to basic and diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      (unaudited)  

Net loss

  $ (10,394   $ (21,758   $ (15,569   $ (5,650   $ (7,935

Loss per common share

  $ (9.42   $ (18.82   $ (12.09   $ (4.52   $ (5.92

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    1,103,739        1,155,980        1,287,986        1,250,346        1,339,454   

Potentially dilutive securities:

         

Outstanding stock options

    684,391        965,595        1,473,632        1,502,695        1,940,408   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    11,897,446        16,452,467        16,452,467        16,452,467        16,452,467   

Warrants

                                1,235,633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    12,581,827        17,418,062        17,926,099        17,955,162        19,628,508   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effects of redeemable convertible preferred stock and options outstanding were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per common share in 2010, 2011, 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively, because these securities would have been anti-dilutive. The weighted average common shares for basic and diluted loss for common shares were the same due to the loss in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013.

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In 2005, the Company issued $2,500 of convertible promissory notes that were convertible into the Company’s Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). The notes accrued interest at an annual rate of 7%, which interest was also convertible into Series A Preferred Stock. In April 2006, all of the outstanding principal and interest under the notes (approximately $2,609) were converted at $2.80875 per share into 928,893 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Additionally in conjunction with the conversion of the notes, the Company sold 2,805,072 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $3.745 per share for $10,502 in cash (which excludes the principal and interest due under the notes discussed above).

In 2007, the Company issued 3,818,210 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at $5.369 per share for $20,500 in cash, which was used for general corporate purposes.

In October 2008, the Company issued 2,616,704 shares of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at $6.6794 per share for $17,478 in cash, which was used for general corporate purposes.

In June 2010, the Company issued 1,728,569 shares of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at $7.8533 per share for $13,575 in cash, which was used for general corporate purposes.

In May and July 2011, the Company issued an aggregate of 4,555,021 shares of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock at $8.7815 per share for $40,000 in cash, which was used for the Airwide Acquisition and restructuring and for general corporate purposes.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends at a rate of $0.2996, $0.4298, $0.5341, $0.6286 and $0.7028 per share per annum, respectively, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on

the common stock of the Company. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company had declared no dividends on either its common stock or Preferred Stock. The dividends on the Preferred Stocks are not cumulative. Each holder of each outstanding share of each series of Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock are convertible. Except as provided by provisions establishing any other series of Preferred Stock and except in certain other limited circumstances, holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on all action to be taken by the stockholders of the Company, including, but not limited to actions necessary to amend the certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock.

Upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Preferred Stock, each holder of Series E Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an amount equal to $8.7815 per share, as adjusted, plus any declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. Upon completion of the distribution to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other capital stock of the Company ranking junior to the Preferred Stock, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an amount equal to $3.745, $5.369, $6.6794 and $7.8533 per share, respectively, as adjusted, plus any declared but unpaid dividends for such shares. After payment of the full liquidation preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, the remaining assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably among all of the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, on an as-converted basis, until such time as the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock receive an additional $3.745, $5.369, $6.6794, $7.8533 and $17.563 per share, respectively. After payment of the full liquidation preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, the remaining assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably among all of the holders of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to receive with respect to a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, each series of Preferred Stock shall be treated as if all holders of such series had converted such holders’ shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company if, as a result of an actual conversion of such series of Preferred Stock, holders of such series of Preferred Stock would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to holders of series of Preferred Stock if such holders had not converted such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

The shares of each series of Preferred Stock are convertible into Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder. Additionally, all shares of Preferred Stock are subject to automatic conversion upon the closing of a

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

public offering of the Company’s Common Stock in which the aggregate proceeds to the Company equal or exceed $50,000. All shares of Preferred Stock are also automatically convertible into Common Stock, at the applicable Conversion Rate, upon the written consent or agreement of a majority of (i) the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class. The conversion rate is initially one share of Common Stock for each share of Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment for certain stock issuances and stock splits, reverse stock-splits, stock combinations and the like.

Upon receipt of a written request from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of (i) Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series, and (ii) Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, at any time on or after the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first issues shares of its Series E Preferred Stock (that is, May 26, 2011) the Company shall redeem all, but not less than all, of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding in three equal annual installments beginning on a date not more than forty-five (45) days after the receipt of the redemption request. The redemption prices for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are equal to $3.745, $5.369, $6.6794, $7.8533 and $8.7815 per share, respectively, plus declared but unpaid dividends. If the number of shares of Preferred Stock that may then be legally redeemed by the Company is less than the number of such shares to be redeemed, then all of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be redeemed for the applicable redemption price prior to the redemption of the shares of any other series of Preferred Stock, and then the remaining shares of any other series of Preferred Stock that should have been redeemed, but were not, will be redeemed on a pro rata basis from any additional legally available funds or as soon as the Company has legally available funds therefore.

The Company classifies conditionally redeemable convertible preferred shares, which includes shares of Preferred Stock subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control, as temporary equity. Shares of Preferred Stock classified as temporary equity are measured initially at fair value. If such shares are subject to redemption at a higher value that is outside of the Company’s control, such shares are accreted to the mandatory redemption value, with such accretion recorded as dividends. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company had recorded as temporary equity shares of Series A, B, C, D and E Preferred Stock totaling $13,005, $20,500, $17,478, $13,575 and $40,000, respectively. Shares of Preferred Stock remain recorded at the issuance date valuation amounts on the balance sheet, as they do not become redeemable automatically, only through the intent of the preferred shareholders, and the preferred shareholders have not shown any plan to redeem the preferred shares. Dividends on shares of Preferred Stock included in temporary equity are recorded as Dividends on Preferred Stock below Net Loss on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

None of the Company’s Series A, B, C, D or E Preferred stock has any contractual rights or obligations to share in the current losses of the Company.

11. Shareholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

In 2011, the Board of Directors and shareholders approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock of the Company from 16,261,108 to 22,171,986.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

Stock Option Plan

The Company has two stock option plans: the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”), and the 2013 Stock Plan (the “2013 Plan”). In January 2013, the Company terminated the 2005 Plan and provided that no further stock awards were to be granted under the 2005 Plan and adopted the 2013 Plan as a continuation of and successor to the 2005 Plan. Upon the IPO, all shares that were reserved under the 2005 Plan but not issued were assumed by the 2013 Plan and no further shares will be granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan. All outstanding stock awards under the 2005 Plan will continue to be governed by the existing terms. Under the 2013 Plan, the Company has the ability to issue incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance units and/or performance shares. Additionally, the 2013 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards to employees, directors and consultants. The ISOs and NSOs will be granted at a price per share not less than the fair value at date of grant. Options granted to date generally vest over a four-year period with 25% vesting at the end of one year and the remaining vest monthly thereafter. Options granted generally are exercisable up to 10 years. Restricted stock awards generally vest over a four-year period with 25% vesting at the end of one year and the remaining vest monthly thereafter.

Unvested options can be exercised into shares of restricted stock. Awards granted under the Plan may be immediately exercisable, but not vested, and are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company (at its option) at the lower of the original exercise price or fair market value for all unvested restricted shares at the termination of service. At December 31, 2012, options that were fully vested amounted to 1,438,119 shares with a weighted average exercise price of $0.88 and weighted average remaining contractual term of 5.8 years and intrinsic value of $5,842. At June 30, 2013, there were 1,671,146 common shares available for future grants under the 2013 Plan.

To determine the weighted average fair value of stock options granted the Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)  

Expected dividends

     0     0     0     0

Risk-free interest rate (U.S. Treasury)

     2.8     2.1     1.7     2.0

Expected term

     6.1 years        6.2 years        6.3 years        6.3 years   

Expected volatility

     47.0     60.0     62.0     58.0

The fair value of all the awards granted is amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods.

The following tables summarize the stock option activity for the periods presented:

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 

Outstanding January 1, 2010

     1,310,272      $ 0.50      

Granted

     655,919        0.68      

Exercised

     (32,797     0.47      

Forfeited or expired

     (98,080     0.57      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

     1,835,314      $ 0.56         7.9 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2010

     1,835,314      $ 0.56         7.9 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 

Outstanding January 1, 2011

     1,835,314      $ 0.56      

Granted

     1,028,923        2.01      

Exercised

     (90,277     0.56      

Forfeited or expired

     (126,589     0.70      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2011

     2,647,371      $ 1.12         8.1 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2011

     2,647,371      $ 1.12         8.1 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 

Outstanding January 1, 2012

     2,647,371      $ 1.12      

Granted

     487,921        4.77      

Exercised

     (121,407     0.59      

Forfeited or expired

     (317,090     1.14      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     2,696,795      $ 1.80         7.3 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2012

     2,696,795      $ 1.80         7.3 years   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
    Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
   

(unaudited)

 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2013

    2,696,795      $ 1.80       

Granted

    256,186        8.12       

Exercised

    (3,600     1.93       

Forfeited or expired

    (51,847     3.73       
 

 

 

       

Outstanding as of June 30, 2013

    2,897,534      $ 2.32        7.0      $ 17,593   
 

 

 

       

Exercisable as of June 30, 2013

    2,897,534      $ 2.32        7.0        17,593   
 

 

 

       

The Company granted stock options with a weighted-average grant date fair value during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, of $0.42, $1.12, $2.80, $1.19 and $4.48, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes additional information about stock options at December 31, 2012:

 

Exercise Price

   Options
Outstanding
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 

$0.07

     21,428         21,428         2.9   

$0.42

     544,019         544,019         3.7   

$0.56

     251,374         251,374         4.8   

$0.63

     352,122         352,122         6.7   

$0.77

     173,046         173,046         8.0   

$2.10

     922,525         922,525         9.0   

$5.11

     432,281         432,281         9.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,696,795         2,696,795         7.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, was $21, $190, $527, and $23 and $389, respectively. The Company recorded $71, $138, $291, $105 and $300 of non-cash charges for stock compensation related to amortization of the fair value of unvested stock options for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. At June 30, 2013, there was $1,208 of total unrecognized cost related to unvested stock options granted under the stock option plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

Warrants

Common Stock

On November 1, 2006, the Company issued warrants to the Communities Foundation of Texas to purchase 2,857 shares of its common stock at a price of $0.42 per share. The warrants were to expire in November 2011. On September 11, 2012, the Company reissued the warrants at a price of $5.11 per share. The reissued warrants have a term of five years, but will terminate earlier upon the closing of an initial public offering or the closing of a change of control of the Company. The fair value of the warrants was insignificant.

In connection with the SVB Loans on October 28, 2012, the Company issued warrants to Silicon Valley Bank and WestRiver Mezzanine Loans, LLC exercisable for a total of 128,570 shares of common stock at a price of $5.11 per share. The warrants have a term of the earliest of the tenth anniversary of the issue date or three years following the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with an IPO. The Company will provide the holders of the warrants with written notice of at least seven business days prior to the closing of a cash/public acquisition. Upon the closing of other than a cash/public acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity assumes the obligation of the warrants. The fair value of the warrants of $317 was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company used a risk-free interest rate of 1.72%, stock price volatility of 62%, a term of four years and expected dividends of 0%. The average remaining life of the Common Stock warrants as of June 30, 2013 was 9.3 years.

In connection with the Silver Lake Loan, we issued warrants to purchase a total of 194,694 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share. The warrants have a term of the earlier of the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant, the third anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with the Company’s IPO or the consummation of an acquisition of the Company. The fair value of

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

the warrants of $1.6 million was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company used a risk-free interest rate of 1.99%, stock price volatility of 58%, a term of three years and expected dividends of 0%. The average remaining life of the common stock warrants as of June 30, 2013 was 6.9 years.

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, and June 30, 2013, the Company had 909,512 warrants outstanding to acquire its Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred stock outstanding at $6.6794 per share issued in connection with debt financing and to an investor. The warrants were issued in October 2008 and have a term of seven years. The fair value on the date of issuance of all these warrants was insignificant. No warrants were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The average remaining life of the Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock warrants, as of June 30, 2013, was 2.3 years.

12. Employee Benefit Plan

In the United States, the Company maintains a defined contribution plan consisting of a 401(k) retirement savings plan, which covers substantially all eligible U.S. employees. Participants can, in accordance with Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines, set aside both pre- and post-tax savings in this account. In addition to participant’s savings, the Company has the option of making discretionary matching contributions to plan participant’s accounts; however, no contributions were made to date as of June 30, 2013. Eligible employees can participate in the plan on the first day following their hire date.

The Company’s employees in Canada and the United Kingdom have defined contribution plans. The cost of the plans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 was $0, $544, $791, $418 and $314 respectively, and is included in operating expenses.

13. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the income tax expense:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010              2011              2012      

Current:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

                       

Foreign

     131         1,330         1,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     131         1,330         1,152   

Deferred:

        

Federal

                       

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 131       $ 1,330       $ 1,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

The components of income (loss) before income tax expense consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Domestic

   $ (10,035   $ (17,576   $ (18,941

Foreign

     (228     (2,852     4,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (10,263   $ (20,428   $ (14,417
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 36,993      $ 43,196   

Deferred revenue

     4,264        1,038   

Accrued expenses

     666        1,159   

Allowance for bad debt

     266        102   

Start-up costs

     1,369        1,239   

Depreciation of property and equipment

     26        —     

Unrealized gain/loss on foreign currency translations

     —          165   

Research and development credit

     833        833   

Other

     —          316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     44,417        48,048   

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Amortization of intangible assets

     (1,451     (1,178

Unrealized gain/loss on foreign currency translations

     (359     —     

Prepaid items

     (378     —     

Other

     (109     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (2,297     (1,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     42,120        46,798   

Valuation allowance

     (42,120     (46,798
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount      Percent  

Computed tax at statutory rates:

   $ (3,592     35.0   $ (7,150     35.0   $ (5,046      35.0

Permanent differences

     25        (0.2 )%      683        (3.3 )%      362         (2.5 )% 

Difference resulting from state income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits

                   (661     3.2     (337      2.3

Change in valuation allowance

     3,788        (36.9 )%      8,115        (39.7 )%      4,678         (32.4 )% 

Tax credits

                   (1,076     5.3     (100      0.7

Foreign tax rate differential

     (24     0.2     900        (4.4 )%      922         (6.4 )% 

Uncertain tax positions

     53        (0.5 )%      819        (4.0 )%                

Other, net

     (119     1.1     (300     1.4     673         (4.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 131        (1.3 )%    $ 1,330        (6.5 )%    $ 1,152         (8.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $82,474 ($30,581 tax affected). These losses expire in various years between 2024 and 2032, and are subject to limitations on their utilization. We had total foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $51,162 ($12,615 tax affected), which are subject to limitations on their utilization. Of these tax-affected foreign net operating losses, $1,190 are not currently subject to expiration dates. The remainder, $11,425, expires beginning in 2016 through 2022. These net operating losses of the Company may in addition be limited under applicable provisions of the U.S. tax laws. In addition, the Company has research and development expenditures carried forward of $833 which can be used to reduce U.S. federal taxable income and expire between 2026 and 2031. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and 2012 due to the uncertainty of future operating results. The valuation allowance will be reduced at such time as management is able to determine that the realization of the deferred tax assets is more likely than not to occur.

The Company applies a two-step process for the evaluation of uncertain income tax positions based on a “more likely than not” threshold to determine if a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain position to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or 50% assured that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement methodology in step two is based on “cumulative probability”, resulting in the recognition of the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 is as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 205   

Deferred tax items related to Airwide Acquisition

     2,029   

Additions related to deferred tax items

     819   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011 and 2012

   $ 3,053   
  

 

 

 

The total amount of these unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the table above could increase or

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

decrease within the next 12 months as a result of further developing issues or examination closings. The Company is not able to make an estimate of the range of the reasonably possible change. The Company has elected to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income taxes.

Any undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon and the Company expects that future earnings will also be reinvested in foreign operations indefinitely. Upon repatriation of these earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign credits) and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability is not practicable due to the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation. Income taxes have not been provided on $10,348 of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012.

14. Financial Instruments

The majority of the Company’s operations are international, giving rise to significant exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company’s results of operations would generally be adversely affected by an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which the Company is profitable and a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of the countries in which the Company is not profitable. In the future, the Company may use derivative financial instruments to reduce these risks, but does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. These financial instruments are subject to normal credit standards, financial controls, risk management and monitoring procedures.

Currency Risk

The Company has currency exposure arising from significant operations and contracts in multiple jurisdictions. The Company has limited its currency exposure to freely-tradable and liquid currencies of first world countries.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Accounts receivable are generally with diversified customers and dispersed across many geographical regions. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and June 30, 2013 three customer balances, one customer balance, and two customer balances, respectively, represented more than 10% of the overall account receivable balance. The Company believes no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to these accounts receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2010, two customers represented 69.7% and 27.1% of the total revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2011, three customers represented 28.1%, 11.6% and 10.0%, of the total revenues and for the year ended December 31, 2012, four customers represented 20.7%, 12.5%, 11.2% and 10.3% of the total revenues, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 four customers represented 54.7% of the total revenues and for the six months ended June 30, 2013, two customers represented 36.1% of the total revenues, three customers represented 49.5% of total revenues, and four customers represented 61.8%, of the total revenues.

The Company is required to estimate the collectability of its accounts receivable each accounting period and records a reserve for bad debts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the realization of these receivables, including the current creditworthiness of each customer, current and historical collection history and the related aging of past due balances. The Company evaluates specific accounts when it becomes

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

aware of information indicating that a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations due to the deterioration of its financial condition, lower credit ratings, bankruptcy or other factors, affecting the ability to render payment. Reserve requirements are based on the facts available and are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received.

15. Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision makers, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision-makers (i.e., chief executive officer and his direct reports) review financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information about revenues by geographic region for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has concluded that it operates in one segment and has provided the required enterprise-wide disclosures.

Revenues by geographic area are based on the deployment site location of the end customers. The following tables present revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area:

 

    For the years ended December 31,     For the six months
ended June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012         2012              2013      
                      (Unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

North America

  $ 8,142      $ 26,820      $ 37,314      $ 20,284       $ 21,363   

EMEA (or Europe, Middle East and Africa)

    0        13,665        20,547        12,485         17,669   

APAC (or Asia-Pacific)

    109        9,019        15,979        7,180         9,158   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

  $ 8,251      $ 49,504      $ 73,840      $ 39,949       $ 48,190   
    As of                     
    December 31,
2012
    June 30,
2013
                    
          (Unaudited)                     

Long-lived Assets:

          

North America

  $ 9,627      $ 9,182          

EMEA (or Europe, Middle East and Africa)

    2,314        2,004          

APAC (or Asia-Pacific)

    615        661          
 

 

 

   

 

 

        

Consolidated Total

  $ 12,556      $ 11,847          

16. Related Parties

Our channel partner, Cisco (directly and through a subsidiary) is considered to be a related party because of their ownership in our preferred stock and certain warrants. Total revenue generated through our related party was $5,754, $23,340 $25,725, $8,214 and $17,874 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 accounts receivable due from our related party was $308 and $361 respectively. We recognize revenue upon final acceptance by our end-customers.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Mavenir Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

 

17. Subsequent Events

(a) Stock Option Grants (unaudited)

On August 7, 2013 and October 23, 2013, our Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 107,142 and 400,000 shares, respectively, of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(b) Reverse Stock Split

In connection with preparing for this offering, our Board of Directors and stockholders approved a 7-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on November 1, 2013. All share and per share amounts in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retrospectively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to this reverse stock split, including reclassifying an amount equal to the reduction in par value of common stock to additional paid-in-capital.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Board of Directors of

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Airwide Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Airwide Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Dallas, TX

December 20, 2012

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of December 31,      As of May 26,  
     2010      2011  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,369       $ 2,404   

Accounts receivable, net

     12,429         8,112   

Unbilled revenue

     6,632         5,698   

Other assets

     2,020         2,495   

Prepaid expenses

     1,262         1,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     26,712         19,752   

Property and equipment, net

     366         441   

Intangible assets, net

     7,507         7,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 34,585       $ 27,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of December 31,
2010
    As of May 26,
2011
 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 5,328      $ 2,901   

Accrued liabilities

     6,236        7,553   

Deferred revenue

     11,236        7,319   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,955        7,547   

Income tax payable

     164        472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     27,919        25,792   

Long-term debt, less current portion

     2,830          

Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock

     2,019        2,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     32,768        27,876   

Commitments and Contingencies

    

Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, voting, 65,000 shares authorized, 5,284 shares issued and 5,284 shares outstanding

     5        5   

Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value, voting, convertible to common stock at redemption value; 16,475 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     27,488        28,362   

Series D preferred stock, $0.001 par value, voting, convertible to common stock at redemption value; 9,619 shares authorized, 8,747 shares issued and outstanding

     36,594        37,758   

Series E preferred stock, $0.001 par value, voting, convertible to common stock at redemption value; 7,230 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     22,558        22,558   

Series F preferred stock, $0.001 par value, voting, convertible to common stock at redemption value; 7,445 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     8,614        8,887   

Additional paid-in capital

     21,727        21,779   

Accumulated deficit

     (114,357     (120,320

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (812     427   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     1,817        (544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   $ 34,585      $ 27,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
January 1, 2011
through
May 26, 2011
 

Revenue

    

Software products

   $ 34,586      $ 10,743   

Maintenance

     16,322        7,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     50,908        18,145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue

    

Software products

     17,286        5,198   

Maintenance

     6,862        2,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     24,148        7,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     26,760        10,189   

Operating Expenses

    

Research and development

     8,446        4,254   

Sales and marketing

     10,728        3,800   

General and administrative

     13,317        4,799   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     17,985          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     50,476        12,853   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Loss

     (23,716     (2,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     (98     (36

Interest expense

     1,884        817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expenses

     1,786        781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Tax Expense

     (25,502     (3,445

Income Tax Expense

     2,041        207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

     (27,543     (3,652

Other Comprehensive Income

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     297        1,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Loss

   $ (27,246   $ (2,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Year Ended December 31, 2010 and Period From January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Common     Common     Series C
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Series F
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
(Losses)
    Total  
    Shares     Stock     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance, December 31, 2009

    5,284      $ 5        16,475      $ 25,461        8,747      $ 33,883        7,230      $ 22,558        7,445      $ 7,950      $ 21,512      $ (81,412   $ (1,109   $ 28,848   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          215        —          —          215   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (27,543     —          (27,543

Cash dividends accrued ($1.546 per preferred share of Series C)

    —          —          —          2,027        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,027     —          —     

Cash dividends accrued ($3.874 per preferred share of Series D)

    —          —          —          —          —          2,711        —          —          —          —          —          (2,711     —          —     

Cash dividends accrued ($1.068 per preferred share of Series F)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          664        —          (664     —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          297        297   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    5,284        5        16,475        27,488        8,747        36,594        7,230        22,558        7,445        8,614        21,727        (114,357     (812     1,817   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          52        —          —          52   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,652     —          (3,652

Cash dividends accrued ($1.546 per preferred share of Series C)

    —          —          —          874        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (874     —          —     

Cash dividends accrued ($3.874 per preferred share of Series D)

    —          —          —          —          —          1,164        —          —          —          —          —          (1,164     —          —     

Cash dividends accrued ($1.068 per preferred share of Series F)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          273        —          (273     —          —     

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1,239        1,239   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, May 26, 2011

    5,284      $ 5        16,475      $ 28,362        8,747      $ 37,758        7,230      $ 22,558        7,445      $ 8,887      $ 21,779      $ (120,320   $ 427      $ (544
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
January 1, 2011
through
May 26, 2011
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

    

Net loss

   $ (27,543   $ (3,652

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     2,934        579   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     17,985          

Stock-based compensation expense

     215        52   

Gain on debt extinguishment

     (258       

Unrealized foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

     2,825        (1,934

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     4,602        6,651   

Other assets

     2,648        (782

Unbilled revenue

     4,123        1,287   

Prepaid expenses

     (400     270   

Deferred income tax

     (265       

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (2,456     (1,251

Deferred revenue

     (4,656     (2,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

     (246     (1,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (306     (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (306     (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

    

Repayment of long-term debt

     (3,712     (539
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (3,712     (539
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exchange Rate Effect on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     6        101   

Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (4,258     (1,965

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     8,627        4,369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 4,369      $ 2,404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 826      $ 84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Basis of Presentation

Nature of Business

Airwide Solutions, Inc. (“Airwide,” the “Company” or “we”) was initially formed on September 29, 2000, for the purpose of designing service-infrastructure technology for current and next generation wireless networks. Airwide was acquired by Mavenir Systems, Inc. on May 27, 2011 (the “Airwide Acquisition”).

Airwide and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively “the Company”), design, develop, and support messaging and content systems. The majority of the Company’s revenues and expenses are incurred outside the United States. The Company has operations in the United Kingdom, Finland, Australia, and Canada. In addition, there are operations in India, Malaysia, Spain, and Singapore.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Airwide Solutions, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries as follows:

Airwide Solutions UK Ltd.

Airwide Solutions (North America) Ltd.

Airwide Solutions Holdings Ltd.

Airwide Solutions Australia Pty Ltd.

Airwide Solutions India Private Limited

Airwide Solutions (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

Airwide Solutions Oy

Airwide Solutions S.L.

Airwide Solutions Pte. Ltd.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from the sale of hardware, software product licenses, and professional services and maintenance. Professional services consist primarily of software development and implementation services, but also can include training of customer personnel. The Company’s products and services are generally sold as part of a contract, the terms of which are examined as a whole to determine the appropriate revenue recognition.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue for hardware is recognized when the installation is complete and the related services are completed. The Company also evaluates its revenue recognition in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 605-045, “Principal Agent Consideration”, regarding gross versus net revenue reporting.

The Company recognizes revenue principally in accordance with the provisions of ASC 605-985, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended, with consideration to ASC 605-025 Multiple Element Arrangements and ASC 605-035 Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.

The Company’s software products are delivered under contracts, which generally require significant integration within a customer’s production and business system environment. As the Company’s agreements generally require significant production, modification or customization of the software, the Company accounts for these agreements under the percentage-of-completion method on the basis of hours incurred to date compared to total hours expected under the contract. The percentage-of-completion method generally results in the recognition of consistent profit margins over the life of the contract since management has the ability to produce dependable estimates of contract billings and contract costs. We use the level of profit margin that is most likely to occur on a contract. If the most likely profit margin cannot be precisely determined, the lowest probable level of profit in the range of estimates is used until the results can be estimated more precisely. Under percentage-of-completion accounting, management must also make key judgments in areas such as the percentage-of-completion, estimates of project revenue, costs and margin, estimates of total and remaining project hours and liquidated damages assessments. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability, final contract settlements and resolution of claims may result in revision to job costs and income that are different from the amount originally estimated. At the time a loss on a contract is known, the entire amount of the estimated loss is accrued.

Contracts that do not qualify for use of the percentage-of-completion method, as reasonable estimates of percentage of completion are not available, are accounted for using the completed-contract method. Under the completed-contract method, all billings and related costs, net of anticipated losses, are deferred until completion of the contract. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011, we had no contracts under the completed-contracts method.

In certain situations, the Company sells software that does not require significant modification of services considered essential to the software’s functionality. Such software, generally consisting of capacity license upgrades and is recognized upon delivery.

For multiple element arrangements, each element of the arrangement is analyzed and we allocate a portion of the total arrangement fee to each of the elements based on the fair value of the element using vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. Fair value is considered to be the price a customer would be required to pay if the element was sold separately based on our historical experience of stand-alone sales of these elements to third parties. For post contract support such as maintenance (“PCS”), we use renewal rates for continued support arrangements to determine fair value. For software services, we use the fair value we charge our customers when those services are sold separately. We monitor our transactions to insure we maintain and periodically revise VSOE to reflect fair value. Some of our software arrangements include services not considered essential for the customer to use the software for the customer’s purpose, such as training. When software services are not considered essential, the fee allocable to the service element is recognized as revenue as we perform the services.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Customers are billed in accordance with specific contract terms, which may differ from the rate at which revenue is recognized. Revenue recognized in excess of the amount billed of $6,632 and $6,624 at December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, respectively, are classified as unbilled revenue within current assets. The Company anticipates that unbilled revenues will be billed and collected within one year of the balance sheet date. Amounts received from customers pursuant to the terms specified in contracts, but for which revenue has not yet been recognized, are recorded as deferred revenue.

Included in unbilled revenue are other deferred costs of $696 which represent items purchased for contracts not yet delivered to customers. Costs of revenue principally consist of payroll-related costs for service personnel, third-party licenses and the cost of third-party hardware.

On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted an accounting update regarding revenue recognition for multiple deliverable arrangements and an accounting update for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements.

The Company adopted the above accounting updates on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified on or after January 1, 2010. The amended update for multiple deliverable arrangements did not change the units of accounting for the Company’s revenue transactions, and most products and services qualify as separate units of accounting.

The adoption of the amended revenue recognition rules did not significantly change the timing of revenue recognition and did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the effect of adopting these standards on future financial periods as the impact will vary depending on the nature and volume of new or materially modified sales arrangements in any given period.

Research and Development

Costs related to research, design and development of service infrastructure technology are charged to research and development expense as incurred. Financial accounting standards provide for the capitalization of certain software development costs once technological feasibility has been established and for the evaluation of the recoverability of any capitalized costs on a periodic basis. The Company’s software products have historically reached technological feasibility late in the developmental process, and developmental costs incurred after technological feasibility and prior to product release have been insignificant to date. Accordingly, no development costs have been capitalized to date and all research and product development expenditures have been expensed as incurred.

Research and Development Tax Credits

The Company qualifies for research and development credits from two sources, including a tax credit for expenditures incurred by the Company (tax credits) and credits to reimburse the Company for research and development costs that it incurs (cost reimbursement). The tax credits are accounted for using the flow through method, whereby the tax credits are recorded as a reduction to income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The cost reimbursements are accounted for under the cost reduction method, whereby the credits are recorded as a reduction to the Company’s expenditures in the period in which they are incurred, provided that realization is probable. The tax credit for expenditures incurred by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period ended May 26, 2011 were $1,181 and $658, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against any deferred tax asset when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities offset within jurisdictions where legally enforceable offset arrangements are available.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of ninety days or less.

Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at high credit-quality financial institutions. Balances may exceed the limits of government provided insurance, if applicable or available. The Company has never experienced any losses resulting from a financial institution failure or default. All non-interest bearing cash balances in the United States were fully insured by the FDIC at December 31, 2011 due to a temporary federal program in effect from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012. Under the program, there is no limit to the amount of insurance for eligible accounts. Beginning 2013, FDIC insurance coverage will revert to $250,000 per depositor at each financial institution, and the Company’s non-interest bearing cash balances in the United States may again exceed federally insured limits. There were no interest-bearing amounts on deposit in the United States in excess of federally insured limits at December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Computer equipment

     3 years   

Software

     3 years   

Furniture and fixtures

     3 years   

Office equipment

     3 to 5 years   

Leasehold improvements

     The shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life   

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. The costs of major renewals and improvements are capitalized. At the time property and equipment is retired, or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts. The profit or loss of such disposal is reflected in operating income.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are accounted for at cost. Amortization is based on their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, and over the following periods:

 

Software solutions

   4 to 8 years

Customer relationships

   10 years

Distribution agreements

   7 years

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011, based on Company’s continuing operating losses, the Company considered the need for an impairment test. Management considered the market approach to be the best estimate of fair value for the long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and purchased intangible assets subject to amortization. As a result, as of December 31, 2010, we recorded non-cash impairment charges relating to the intangible assets acquired in the amount of $2,592. Also, the carrying values of the equipment were reduced to fair value, resulting in an impairment charge of $1,099 recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Management estimated the fair value of the equipment based on observable market transactions involving sales of comparable equipment. No impairment charges were recorded in 2011.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired.

Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized to operations, but instead are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or when there is an indicator of impairment. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.

The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. An impairment loss shall be recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Also, if an entity sells or disposes of a reporting unit, an amount of goodwill may need to be charged off as part of measuring the gain or loss on the sale or disposal. More specifically; if the entire reporting unit is disposed of, all of the goodwill of that reporting unit is included in the carrying amount in determining the gain or loss on disposal.

The Company determines fair value using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. It is the Company’s policy to conduct impairment testing based on its current business strategy in light of present industry and economic conditions, as well as its future expectations.

The Company’s valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and projections of future operating performance. If these assumptions differ materially from future results, the Company may record impairment charges in the future.

In connection with the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2010, Management considered the market approach to be the best estimate of fair value for its reporting unit. The decision to sell the Company was made during 2010 and based on the valuations and offers received, including the sale to Mavenir Systems, Inc. subsequent to year-end, it was determined that the carrying value of the Company’s net assets exceeded its fair value, resulting in an impairment. Based on this analysis, the Company recorded an estimated non-cash pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $14,294 in 2010. This charge is recorded as Goodwill Impairment in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Stock Option Plan

Stock-based compensation represents the cost related to stock-based awards granted to employees. The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes the cost as an expense on a straight-line basis over the employee requisite service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options without market-based performance conditions using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

   

Risk-free interest rate — U.S. Federal Reserve treasury constant maturities rate consistent vesting period;

 

   

Expected dividend yield — measured as the average annualized dividend estimated to be paid by the Company over the expected life of the award as a percentage of the share price at the grant date;

 

   

Expected term — the average of the vesting period and the expiration period from the date of issue of the award; and

 

   

Weighted average expected volatility — measured using historical volatility of similar public entities for which share or opinion price information is available.

The expense is recorded in the operating expense category of the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss associated with the function performed by the recipient. The Company records deferred tax assets for awards that result in deductions on the Company’s income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and the Company’s statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which it will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deductions reported on the Company’s income tax returns are recorded in additional paid-in capital (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset) or in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss (if the deferred tax asset exceeds the tax deduction and no additional paid-in capital exists from previous awards).

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is an exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included with Level 1 that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs are inputs that are not observable in the market.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, debt instruments. The carrying amounts of financial instruments, other than the debt instruments are representative of their fair values due to their short maturities. The Company’s long-term debt agreement bears interest at market rates, and thus management believes their carrying amounts approximate fair value of the Company’s financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional and reporting currency of Airwide Solutions, Inc., the parent company, is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the subsidiaries is their respective local currency.

The results of operations, where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollars, are translated at the average rates of exchange during the period and the balance sheet at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Translation adjustments are accumulated and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Transaction gains (losses) are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and amounted to $3,495 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $(1,295) for the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011. The foreign currency transaction gains and losses are primarily due to the decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currencies in the countries the Company operates in internationally.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by and distributions to owners. The Company records the components of comprehensive loss, foreign currency translation adjustments in the consolidated balance sheet as a component of shareholders’ equity.

Advertising Costs

Costs associated with advertising and marketing are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense in the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011 was $25 and $16, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”) which changes the options when presenting comprehensive income. The update gives companies the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in separate but consecutive statements. The amendments in the update do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. This amendment also required an entity to present on the face of the financial statements adjustments

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

for items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income; however, in December 2011 the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05 (“ASU 2011-12”). The update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. The provisions of ASU 2011-05 will be applied retrospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012 for nonpublic entities. The Company has early adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12, effective January 1, 2010.

In September 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance that will simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. After an assessment of certain qualitative factors, if it is determined to be more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, entities must perform the quantitative analysis of the impairment test. Otherwise, the quantitative test becomes optional. The guidance is effective after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.

3. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of the following:

 

     December 31,
2010
     May 26,
2011
 

Trade

   $ 13,548       $ 8,605   

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,119         493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 12,429       $ 8,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2010
     May 26,
2011
 

Computer equipment

   $ 459       $ 582   

Software

     35         65   

Furniture and fixtures

     29         29   

Office equipment

     7         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     530         683   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     164         242   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 366       $ 441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011 was $656 and $211, respectively and is included in general and administrative expenses.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

5. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31, 2010  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Current
Amortization
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Impairment      Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Software solutions

   $ 7,258       $ 1,150       $ 2,447       $ 2,217       $ 2,594   

Customer relationships

     9,839         869         4,983                 4,856   

Distribution agreements

     2,165         259         1,733         375         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 19,262       $ 2,278       $ 9,163       $ 2,592       $ 7,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     May 26, 2011  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Current
Amortization
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Impairment      Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Software solutions

   $ 5,041       $ 158       $ 2,605       $       $ 2,436   

Customer relationships

     9,839         198         5,181                 4,658   

Distribution agreements

     1,790         12         1,745                 45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 16,670       $ 368       $ 9,531       $       $ 7,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011 was $2,278 and $368, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses.

The following table projects the estimated amortization expense for the five succeeding years and thereafter:

 

     December 31,  

2011 (remainder)

   $ 1,093   

2012

     1,652   

2013

     1,507   

2014

     1,507   

2015 and thereafter

     1,380   
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,139   
  

 

 

 

A summary of changes in the Company’s carrying value of goodwill is as follows:

 

     Goodwill  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 14,479   

Foreign currency exchange translation

     (185

Impairment losses

     (14,294
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

6. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2010
     May 26,
2011
 

Accrued compensation

   $ 2,213       $ 3,835   

Accrued expenses on contracts

     2,146         1,689   

Uncertain tax positions

     1,877         2,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,236       $ 7,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,
2010
    May 26,
2011
 

Working capital loan, payable in 36 monthly payments starting October 1, 2008, bearing interest at prime rate 3.25% as of May 26, 2011, plus 175 basis points maturing February 1, 2012

   $ 7,785      $ 7,547   

Current portion

     (4,955     (7,547
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 2,830      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In May 2010, the Company amended its Loan Security Agreement (the “Amendment”), which was associated with the working capital loan. The Loan Security Agreement is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. Among other changes, the Amendment (i) called for interest only payments from May 2010 through August 2010, (ii) extended the term of the loan from August 1, 2010 for 18 months, (iii) increased the total restructure fee by an additional $12 to $300, and (iv) required the Company to make a final payment of $1,238 to the lender at the maturity date. The Company determined that the modification of the terms of the working capital loan qualified as a debt extinguishment and recognized a gain on the extinguishment of the working capital loan of $257 in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2010. In connection with the Airwide Acquisition, the working capital loan was paid off on May 27, 2011. The Loan Security Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants and will, among other things, (i) require the maintenance of certain financial ratios, (ii) limit the Company’s ability to incur additional debt and lease, pay dividends, repurchase its common stock, sell certain assets, and make capital expenditures; and (iii) restrict mergers, consolidations and similar transactions. As of May 26, 2011, the Company was in compliance with its covenants.

8. Series CC Junior Non-Voting Preferred Stock

In connection with the issuance of the Series C stock, the Company allowed the exchange of $19,681 of promissory notes and associated accrued interest, issued prior to April 1, 2004, into 2,058 shares of Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock and 3,392 shares of common stock. The $19,681 includes the principal amount, plus the premium equivalent to nine times the principal.

The Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock does not have any dividend rights. In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock, but only after holders of shares of Series C, F and D preferred stock have received their full liquidation preference and any unpaid dividends.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock is redeemable in whole upon the earlier of (i) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) April 16, 2014. The redemption price shall be equal to $1.00 per share. In the event of a Qualified Public Offering, each holder of the Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock may elect to receive, in lieu of cash, a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing $1 by the average daily trading prices of the common stock during the three business days immediately preceding the Qualified Public Offering.

Due to the mandatory redemption feature contained within the Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock, the Company has determined that the instrument should be recorded as a liability. The Company recorded this liability at fair value as of the issuance date. The liability is being accreted up to the redemption value through recognition of an interest expense in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss in future periods. Interest expense related to the accretion to redemption value on preferred shares for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011 was $133 and $65, respectively.

9. Shareholders’ Equity

Series C Convertible Participating Preferred Stock

On July 20, 2004, the Company completed a round of financing in which approximately 9,799,000 shares of Series C convertible participating preferred stock (“Series C stock”) were issued for $10,000 in cash. On the same day, approximately 517,000 shares of Series C stock were exchanged for $5,277 in promissory notes issued after March 31, 2004. The $5,277 includes the principal amount, plus the premium equivalent to nine times the principal.

On October 20, 2004, the Company completed a second round of financing in which approximately 6,159,000 shares of Series C stock were issued for cash consideration of $6,285. Of this amount, 50% was paid to Schlumberger Investments Ltd. on November 2, 2004 in line with the terms of the Share the Business Sale Agreement for the acquired companies, thus reducing the balance of purchase payable.

Holders of Series C stock are entitled to receive, prior to the payment of any dividend of the common stock, a cumulative dividend of 8% per share on the sum of (i) the purchase price of the Series C stock and (ii) all accumulated and unpaid dividends accrued thereon from the date of issuance (“Series C Liquidation Preference”), compounded annually in arrears, which shall be accrued whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. In addition to the Series C stock dividends, all holders of the Series C stock are also entitled to participate in all dividends and distributions that are declared and paid on common stock on the same basis as if each share of Series C stock had been converted into common stock prior to the record date established for such dividends.

As of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, the cumulative dividend was approximately $10,616 and $11,489 respectively.

In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series C stock are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock and Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock, an amount equal to the Series C Liquidation Preference. After payment of such sum to the holders of the Series C stock, the holders of Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation preference. After payment of such liquidation preference, holders of Series C stock and holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata on an as-converted basis, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Series C stock has the following conversion features:

 

  i. the holders of the Series C stock have the right to convert, at the option of the holder, at any time, into common stock by the per share formula of the purchase price for Series C shares divided by the conversion price of $1.02 which is subject to adjustment.

 

  ii. the Series C stock shall automatically be converted into common stock at the then applicable conversion rate in the event either:

 

   

the closing of an underwritten initial public offering with net offering proceeds to the Company of at least $40,000 and a per share price to the public derived from a pre-money valuation of the Company of not less than $175,000 (“Qualified Public Offering”); or

 

   

the election of the holders of at least 67% of the issued and outstanding Series C stock.

In the event that the Company, subject to certain exceptions, issues additional shares of common stock or any right or option to purchase common stock or any other security convertible into common stock, at a purchase price less than the then applicable conversion price of the Series C stock (“Series C Conversion Price”), the Series C Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to a weighted average antidilution formula. The Series C Conversion Price is also subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.

If the Company issues shares of its capital stock in a future financing for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance (a “Dilutive Issuance”) and a holder of Series C stock has the right to purchase its pro rata share of such Dilutive Issuance and if such holder does not purchase such pro rata share, then a portion of the shares of Series C stock then held by such holder shall be converted into common stock.

Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock

On January 4, 2006, the Company completed a round of financing in which approximately 8,747,000 shares of Series D convertible participating preferred stock (“Series D stock”) were issued for a cash consideration of approximately $25,000,000.

Holders of Series D stock are entitled to receive, prior to the payment of any dividend on the common stock, a cumulative dividend of 8% per share on the sum of (i) the purchase price of the Series D stock and (ii) all accumulated and unpaid dividends accrued thereon from the date of issuance (“Series D Liquidation Preference”), compounded annually in arrears, which shall be accrued whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. In addition to the Series D stock dividends, all holders of Series D stock are also entitled to participate in all dividends and distributions that are declared and paid on common stock on the same basis as if each share of Series D stock had been converted into common stock prior to the record date established for such dividends.

As of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, the cumulative dividend payable was approximately $12,037 and $13,200 respectively.

In the event of any liquidations or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series D stock are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock and Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock, an amount equal to the Series D Liquidation Preference. After payment of such sum to the holders of the Series D stock, the holders of Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation preference. After payment of such liquidation preference, holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata on an as-converted basis, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In the event that the Company, subject to certain exceptions, issues additional shares of common stock or any right or option to purchase common stock or any other security convertible into common stock, at a purchase price less than the then applicable conversion price of the Series D stock (“Series D Conversion Price”), the Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to a weighted average antidilution formula. The Series D Conversion Price, $2.60, is also subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.

If the Company issues shares of its capital stock in a future financing for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance (a “Dilutive Issuance”), and a holder of Series D stock has the right to purchase its pro rata share of such Dilutive Issuance and if such holder does not purchase such pro rata share, then a portion of the shares of Series D stock then held by such holder shall be converted into common stock.

Shares of Series D stock are conditionally redeemable in whole or in part on or after the maturity date in April, 2014 at the election of holder of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Series D stock. The redemption price shall be equal to the sum of (i) the Series D Liquidation Preference per share on the day the redemption is completed and (ii) the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the day of redemption notice. Each share of Series D stock has voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable on conversion of a share of Series D stock.

Series E Convertible Junior Preferred Stock

On November 26, 2007, the Company completed a round of financing in which 7,230 shares of Series E convertible junior preferred stock (“Series E stock”) were issued for the acquisition of all outstanding shares of the previous acquisition, for a total of approximately $22,500.

The Series E stock does not have any dividend rights. In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series E stock are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock, but only after holders of shares of Series C, D, and CC junior non-voting preferred stock have received their full liquidation preference, an amount equal to the Series E Liquidation Preference. After payment of such liquidation preference, holders of Series D, holders of Series E stock and holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata on an as-converted basis, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.

The Series E stock has the following conversion features:

The Series E stock shall automatically be converted into common stock at the then applicable conversion rate in the event either:

 

   

the closing of an underwritten initial public offering with net offering proceeds to the Company of at least $40,000 and a per share price to the public derived from a pre-money valuation of the Company of not less than $175,000 (“Qualified Public Offering”); or

 

   

the election of the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Series E stock.

In the event that the Company, subject to certain exceptions, issues additional shares of common stock or any right or option to purchase common stock or any other security convertible into common stock, at a purchase price less than the then applicable conversion price of the Series E stock (“Series E Conversion Price”), the Series E Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to a weighted average antidilution formula. The Series E Conversion Price is also subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

If the Company issues shares of its capital stock in a future financing for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance (a “Dilutive Issuance”) and a holder of Series E stock has the right to purchase its pro rata share of such Dilutive Issuance and if such holder does not purchase such pro rata share, then a portion of the shares of Series E stock then held by such holder shall be converted into common stock.

Shares of Series E stock are redeemable in whole at the option of at least the majority of the then outstanding Series E stockholders on or after the maturity date, being later on April 16, 2014 and the date upon which all shares of Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock have been redeemed. The redemption price shall be equal to the sum of (i) the Series E Liquidation.

Preference per share on the day of the redemption is completed and (ii) the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the day of redemption notice.

Each share of Series E stock has voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable on conversion of a share of Series E stock.

Series F Preferred Stock

On April 16, 2009, the Company converted approximately $7,449 of debt into 7,445 shares of Series F convertible participating preferred stock shares. The shares earn dividends of 8% that are compounding and cumulative and are calculated on December 31 each year. Series F, D, and C shares participate equally in the event of liquidation.

Holders of Series F stock are entitled to receive, prior to the payment of any dividend of the common stock, a cumulative dividend of 8% per share on the sum of (i) the purchase price of the Series F stock and (ii) all accumulated and unpaid dividends accrued thereon from the date of issuance (“Series F Liquidation Preference”), compounded annually in arrears, which shall be accrued whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. In addition to the Series F stock dividends, all holders of the Series F stock are also entitled to participate in all dividends and distributions that are declared and paid on common stock on the same basis as if each share of Series F stock had been converted into common stock prior to the record date established for such dividends.

As of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, the cumulative dividend was approximately $664 and $936, respectively.

In the event of any liquidations or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series F stock are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock and Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock, an amount equal to the Series F Liquidation Preference. After payment of such sum to the holders of the Series F stock, the holders of Series CC junior non-voting preferred stock are entitled to receive their liquidation preference. After payment of such liquidation preference, holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata on an as-converted basis, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.

In the event that the Company, subject to certain exceptions, issues additional shares of common stock or any right or option to purchase common stock or any other security convertible into common stock, at a purchase price less than the then applicable conversion price of the Series F stock (“Series F Conversion Price”), the Series F Conversion Price shall be adjusted according to a weighted average antidilution formula. The Series F Conversion Price, $1.0154, is also subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

If the Company issues shares of its capital stock in a future financing for a consideration per share less than the applicable Series F Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance (a “Dilutive Issuance”), and a holder of Series F stock has the right to purchase its pro rata share of such Dilutive Issuance and if such holder does not purchase such pro rata share, then a portion of the shares of Series F stock then held by such holder shall be converted into common stock.

Shares of Series F stock are conditionally redeemable in whole or in part on or after the maturity date in April 2014 at the election of holder of majority of the issued and outstanding Series F stock. The redemption price shall be equal to the sum of (i) the Series F Liquidation Preference per share on the day the redemption is completed and (ii) the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the day of redemption notice.

Each share of Series F stock has voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable on conversion of a share of Series F stock.

Stock Option Plan

Under the Company’s stock option plan, an aggregate of up to 12,366 options to purchase common stock may be granted to employees, directors and consultants. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s estimated fair value at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors and the maximum term of an option is ten years. In general, 25% of the options vest on the anniversary of the date of grant, while 2.0833% of the options granted vest on the first day of every month commencing on the first day of the month following the first anniversary of the grant.

Total compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards was $215 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $52 for the period from January 1, 2011 to May 26, 2011.

At December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, there was $267 and $131, respectively of total unrecognized cost related to unvested stock options granted under the stock option plan. In connection with the Airwide Acquisition, the stock option plan was terminated and outstanding options were cancelled or terminated.

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2010 was $ .19 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Expected dividends

       

Risk-free interest rate(U.S. Treasury)

     5.50

Expected term

     7 years   

Volatility

     55

At December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, the weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding options was 5.73 years and 5.2 years, respectively.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 

Outstanding January 1, 2010

     7,197,990      $ .42      

Granted

     310,000        .33      

Exercised

                 

Cancelled

     (87,500     .59      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

     7,420,490        .43         5.73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2010

     4,082,011      $ .25         1.98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the stock option activity during the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011:

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share
     Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
 

Outstanding January 1, 2011

     7,420,490      $ .43      

Granted

                 

Exercised

                 

Cancelled

     (2,334,697     .50      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding May 26, 2011

     5,085,793      $ .39         5.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable May 26, 2011

     3,710,397      $ .29         3.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrants

In 2005, the Company signed a loan and a security agreement. This loan was repaid in January 2006. However, in conjunction with the issuance of this loan and security agreement, the Company issued 315 common stock purchase warrants. The warrants entitled the holders to purchase common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $0.15 per share, exercisable at any time and expiring on July 27, 2012. All of the warrants expired as none were exercised.

The fair value of the warrants issued to the convertible promissory note holders is $23. The fair value of the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected dividend yield of nil, risk-free interest rate of 5.5%, expected volatility of 40% and an expected life of seven years.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

10. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the income tax expense:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
     Period from January 1,
2011 through May 26,
2011
 

Current:

     

Federal

   $       $   

State

               

Foreign

     2,041         207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     2,041         207   

Deferred:

     

Federal

               

State

               

Foreign

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 2,041       $ 207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2010
    May 26,
2011
 

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ 73      $ 203   

Stock options

            16   

Allowance for bad debts

     303        125   

Net operating loss carry forwards

     20,191        21,390   

Tax credit carry forwards

     1,514        1,123   

Depreciation expense

     31        67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     22,112        22,924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Amortization expense

     (2,755     (2,621

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

     (648     (433
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (3,403     (3,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

     18,709        19,870   

Valuation allowance

     (18,709     (19,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets, net

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
January 1, 2011
through May 26,
2011
 
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Computed tax at statutory rates:

   $ (8,926     35.0   $ (1,206     35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefits

     (610     2.4     (373     10.8

Effect of foreign tax rates of subsidiaries

     429        (1.7 %)      329        (9.5 %) 

Change in valuation allowance

     1,523        (6.0 %)      1,220        (35.4 %) 

U.S./foreign settlements

     1,000        (3.9 %)      (425     12.3

Goodwill impairment

     5,813        (22.8 %)      5        (0.1 %) 

Nondeductible penalties

     131        (0.5 %)      226        (6.6 %) 

Uncertain tax positions

     1,877        (7.4 %)      152        (4.4 %) 

Meals and entertainment

     23        (0.1 %)      14        (0.4 %) 

Other, net

     781        (3.0 %)      265        (7.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,041        (8.0 %)    $ 207        (6.0 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At May 26, 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5,600. These losses expire in various years between 2024 and 2030, and are subject to limitations on their utilization. We had total foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $15,800, which are subject to limitations on their utilization. Approximately $5,500 of these net operating losses are not currently subject to expiration dates. The remainder, approximately $10,300, expires in 2020.

In addition, the Company has research and development expenditures carried forward of approximately $119 and investment tax credits of approximately $1,005, which can be used to reduce Canadian federal taxable income, expiring in 2029. The benefits of these items have not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements, except to the extent required to reduce the future income tax and liabilities to nil.

Based on the level of historic taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences are anticipated to reverse, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance of $18,709 and $19,870 as of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, respectively, sufficient to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount more-likely-than-not to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable may be adjusted in the future if the estimated taxable income is modified.

In the past year, there were no undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. To the extent that any undistributed earnings would have arisen, these earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon repatriation of these earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign credits) and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability is not practicable due to the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation; however, unrecognized foreign tax credit carry forwards would be available to reduce a portion of the U.S. liability.

The gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of May 26, 2011 includes $2,029 of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate. The Company recognized both interest

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of the reserve for uncertain tax positions. At May 26, 2011, the Company had accrued an additional $152 for the uncertain tax positions. The Company is not able to estimate the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that will change in the next twelve months.

11. Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, billed and unbilled accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The carrying amount of financial instruments is representative of their fair value due to their short maturities.

The majority of the Company’s operations are international, giving rise to significant exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. In the future, the Company may use derivative financial instruments to reduce these risks, but does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. These financial instruments are subject to normal credit standards, financial controls, risk management and monitoring procedures.

Currency Risk

The Company has currency exposure arising from significant operations and contracts in multiple jurisdictions. The Company has limited currency exposure to freely-tradable and liquid currencies of first world countries.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash investments with high-credit quality financial institutions and invests primarily in money market funds placed with major banks and financial institutions. The Company believes no significant concentrations of credit risk exist with respect to these cash investments.

Accounts receivable are generally with diversified customers and dispersed across many geographical regions. As of December 31, 2010 and May 26, 2011, there were one and two customer balances, respectively, that comprised more than 10% of the overall account receivable balance. The Company believes no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to these accounts receivable. During 2010 and 2011, none of these customers represented more than 10% of the total revenue.

The Company is required to estimate the collectability of its accounts receivable each accounting period and records a reserve for bad debts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the realization of these receivables, including the current creditworthiness of each customer, current and historical collection history and the related aging of past due balances. The Company evaluates specific accounts when it becomes aware of information indicating that a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations due to the deterioration of its financial condition, lower credit ratings, bankruptcy or other factors, affecting the ability to render payment. Reserve requirements are based on the facts available and are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Airwide Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

12. Commitments

The Company leases office space under operating leases that expire on or before December 31, 2012. Future lease payments aggregate $3,665 and include the following amounts payable over the next four years:

 

December 31,

      

2011 (remainder)

   $ 1,013   

2012

     1,144   

2013

     730   

2014

     389   

2015

     389   
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,665   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the Company was $1,792 and $1,055 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011, respectively.

13. Profit Sharing Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan (the “Plan”). There were no contributions to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the period from January 1, 2011 through May 26, 2011.

The Company’s employees in Finland and the UK have defined contribution plans. The cost of the plans for the year ended December 31, 2010 and period from January 2011 through May 26, 2011 was approximately $1,529 and $591, respectively, and is included in operating expenses.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet through December 20, 2012, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determine that there are no other items to disclose except for the following:

On May 27, 2011 the Company merged with a subsidiary of Mavenir Systems, Inc., and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mavenir Systems, Inc., for a total purchase price of $16,901. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,087  

FINRA filing fee

     14,576   

Listing fee

     130,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     550,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,700,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     2,515,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     10,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     8,200   

Miscellaneous

     60,137   
  

 

 

 

Total

     5,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions that may be in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers and employees and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy.

The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with this offering will provide that the underwriters will indemnify us, our directors and certain of our officers against liabilities resulting from information furnished by or on behalf of the underwriters specifically for use in the Registration Statement.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “Item 17. Undertakings” for more information on the SEC’s position regarding such indemnification provisions.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2010, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

 

   

Between January 1, 2010 and June 30, 2013, we granted stock options under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 2,428,950 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging between $0.63 and $8.40 to a total of 661 employees, directors and consultants. Of these, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 450,320 shares have been cancelled without being exercised, 14,923 have been exercised and 1,963,707 remain outstanding as of June 30, 2013.

 

   

In August and October 2013, we granted options under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 507,142 shares of our common stock at an exercise price to be equal to the initial public offering price, of which all remain outstanding, subject to a determination of the initial public offering price.

 

   

Since January 1, 2010, we issued and sold an aggregate of 246,679 shares of our common stock to employees, directors and consultants at exercise prices ranging between $0.42 and $5.11 upon the exercise of stock options granted under our amended and restated 2005 Stock Plan and 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Of these, no shares have been repurchased and all 246,679 shares remain outstanding as of June 30, 2013.

 

   

In June 2010, we issued an aggregate of 1,728,569 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to ten accredited investors at a per share price of $7.8533, for aggregate consideration of approximately $13.6 million.

 

   

Between May 2011 and July 2011, we issued an aggregate of 4,555,021 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to fifteen accredited investors at a per share price of $8.7815, for aggregate consideration of approximately $40.0 million.

 

   

In September and October 2012, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 131,427 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.11 per share.

 

   

In June 2013, we issued a warrant to purchase 194,694 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.007 per share.

All share and per-share figures in this Item 15 have been adjusted to give effect to our 7-for-1 reverse stock split effected on November 1, 2013.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Table

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.3†    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.5†    Amendment to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split.
  4.1†    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 26, 2011.
  4.2†    Warrant to Purchase Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank on October 3, 2008.
  4.3†    Warrant to Purchase Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued to Starent Networks Corp. (now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc.) on October 29, 2008.
  4.4†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank on October 18, 2012.
  4.5†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Westriver Mezzanine Loans, LLC on October 18, 2012.
  4.6†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to the Community Foundation of North Texas on September 11, 2012.
  4.7†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P. on June 4, 2013.
  5.1†    Opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP.
10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
10.2†    Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan, as amended.
10.3†    Form of Stock Option Agreement — Early Exercise for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.4†    Form of Stock Option Agreement — Standard Exercise for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.5†    Form of U.K. Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.6†    Form of International Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.7†    Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8†    Form of Notice of Grant — Early Exercise Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.9†    Form of Notice of Grant — Standard Exercise Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.10†    Form of Notice of Grant — Non-Employee Director Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.11†   

Form of Notice of Grant — Restricted Stock Unit for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.12†    Form of Notice of Grant — International Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.13†   

Form of Notice of Grant — International Restricted Stock Unit for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.14†   

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Table

10.15†   2012 Executive Bonus Plan.
10.16†   2012 Sales Commission Plan.
10.17.1†   Form of Omnibus Option Amendment for Certain Executive Officers (six months’ acceleration).
10.17.2†   Form of Omnibus Option Amendment for Certain Executive Officers (twelve months’ acceleration).
10.18†   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Pardeep Kohli.
10.19†   Form of Pardeep Kohli Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.20†   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Terry Hungle.
10.21†   Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Bahram Jalalizadeh.
10.22†   Participation Agreement, dated June 27, 2011, between the Registrant and Terence McCabe.
10.23†  

Separation Agreement, dated August 12, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Matt Dunnett.

10.24†   Form of Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement.
10.25†   Commercial Lease Agreement, dated July 20, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Telecom Commerce III, Ltd.
10.26†   Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Mavenir Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.26.1†   Joinder and First Loan Modification to Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 13, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.26.2†   Second Loan Modification to Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 4, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.27†   Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Mavenir Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.27.1†   Joinder and First Loan Modification to Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 13, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.27.2†   Second Loan Modification to Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 4, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.28†   Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated October 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Mavenir Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.29**†   Reseller OEM Agreement, dated October 28, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Starent Networks Corp., assigned to Cisco Systems, Inc. as of September 3, 2010 (including amendments and addendums to date).
10.29.1†   Extension of Reseller OEM Agreement, dated August 27, 2013, by Cisco Systems, Inc.
10.30†   Loan and Security Agreement (Growth Capital Loan), dated as of June 4, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P. and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.31†   Executive Bonus Plan.
21.1†   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Table

23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
23.2†    Consent of Andrews Kurth LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1†    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on October 4, 2013).

 

Previously filed.
** Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Mavenir Systems, Inc. has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Richardson, State of Texas, on the 5th day of November, 2013.

 

Mavenir Systems, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Pardeep Kohli        

 

Pardeep Kohli

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 5th day of November, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Pardeep Kohli        

Pardeep Kohli

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Terry Hungle        

Terry Hungle

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ David Lunday        

David Lunday

  

Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Benjamin L. Scott

   Chairman of the Board

*

Ammar H. Hanafi

   Director

*

Jeffrey P. McCarthy

   Director

*

Vivek Mehra

   Director

*

Hubert de Pesquidoux

   Director

*

Venu Shamapant

   Director

 

*By:   /s/ Terry Hungle
  Terry Hungle
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Table

  1.1†    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1†    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.2†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.3†    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of the offering.
  3.5†    Amendment to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split.
  4.1†    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 26, 2011.
  4.2†    Warrant to Purchase Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank on October 3, 2008.
  4.3†    Warrant to Purchase Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued to Starent Networks Corp. (now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cisco Systems, Inc.) on October 29, 2008.
  4.4†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank on October 18, 2012.
  4.5†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Westriver Mezzanine Loans, LLC on October 18, 2012.
  4.6†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to the Community Foundation of North Texas on September 11, 2012.
  4.7†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P. on June 4, 2013.
  5.1†    Opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP.
10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
10.2†    Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan, as amended.
10.3†    Form of Stock Option Agreement — Early Exercise for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.4†    Form of Stock Option Agreement — Standard Exercise for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.5†    Form of U.K. Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.6†    Form of International Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.7†    Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8†    Form of Notice of Grant — Early Exercise Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.9†    Form of Notice of Grant — Standard Exercise Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.10†   

Form of Notice of Grant — Non-Employee Director Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.11†   

Form of Notice of Grant — Restricted Stock Unit for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.12†    Form of Notice of Grant — International Option for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.13†   

Form of Notice of Grant — International Restricted Stock Unit for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.14†    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.15†    2012 Executive Bonus Plan.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Table

10.16†   2012 Sales Commission Plan.
10.17.1†   Form of Omnibus Option Amendment for Certain Executive Officers (six months’ acceleration).
10.17.2†   Form of Omnibus Option Amendment for Certain Executive Officers (twelve months’ acceleration).
10.18†   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Pardeep Kohli.
10.19†   Form of Pardeep Kohli Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Plan.
10.20†   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Terry Hungle.
10.21†   Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 18, 2012, between the Registrant and Bahram Jalalizadeh.
10.22†   Participation Agreement, dated June 27, 2011, between the Registrant and Terence McCabe.
10.23†  

Separation Agreement, dated August 12, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Matt Dunnett.

10.24†   Form of Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement.
10.25†   Commercial Lease Agreement, dated July 20, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Telecom Commerce III, Ltd.
10.26†   Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Mavenir Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.26.1†   Joinder and First Loan Modification to Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 13, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant
10.26.2†   Second Loan Modification to Senior Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 4, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.27†   Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Mavenir Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.27.1†   Joinder and First Loan Modification to Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 13, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.27.2†   Second Loan Modification to Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 4, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.28†   Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated October 18, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Mavenir Holdings, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.29**†   Reseller OEM Agreement, dated October 28, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Starent Networks Corp., assigned to Cisco Systems, Inc. as of September 3, 2010 (including amendments and addendums to date).
10.29.1†   Extension of Reseller OEM Agreement, dated August 27, 2013, by Cisco Systems, Inc.
10.30†   Loan and Security Agreement (Growth Capital Loan), dated as of June 4, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Silver Lake Waterman Fund, L.P. and certain subsidiaries of the Registrant.
10.31†   Executive Bonus Plan.
21.1†   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of BDO USA, LLP.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Table

23.2†    Consent of Andrews Kurth LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1†    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on October 4, 2013).

 

Previously filed.
** Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.